@advanced_1000_h1
Advanced

@advanced_1001_a
 Result Sets

@advanced_1002_a
 Large Objects

@advanced_1003_a
 Linked Tables

@advanced_1004_a
 Recursive Queries

@advanced_1005_a
 Updatable Views

@advanced_1006_a
 Transaction Isolation

@advanced_1007_a
 Multi-Version Concurrency Control (MVCC)

@advanced_1008_a
 Clustering / High Availability

@advanced_1009_a
 Two Phase Commit

@advanced_1010_a
 Compatibility

@advanced_1011_a
 Standards Compliance

@advanced_1012_a
 Run as Windows Service

@advanced_1013_a
 ODBC Driver

@advanced_1014_a
 Using H2 in Microsoft .NET

@advanced_1015_a
 ACID

@advanced_1016_a
 Durability Problems

@advanced_1017_a
 Using the Recover Tool

@advanced_1018_a
 File Locking Protocols

@advanced_1019_a
 Using Passwords

@advanced_1020_a
 Password Hash

@advanced_1021_a
 Protection against SQL Injection

@advanced_1022_a
 Protection against Remote Access

@advanced_1023_a
 Restricting Class Loading and Usage

@advanced_1024_a
 Security Protocols

@advanced_1025_a
 TLS Connections

@advanced_1026_a
 Universally Unique Identifiers (UUID)

@advanced_1027_a
 Settings Read from System Properties

@advanced_1028_a
 Setting the Server Bind Address

@advanced_1029_a
 Pluggable File System

@advanced_1030_a
 Split File System

@advanced_1031_a
 Database Upgrade

@advanced_1032_a
 Java Objects Serialization

@advanced_1033_a
 Limits and Limitations

@advanced_1034_a
 Glossary and Links

@advanced_1035_h2
Result Sets

@advanced_1036_h3
Statements that Return a Result Set

@advanced_1037_p
 The following statements return a result set: <code>SELECT, EXPLAIN, CALL, SCRIPT, SHOW, HELP</code>. All other statements return an update count. 

@advanced_1038_h3
Limiting the Number of Rows

@advanced_1039_p
 Before the result is returned to the application, all rows are read by the database. Server side cursors are not supported currently. If only the first few rows are interesting for the application, then the result set size should be limited to improve the performance. This can be done using <code>LIMIT</code> in a query (example: <code>SELECT * FROM TEST LIMIT 100</code>), or by using <code>Statement.setMaxRows(max)</code>. 

@advanced_1040_h3
Large Result Sets and External Sorting

@advanced_1041_p
 For large result set, the result is buffered to disk. The threshold can be defined using the statement <code>SET MAX_MEMORY_ROWS</code>. If <code>ORDER BY</code> is used, the sorting is done using an external sort algorithm. In this case, each block of rows is sorted using quick sort, then written to disk; when reading the data, the blocks are merged together. 

@advanced_1042_h2
Large Objects

@advanced_1043_h3
Storing and Reading Large Objects

@advanced_1044_p
 If it is possible that the objects don't fit into memory, then the data type CLOB (for textual data) or BLOB (for binary data) should be used. For these data types, the objects are not fully read into memory, by using streams. To store a BLOB, use <code>PreparedStatement.setBinaryStream</code>. To store a CLOB, use <code>PreparedStatement.setCharacterStream</code>. To read a BLOB, use <code>ResultSet.getBinaryStream</code>, and to read a CLOB, use <code>ResultSet.getCharacterStream</code>. When using the client/server mode, large BLOB and CLOB data is stored in a temporary file on the client side. 

@advanced_1045_h3
When to use CLOB/BLOB

@advanced_1046_p
 By default, this database stores large LOB (CLOB and BLOB) objects separate from the main table data. Small LOB objects are stored in-place, the threshold can be set using <a href="grammar.html#set_max_length_inplace_lob" class="notranslate" >MAX_LENGTH_INPLACE_LOB</a>, but there is still an overhead to use CLOB/BLOB. Because of this, BLOB and CLOB should never be used for columns with a maximum size below about 200 bytes. The best threshold depends on the use case; reading in-place objects is faster than reading from separate files, but slows down the performance of operations that don't involve this column. 

@advanced_1047_h3
Large Object Compression

@advanced_1048_p
 The following feature is only available for the PageStore storage engine. For the MVStore engine (the default for H2 version 1.4.x), append <code>;COMPRESS=TRUE</code> to the database URL instead. CLOB and BLOB values can be compressed by using <a href="grammar.html#set_compress_lob" class="notranslate" >SET COMPRESS_LOB</a>. The LZF algorithm is faster but needs more disk space. By default compression is disabled, which usually speeds up write operations. If you store many large compressible values such as XML, HTML, text, and uncompressed binary files, then compressing can save a lot of disk space (sometimes more than 50%), and read operations may even be faster. 

@advanced_1049_h2
Linked Tables

@advanced_1050_p
 This database supports linked tables, which means tables that don't exist in the current database but are just links to another database. To create such a link, use the <code>CREATE LINKED TABLE</code> statement: 

@advanced_1051_p
 You can then access the table in the usual way. Whenever the linked table is accessed, the database issues specific queries over JDBC. Using the example above, if you issue the query <code>SELECT * FROM LINK WHERE ID=1</code>, then the following query is run against the PostgreSQL database: <code>SELECT * FROM TEST WHERE ID=?</code>. The same happens for insert and update statements. Only simple statements are executed against the target database, that means no joins (queries that contain joins are converted to simple queries). Prepared statements are used where possible. 

@advanced_1052_p
 To view the statements that are executed against the target table, set the trace level to 3. 

@advanced_1053_p
 If multiple linked tables point to the same database (using the same database URL), the connection is shared. To disable this, set the system property <code>h2.shareLinkedConnections=false</code>. 

@advanced_1054_p
 The statement <a href="grammar.html#create_linked_table" class="notranslate" >CREATE LINKED TABLE</a> supports an optional schema name parameter. 

@advanced_1055_p
 The following are not supported because they may result in a deadlock: creating a linked table to the same database, and creating a linked table to another database using the server mode if the other database is open in the same server (use the embedded mode instead). 

@advanced_1056_p
 Data types that are not supported in H2 are also not supported for linked tables, for example unsigned data types if the value is outside the range of the signed type. In such cases, the columns needs to be cast to a supported type. 

@advanced_1057_h2
Updatable Views

@advanced_1058_p
 By default, views are not updatable. To make a view updatable, use an "instead of" trigger as follows: 

@advanced_1059_p
 Update the base table(s) within the trigger as required. For details, see the sample application <code>org.h2.samples.UpdatableView</code>. 

@advanced_1060_h2
Transaction Isolation

@advanced_1061_p
 Transaction isolation is provided for all data manipulation language (DML) statements. Most data definition language (DDL) statements commit the current transaction. See the <a href="grammar.html">Grammar</a> for details. 

@advanced_1062_p
 This database supports the following transaction isolation levels: 

@advanced_1063_b
Read Committed

@advanced_1064_li
 This is the default level. Read locks are released immediately after executing the statement, but write locks are kept until the transaction commits. Higher concurrency is possible when using this level.

@advanced_1065_li
 To enable, execute the SQL statement <code>SET LOCK_MODE 3</code>

@advanced_1066_li
 or append <code>;LOCK_MODE=3</code> to the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;LOCK_MODE=3</code> 

@advanced_1067_b
Serializable

@advanced_1068_li
 Both read locks and write locks are kept until the transaction commits. To enable, execute the SQL statement <code>SET LOCK_MODE 1</code>

@advanced_1069_li
 or append <code>;LOCK_MODE=1</code> to the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;LOCK_MODE=1</code> 

@advanced_1070_b
Read Uncommitted

@advanced_1071_li
 This level means that transaction isolation is disabled.

@advanced_1072_li
 To enable, execute the SQL statement <code>SET LOCK_MODE 0</code>

@advanced_1073_li
 or append <code>;LOCK_MODE=0</code> to the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;LOCK_MODE=0</code> 

@advanced_1074_p
 When using the isolation level 'serializable', dirty reads, non-repeatable reads, and phantom reads are prohibited. 

@advanced_1075_b
Dirty Reads

@advanced_1076_li
 Means a connection can read uncommitted changes made by another connection.

@advanced_1077_li
 Possible with: read uncommitted 

@advanced_1078_b
Non-Repeatable Reads

@advanced_1079_li
 A connection reads a row, another connection changes a row and commits, and the first connection re-reads the same row and gets the new result.

@advanced_1080_li
 Possible with: read uncommitted, read committed 

@advanced_1081_b
Phantom Reads

@advanced_1082_li
 A connection reads a set of rows using a condition, another connection inserts a row that falls in this condition and commits, then the first connection re-reads using the same condition and gets the new row.

@advanced_1083_li
 Possible with: read uncommitted, read committed 

@advanced_1084_h3
Table Level Locking

@advanced_1085_p
 The database allows multiple concurrent connections to the same database. To make sure all connections only see consistent data, table level locking is used by default. This mechanism does not allow high concurrency, but is very fast. Shared locks and exclusive locks are supported. Before reading from a table, the database tries to add a shared lock to the table (this is only possible if there is no exclusive lock on the object by another connection). If the shared lock is added successfully, the table can be read. It is allowed that other connections also have a shared lock on the same object. If a connection wants to write to a table (update or delete a row), an exclusive lock is required. To get the exclusive lock, other connection must not have any locks on the object. After the connection commits, all locks are released. This database keeps all locks in memory. When a lock is released, and multiple connections are waiting for it, one of them is picked at random. 

@advanced_1086_h3
Lock Timeout

@advanced_1087_p
 If a connection cannot get a lock on an object, the connection waits for some amount of time (the lock timeout). During this time, hopefully the connection holding the lock commits and it is then possible to get the lock. If this is not possible because the other connection does not release the lock for some time, the unsuccessful connection will get a lock timeout exception. The lock timeout can be set individually for each connection. 

@advanced_1088_h2
Multi-Version Concurrency Control (MVCC)

@advanced_1089_p
 The MVCC feature allows higher concurrency than using (table level or row level) locks. When using MVCC in this database, delete, insert and update operations will only issue a shared lock on the table. An exclusive lock is still used when adding or removing columns, when dropping the table, and when using <code>SELECT ... FOR UPDATE</code>. Connections only 'see' committed data, and own changes. That means, if connection A updates a row but doesn't commit this change yet, connection B will see the old value. Only when the change is committed, the new value is visible by other connections (read committed). If multiple connections concurrently try to update the same row, the database waits until it can apply the change, but at most until the lock timeout expires. 

@advanced_1090_p
 To use the MVCC feature, append <code>;MVCC=TRUE</code> to the database URL: 

@advanced_1091_p
 MVCC is disabled by default. The MVCC feature is not fully tested yet. The limitations of the MVCC mode are: it can not be used at the same time as <code>MULTI_THREADED=TRUE</code>; the complete undo log (the list of uncommitted changes) must fit in memory when using multi-version concurrency. The setting <code>MAX_MEMORY_UNDO</code> has no effect. It is not possible to enable or disable this setting while the database is already open. The setting must be specified in the first connection (the one that opens the database). 

@advanced_1092_p
 If MVCC is enabled, changing the lock mode (<code>LOCK_MODE</code>) has no effect. 

@advanced_1093_h2
Clustering / High Availability

@advanced_1094_p
 This database supports a simple clustering / high availability mechanism. The architecture is: two database servers run on two different computers, and on both computers is a copy of the same database. If both servers run, each database operation is executed on both computers. If one server fails (power, hardware or network failure), the other server can still continue to work. From this point on, the operations will be executed only on one server until the other server is back up. 

@advanced_1095_p
 Clustering can only be used in the server mode (the embedded mode does not support clustering). The cluster can be re-created using the <code>CreateCluster</code> tool without stopping the remaining server. Applications that are still connected are automatically disconnected, however when appending <code>;AUTO_RECONNECT=TRUE</code>, they will recover from that. 

@advanced_1096_p
 To initialize the cluster, use the following steps: 

@advanced_1097_li
Create a database 

@advanced_1098_li
Use the <code>CreateCluster</code> tool to copy the database to another location and initialize the clustering. Afterwards, you have two databases containing the same data. 

@advanced_1099_li
Start two servers (one for each copy of the database) 

@advanced_1100_li
You are now ready to connect to the databases with the client application(s) 

@advanced_1101_h3
Using the CreateCluster Tool

@advanced_1102_p
 To understand how clustering works, please try out the following example. In this example, the two databases reside on the same computer, but usually, the databases will be on different servers. 

@advanced_1103_li
Create two directories: <code>server1, server2</code>. Each directory will simulate a directory on a computer. 

@advanced_1104_li
Start a TCP server pointing to the first directory. You can do this using the command line: 

@advanced_1105_li
Start a second TCP server pointing to the second directory. This will simulate a server running on a second (redundant) computer. You can do this using the command line: 

@advanced_1106_li
Use the <code>CreateCluster</code> tool to initialize clustering. This will automatically create a new, empty database if it does not exist. Run the tool on the command line: 

@advanced_1107_li
You can now connect to the databases using an application or the H2 Console using the JDBC URL <code>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost:9101,localhost:9102/~/test</code> 

@advanced_1108_li
If you stop a server (by killing the process), you will notice that the other machine continues to work, and therefore the database is still accessible. 

@advanced_1109_li
To restore the cluster, you first need to delete the database that failed, then restart the server that was stopped, and re-run the <code>CreateCluster</code> tool. 

@advanced_1110_h3
Detect Which Cluster Instances are Running

@advanced_1111_p
 To find out which cluster nodes are currently running, execute the following SQL statement: 

@advanced_1112_p
 If the result is <code>''</code> (two single quotes), then the cluster mode is disabled. Otherwise, the list of servers is returned, enclosed in single quote. Example: <code>'server1:9191,server2:9191'</code>. 

@advanced_1113_p
 It is also possible to get the list of servers by using Connection.getClientInfo(). 

@advanced_1114_p
 The property list returned from <code>getClientInfo()</code> contains a <code>numServers</code> property that returns the number of servers that are in the connection list. To get the actual servers, <code>getClientInfo()</code> also has properties <code>server0</code>..<code>serverX</code>, where serverX is the number of servers minus 1. 

@advanced_1115_p
 Example: To get the 2nd server in the connection list one uses <code>getClientInfo('server1')</code>. <b>Note:</b> The <code>serverX</code> property only returns IP addresses and ports and not hostnames. 

@advanced_1116_h3
Clustering Algorithm and Limitations

@advanced_1117_p
 Read-only queries are only executed against the first cluster node, but all other statements are executed against all nodes. There is currently no load balancing made to avoid problems with transactions. The following functions may yield different results on different cluster nodes and must be executed with care: <code>RANDOM_UUID(), SECURE_RAND(), SESSION_ID(), MEMORY_FREE(), MEMORY_USED(), CSVREAD(), CSVWRITE(), RAND()</code> [when not using a seed]. Those functions should not be used directly in modifying statements (for example <code>INSERT, UPDATE, MERGE</code>). However, they can be used in read-only statements and the result can then be used for modifying statements. Using auto-increment and identity columns is currently not supported. Instead, sequence values need to be manually requested and then used to insert data (using two statements). 

@advanced_1118_p
 When using the cluster modes, result sets are read fully in memory by the client, so that there is no problem if the server dies that executed the query. Result sets must fit in memory on the client side. 

@advanced_1119_p
 The SQL statement <code>SET AUTOCOMMIT FALSE</code> is not supported in the cluster mode. To disable autocommit, the method <code>Connection.setAutoCommit(false)</code> needs to be called. 

@advanced_1120_p
 It is possible that a transaction from one connection overtakes a transaction from a different connection. Depending on the operations, this might result in different results, for example when conditionally incrementing a value in a row. 

@advanced_1121_h2
Two Phase Commit

@advanced_1122_p
 The two phase commit protocol is supported. 2-phase-commit works as follows: 

@advanced_1123_li
Autocommit needs to be switched off 

@advanced_1124_li
A transaction is started, for example by inserting a row 

@advanced_1125_li
The transaction is marked 'prepared' by executing the SQL statement <code>PREPARE COMMIT transactionName</code> 

@advanced_1126_li
The transaction can now be committed or rolled back 

@advanced_1127_li
If a problem occurs before the transaction was successfully committed or rolled back (for example because a network problem occurred), the transaction is in the state 'in-doubt' 

@advanced_1128_li
When re-connecting to the database, the in-doubt transactions can be listed with <code>SELECT * FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.IN_DOUBT</code> 

@advanced_1129_li
Each transaction in this list must now be committed or rolled back by executing <code>COMMIT TRANSACTION transactionName</code> or <code>ROLLBACK TRANSACTION transactionName</code> 

@advanced_1130_li
The database needs to be closed and re-opened to apply the changes 

@advanced_1131_h2
Compatibility

@advanced_1132_p
 This database is (up to a certain point) compatible to other databases such as HSQLDB, MySQL and PostgreSQL. There are certain areas where H2 is incompatible. 

@advanced_1133_h3
Transaction Commit when Autocommit is On

@advanced_1134_p
 At this time, this database engine commits a transaction (if autocommit is switched on) just before returning the result. For a query, this means the transaction is committed even before the application scans through the result set, and before the result set is closed. Other database engines may commit the transaction in this case when the result set is closed. 

@advanced_1135_h3
Keywords / Reserved Words

@advanced_1136_p
 There is a list of keywords that can't be used as identifiers (table names, column names and so on), unless they are quoted (surrounded with double quotes). The list is currently: 

@advanced_1137_code
 CROSS, CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, DISTINCT, EXCEPT, EXISTS, FALSE, FETCH, FOR, FROM, FULL, GROUP, HAVING, INNER, INTERSECT, IS, JOIN, LIKE, LIMIT, MINUS, NATURAL, NOT, NULL, OFFSET, ON, ORDER, PRIMARY, ROWNUM, SELECT, SYSDATE, SYSTIME, SYSTIMESTAMP, TODAY, TRUE, UNION, UNIQUE, WHERE 

@advanced_1138_p
 Certain words of this list are keywords because they are functions that can be used without '()' for compatibility, for example <code>CURRENT_TIMESTAMP</code>. 

@advanced_1139_h2
Standards Compliance

@advanced_1140_p
 This database tries to be as much standard compliant as possible. For the SQL language, ANSI/ISO is the main standard. There are several versions that refer to the release date: SQL-92, SQL:1999, and SQL:2003. Unfortunately, the standard documentation is not freely available. Another problem is that important features are not standardized. Whenever this is the case, this database tries to be compatible to other databases. 

@advanced_1141_h3
Supported Character Sets, Character Encoding, and Unicode

@advanced_1142_p
 H2 internally uses Unicode, and supports all character encoding systems and character sets supported by the virtual machine you use. 

@advanced_1143_h2
Run as Windows Service

@advanced_1144_p
 Using a native wrapper / adapter, Java applications can be run as a Windows Service. There are various tools available to do that. The Java Service Wrapper from <a href="http://wrapper.tanukisoftware.org">Tanuki Software, Inc.</a> is included in the installation. Batch files are provided to install, start, stop and uninstall the H2 Database Engine Service. This service contains the TCP Server and the H2 Console web application. The batch files are located in the directory <code>h2/service</code>. 

@advanced_1145_p
 The service wrapper bundled with H2 is a 32-bit version. To use a 64-bit version of Windows (x64), you need to use a 64-bit version of the wrapper, for example the one from <a href="http://www.krenger.ch/blog/java-service-wrapper-3-5-14-for-windows-x64/"> Simon Krenger</a>. 

@advanced_1146_p
 When running the database as a service, absolute path should be used. Using <code>~</code> in the database URL is problematic in this case, because it means to use the home directory of the current user. The service might run without or with the wrong user, so that the database files might end up in an unexpected place. 

@advanced_1147_h3
Install the Service

@advanced_1148_p
 The service needs to be registered as a Windows Service first. To do that, double click on <code>1_install_service.bat</code>. If successful, a command prompt window will pop up and disappear immediately. If not, a message will appear. 

@advanced_1149_h3
Start the Service

@advanced_1150_p
 You can start the H2 Database Engine Service using the service manager of Windows, or by double clicking on <code>2_start_service.bat</code>. Please note that the batch file does not print an error message if the service is not installed. 

@advanced_1151_h3
Connect to the H2 Console

@advanced_1152_p
 After installing and starting the service, you can connect to the H2 Console application using a browser. Double clicking on <code>3_start_browser.bat</code> to do that. The default port (8082) is hard coded in the batch file. 

@advanced_1153_h3
Stop the Service

@advanced_1154_p
 To stop the service, double click on <code>4_stop_service.bat</code>. Please note that the batch file does not print an error message if the service is not installed or started. 

@advanced_1155_h3
Uninstall the Service

@advanced_1156_p
 To uninstall the service, double click on <code>5_uninstall_service.bat</code>. If successful, a command prompt window will pop up and disappear immediately. If not, a message will appear. 

@advanced_1157_h3
Additional JDBC drivers

@advanced_1158_p
 To use other databases (for example MySQL), the location of the JDBC drivers of those databases need to be added to the environment variables <code>H2DRIVERS</code> or <code>CLASSPATH</code> before installing the service. Multiple drivers can be set; each entry needs to be separated with a <code>;</code> (Windows) or <code>:</code> (other operating systems). Spaces in the path names are supported. The settings must not be quoted. 

@advanced_1159_h2
ODBC Driver

@advanced_1160_p
 This database does not come with its own ODBC driver at this time, but it supports the PostgreSQL network protocol. Therefore, the PostgreSQL ODBC driver can be used. Support for the PostgreSQL network protocol is quite new and should be viewed as experimental. It should not be used for production applications. 

@advanced_1161_p
 To use the PostgreSQL ODBC driver on 64 bit versions of Windows, first run <code>c:/windows/syswow64/odbcad32.exe</code>. At this point you set up your DSN just like you would on any other system. See also: <a href="http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-odbc/2005-09/msg00125.php">Re: ODBC Driver on Windows 64 bit</a> 

@advanced_1162_h3
ODBC Installation

@advanced_1163_p
 First, the ODBC driver must be installed. Any recent PostgreSQL ODBC driver should work, however version 8.2 (<code>psqlodbc-08_02*</code>) or newer is recommended. The Windows version of the PostgreSQL ODBC driver is available at <a href="http://www.postgresql.org/ftp/odbc/versions/msi">http://www.postgresql.org/ftp/odbc/versions/msi</a>. 

@advanced_1164_h3
Starting the Server

@advanced_1165_p
 After installing the ODBC driver, start the H2 Server using the command line: 

@advanced_1166_p
 The PG Server (PG for PostgreSQL protocol) is started as well. By default, databases are stored in the current working directory where the server is started. Use <code>-baseDir</code> to save databases in another directory, for example the user home directory: 

@advanced_1167_p
 The PG server can be started and stopped from within a Java application as follows: 

@advanced_1168_p
 By default, only connections from localhost are allowed. To allow remote connections, use <code>-pgAllowOthers</code> when starting the server. 

@advanced_1169_p
 To map an ODBC database name to a different JDBC database name, use the option <code>-key</code> when starting the server. Please note only one mapping is allowed. The following will map the ODBC database named <code>TEST</code> to the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/data/test;cipher=aes</code>: 

@advanced_1170_h3
ODBC Configuration

@advanced_1171_p
 After installing the driver, a new Data Source must be added. In Windows, run <code>odbcad32.exe</code> to open the Data Source Administrator. Then click on 'Add...' and select the PostgreSQL Unicode driver. Then click 'Finish'. You will be able to change the connection properties. The property column represents the property key in the <code>odbc.ini</code> file (which may be different from the GUI). 

@advanced_1172_th
Property

@advanced_1173_th
Example

@advanced_1174_th
Remarks

@advanced_1175_td
Data Source

@advanced_1176_td
H2 Test

@advanced_1177_td
The name of the ODBC Data Source

@advanced_1178_td
Database

@advanced_1179_td
~/test;ifexists=true

@advanced_1180_td
 The database name. This can include connections settings. By default, the database is stored in the current working directory where the Server is started except when the -baseDir setting is used. The name must be at least 3 characters. 

@advanced_1181_td
Servername

@advanced_1182_td
localhost

@advanced_1183_td
The server name or IP address.

@advanced_1184_td
By default, only remote connections are allowed

@advanced_1185_td
Username

@advanced_1186_td
sa

@advanced_1187_td
The database user name.

@advanced_1188_td
SSL

@advanced_1189_td
false (disabled)

@advanced_1190_td
At this time, SSL is not supported.

@advanced_1191_td
Port

@advanced_1192_td
5435

@advanced_1193_td
The port where the PG Server is listening.

@advanced_1194_td
Password

@advanced_1195_td
sa

@advanced_1196_td
The database password.

@advanced_1197_p
 To improve performance, please enable 'server side prepare' under Options / Datasource / Page 2 / Server side prepare. 

@advanced_1198_p
 Afterwards, you may use this data source. 

@advanced_1199_h3
PG Protocol Support Limitations

@advanced_1200_p
 At this time, only a subset of the PostgreSQL network protocol is implemented. Also, there may be compatibility problems on the SQL level, with the catalog, or with text encoding. Problems are fixed as they are found. Currently, statements can not be canceled when using the PG protocol. Also, H2 does not provide index meta over ODBC. 

@advanced_1201_p
 PostgreSQL ODBC Driver Setup requires a database password; that means it is not possible to connect to H2 databases without password. This is a limitation of the ODBC driver. 

@advanced_1202_h3
Security Considerations

@advanced_1203_p
 Currently, the PG Server does not support challenge response or encrypt passwords. This may be a problem if an attacker can listen to the data transferred between the ODBC driver and the server, because the password is readable to the attacker. Also, it is currently not possible to use encrypted SSL connections. Therefore the ODBC driver should not be used where security is important. 

@advanced_1204_p
 The first connection that opens a database using the PostgreSQL server needs to be an administrator user. Subsequent connections don't need to be opened by an administrator. 

@advanced_1205_h3
Using Microsoft Access

@advanced_1206_p
 When using Microsoft Access to edit data in a linked H2 table, you may need to enable the following option: Tools - Options - Edit/Find - ODBC fields. 

@advanced_1207_h2
Using H2 in Microsoft .NET

@advanced_1208_p
 The database can be used from Microsoft .NET even without using Java, by using IKVM.NET. You can access a H2 database on .NET using the JDBC API, or using the ADO.NET interface. 

@advanced_1209_h3
Using the ADO.NET API on .NET

@advanced_1210_p
 An implementation of the ADO.NET interface is available in the open source project <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2sharp">H2Sharp</a>. 

@advanced_1211_h3
Using the JDBC API on .NET

@advanced_1212_li
Install the .NET Framework from <a href="http://www.microsoft.com">Microsoft</a>. Mono has not yet been tested. 

@advanced_1213_li
Install <a href="http://www.ikvm.net">IKVM.NET</a>. 

@advanced_1214_li
Copy the <code>h2*.jar</code> file to <code>ikvm/bin</code> 

@advanced_1215_li
Run the H2 Console using: <code>ikvm -jar h2*.jar</code> 

@advanced_1216_li
Convert the H2 Console to an <code>.exe</code> file using: <code>ikvmc -target:winexe h2*.jar</code>. You may ignore the warnings. 

@advanced_1217_li
Create a <code>.dll</code> file using (change the version accordingly): <code>ikvmc.exe -target:library -version:1.0.69.0 h2*.jar</code> 

@advanced_1218_p
 If you want your C# application use H2, you need to add the <code>h2.dll</code> and the <code>IKVM.OpenJDK.ClassLibrary.dll</code> to your C# solution. Here some sample code: 

@advanced_1219_h2
ACID

@advanced_1220_p
 In the database world, ACID stands for: 

@advanced_1221_li
Atomicity: transactions must be atomic, meaning either all tasks are performed or none. 

@advanced_1222_li
Consistency: all operations must comply with the defined constraints. 

@advanced_1223_li
Isolation: transactions must be isolated from each other. 

@advanced_1224_li
Durability: committed transaction will not be lost. 

@advanced_1225_h3
Atomicity

@advanced_1226_p
 Transactions in this database are always atomic. 

@advanced_1227_h3
Consistency

@advanced_1228_p
 By default, this database is always in a consistent state. Referential integrity rules are enforced except when explicitly disabled. 

@advanced_1229_h3
Isolation

@advanced_1230_p
 For H2, as with most other database systems, the default isolation level is 'read committed'. This provides better performance, but also means that transactions are not completely isolated. H2 supports the transaction isolation levels 'serializable', 'read committed', and 'read uncommitted'. 

@advanced_1231_h3
Durability

@advanced_1232_p
 This database does not guarantee that all committed transactions survive a power failure. Tests show that all databases sometimes lose transactions on power failure (for details, see below). Where losing transactions is not acceptable, a laptop or UPS (uninterruptible power supply) should be used. If durability is required for all possible cases of hardware failure, clustering should be used, such as the H2 clustering mode. 

@advanced_1233_h2
Durability Problems

@advanced_1234_p
 Complete durability means all committed transaction survive a power failure. Some databases claim they can guarantee durability, but such claims are wrong. A durability test was run against H2, HSQLDB, PostgreSQL, and Derby. All of those databases sometimes lose committed transactions. The test is included in the H2 download, see <code>org.h2.test.poweroff.Test</code>. 

@advanced_1235_h3
Ways to (Not) Achieve Durability

@advanced_1236_p
 Making sure that committed transactions are not lost is more complicated than it seems first. To guarantee complete durability, a database must ensure that the log record is on the hard drive before the commit call returns. To do that, databases use different methods. One is to use the 'synchronous write' file access mode. In Java, <code>RandomAccessFile</code> supports the modes <code>rws</code> and <code>rwd</code>: 

@advanced_1237_code
rwd

@advanced_1238_li
: every update to the file's content is written synchronously to the underlying storage device. 

@advanced_1239_code
rws

@advanced_1240_li
: in addition to <code>rwd</code>, every update to the metadata is written synchronously.

@advanced_1241_p
 A test (<code>org.h2.test.poweroff.TestWrite</code>) with one of those modes achieves around 50 thousand write operations per second. Even when the operating system write buffer is disabled, the write rate is around 50 thousand operations per second. This feature does not force changes to disk because it does not flush all buffers. The test updates the same byte in the file again and again. If the hard drive was able to write at this rate, then the disk would need to make at least 50 thousand revolutions per second, or 3 million RPM (revolutions per minute). There are no such hard drives. The hard drive used for the test is about 7200 RPM, or about 120 revolutions per second. There is an overhead, so the maximum write rate must be lower than that. 

@advanced_1242_p
 Calling <code>fsync</code> flushes the buffers. There are two ways to do that in Java: 

@advanced_1243_code
FileDescriptor.sync()

@advanced_1244_li
. The documentation says that this forces all system buffers to synchronize with the underlying device. This method is supposed to return after all in-memory modified copies of buffers associated with this file descriptor have been written to the physical medium. 

@advanced_1245_code
FileChannel.force()

@advanced_1246_li
. This method is supposed to force any updates to this channel's file to be written to the storage device that contains it. 

@advanced_1247_p
 By default, MySQL calls <code>fsync</code> for each commit. When using one of those methods, only around 60 write operations per second can be achieved, which is consistent with the RPM rate of the hard drive used. Unfortunately, even when calling <code>FileDescriptor.sync()</code> or <code>FileChannel.force()</code>, data is not always persisted to the hard drive, because most hard drives do not obey <code>fsync()</code>: see <a href="http://hardware.slashdot.org/article.pl?sid=05/05/13/0529252">Your Hard Drive Lies to You</a>. In Mac OS X, <code>fsync</code> does not flush hard drive buffers. See <a href="http://lists.apple.com/archives/darwin-dev/2005/Feb/msg00072.html">Bad fsync?</a>. So the situation is confusing, and tests prove there is a problem. 

@advanced_1248_p
 Trying to flush hard drive buffers is hard, and if you do the performance is very bad. First you need to make sure that the hard drive actually flushes all buffers. Tests show that this can not be done in a reliable way. Then the maximum number of transactions is around 60 per second. Because of those reasons, the default behavior of H2 is to delay writing committed transactions. 

@advanced_1249_p
 In H2, after a power failure, a bit more than one second of committed transactions may be lost. To change the behavior, use <code>SET WRITE_DELAY</code> and <code>CHECKPOINT SYNC</code>. Most other databases support commit delay as well. In the performance comparison, commit delay was used for all databases that support it. 

@advanced_1250_h3
Running the Durability Test

@advanced_1251_p
 To test the durability / non-durability of this and other databases, you can use the test application in the package <code>org.h2.test.poweroff</code>. Two computers with network connection are required to run this test. One computer just listens, while the test application is run (and power is cut) on the other computer. The computer with the listener application opens a TCP/IP port and listens for an incoming connection. The second computer first connects to the listener, and then created the databases and starts inserting records. The connection is set to 'autocommit', which means after each inserted record a commit is performed automatically. Afterwards, the test computer notifies the listener that this record was inserted successfully. The listener computer displays the last inserted record number every 10 seconds. Now, switch off the power manually, then restart the computer, and run the application again. You will find out that in most cases, none of the databases contains all the records that the listener computer knows about. For details, please consult the source code of the listener and test application. 

@advanced_1252_h2
Using the Recover Tool

@advanced_1253_p
 The <code>Recover</code> tool can be used to extract the contents of a database file, even if the database is corrupted. It also extracts the content of the transaction log and large objects (CLOB or BLOB). To run the tool, type on the command line: 

@advanced_1254_p
 For each database in the current directory, a text file will be created. This file contains raw insert statements (for the data) and data definition (DDL) statements to recreate the schema of the database. This file can be executed using the <code>RunScript</code> tool or a <code>RUNSCRIPT FROM</code> SQL statement. The script includes at least one <code>CREATE USER</code> statement. If you run the script against a database that was created with the same user, or if there are conflicting users, running the script will fail. Consider running the script against a database that was created with a user name that is not in the script. 

@advanced_1255_p
 The <code>Recover</code> tool creates a SQL script from database file. It also processes the transaction log. 

@advanced_1256_p
 To verify the database can recover at any time, append <code>;RECOVER_TEST=64</code> to the database URL in your test environment. This will simulate an application crash after each 64 writes to the database file. A log file named <code>databaseName.h2.db.log</code> is created that lists the operations. The recovery is tested using an in-memory file system, that means it may require a larger heap setting. 

@advanced_1257_h2
File Locking Protocols

@advanced_1258_p
 Multiple concurrent connections to the same database are supported, however a database file can only be open for reading and writing (in embedded mode) by one process at the same time. Otherwise, the processes would overwrite each others data and corrupt the database file. To protect against this problem, whenever a database is opened, a lock file is created to signal other processes that the database is in use. If the database is closed, or if the process that opened the database stops normally, this lock file is deleted. 

@advanced_1259_p
 In special cases (if the process did not terminate normally, for example because there was a power failure), the lock file is not deleted by the process that created it. That means the existence of the lock file is not a safe protocol for file locking. However, this software uses a challenge-response protocol to protect the database files. There are two methods (algorithms) implemented to provide both security (that is, the same database files cannot be opened by two processes at the same time) and simplicity (that is, the lock file does not need to be deleted manually by the user). The two methods are 'file method' and 'socket methods'. 

@advanced_1260_p
 The file locking protocols (except the file locking method 'FS') have the following limitation: if a shared file system is used, and the machine with the lock owner is sent to sleep (standby or hibernate), another machine may take over. If the machine that originally held the lock wakes up, the database may become corrupt. If this situation can occur, the application must ensure the database is closed when the application is put to sleep. 

@advanced_1261_h3
File Locking Method 'File'

@advanced_1262_p
 The default method for database file locking for version 1.3 and older is the 'File Method'. The algorithm is: 

@advanced_1263_li
If the lock file does not exist, it is created (using the atomic operation <code>File.createNewFile</code>). Then, the process waits a little bit (20 ms) and checks the file again. If the file was changed during this time, the operation is aborted. This protects against a race condition when one process deletes the lock file just after another one create it, and a third process creates the file again. It does not occur if there are only two writers. 

@advanced_1264_li
 If the file can be created, a random number is inserted together with the locking method ('file'). Afterwards, a watchdog thread is started that checks regularly (every second once by default) if the file was deleted or modified by another (challenger) thread / process. Whenever that occurs, the file is overwritten with the old data. The watchdog thread runs with high priority so that a change to the lock file does not get through undetected even if the system is very busy. However, the watchdog thread does use very little resources (CPU time), because it waits most of the time. Also, the watchdog only reads from the hard disk and does not write to it. 

@advanced_1265_li
 If the lock file exists and was recently modified, the process waits for some time (up to two seconds). If it was still changed, an exception is thrown (database is locked). This is done to eliminate race conditions with many concurrent writers. Afterwards, the file is overwritten with a new version (challenge). After that, the thread waits for 2 seconds. If there is a watchdog thread protecting the file, he will overwrite the change and this process will fail to lock the database. However, if there is no watchdog thread, the lock file will still be as written by this thread. In this case, the file is deleted and atomically created again. The watchdog thread is started in this case and the file is locked. 

@advanced_1266_p
 This algorithm is tested with over 100 concurrent threads. In some cases, when there are many concurrent threads trying to lock the database, they block each other (meaning the file cannot be locked by any of them) for some time. However, the file never gets locked by two threads at the same time. However using that many concurrent threads / processes is not the common use case. Generally, an application should throw an error to the user if it cannot open a database, and not try again in a (fast) loop. 

@advanced_1267_h3
File Locking Method 'Socket'

@advanced_1268_p
 There is a second locking mechanism implemented, but disabled by default. To use it, append <code>;FILE_LOCK=SOCKET</code> to the database URL. The algorithm is: 

@advanced_1269_li
If the lock file does not exist, it is created. Then a server socket is opened on a defined port, and kept open. The port and IP address of the process that opened the database is written into the lock file. 

@advanced_1270_li
If the lock file exists, and the lock method is 'file', then the software switches to the 'file' method. 

@advanced_1271_li
If the lock file exists, and the lock method is 'socket', then the process checks if the port is in use. If the original process is still running, the port is in use and this process throws an exception (database is in use). If the original process died (for example due to a power failure, or abnormal termination of the virtual machine), then the port was released. The new process deletes the lock file and starts again. 

@advanced_1272_p
 This method does not require a watchdog thread actively polling (reading) the same file every second. The problem with this method is, if the file is stored on a network share, two processes (running on different computers) could still open the same database files, if they do not have a direct TCP/IP connection. 

@advanced_1273_h3
File Locking Method 'FS'

@advanced_1274_p
 This is the default mode for version 1.4 and newer. This database file locking mechanism uses native file system lock on the database file. No *.lock.db file is created in this case, and no background thread is started. This mechanism may not work on all systems as expected. Some systems allow to lock the same file multiple times within the same virtual machine, and on some system native file locking is not supported or files are not unlocked after a power failure. 

@advanced_1275_p
 To enable this feature, append <code>;FILE_LOCK=FS</code> to the database URL. 

@advanced_1276_p
 This feature is relatively new. When using it for production, please ensure your system does in fact lock files as expected. 

@advanced_1277_h2
Using Passwords

@advanced_1278_h3
Using Secure Passwords

@advanced_1279_p
 Remember that weak passwords can be broken regardless of the encryption and security protocols. Don't use passwords that can be found in a dictionary. Appending numbers does not make passwords secure. A way to create good passwords that can be remembered is: take the first letters of a sentence, use upper and lower case characters, and creatively include special characters (but it's more important to use a long password than to use special characters). Example: 

@advanced_1280_code
i'sE2rtPiUKtT

@advanced_1281_p
 from the sentence <code>it's easy to remember this password if you know the trick</code>. 

@advanced_1282_h3
Passwords: Using Char Arrays instead of Strings

@advanced_1283_p
 Java strings are immutable objects and cannot be safely 'destroyed' by the application. After creating a string, it will remain in the main memory of the computer at least until it is garbage collected. The garbage collection cannot be controlled by the application, and even if it is garbage collected the data may still remain in memory. It might also be possible that the part of memory containing the password is swapped to disk (if not enough main memory is available), which is a problem if the attacker has access to the swap file of the operating system. 

@advanced_1284_p
 It is a good idea to use char arrays instead of strings for passwords. Char arrays can be cleared (filled with zeros) after use, and therefore the password will not be stored in the swap file. 

@advanced_1285_p
 This database supports using char arrays instead of string to pass user and file passwords. The following code can be used to do that: 

@advanced_1286_p
 This example requires Java 1.6. When using Swing, use <code>javax.swing.JPasswordField</code>. 

@advanced_1287_h3
Passing the User Name and/or Password in the URL

@advanced_1288_p
 Instead of passing the user name as a separate parameter as in <code> Connection conn = DriverManager. getConnection("jdbc:h2:~/test", "sa", "123"); </code> the user name (and/or password) can be supplied in the URL itself: <code> Connection conn = DriverManager. getConnection("jdbc:h2:~/test;USER=sa;PASSWORD=123"); </code> The settings in the URL override the settings passed as a separate parameter. 

@advanced_1289_h2
Password Hash

@advanced_1290_p
 Sometimes the database password needs to be stored in a configuration file (for example in the <code>web.xml</code> file). In addition to connecting with the plain text password, this database supports connecting with the password hash. This means that only the hash of the password (and not the plain text password) needs to be stored in the configuration file. This will only protect others from reading or re-constructing the plain text password (even if they have access to the configuration file); it does not protect others from accessing the database using the password hash. 

@advanced_1291_p
 To connect using the password hash instead of plain text password, append <code>;PASSWORD_HASH=TRUE</code> to the database URL, and replace the password with the password hash. To calculate the password hash from a plain text password, run the following command within the H2 Console tool: <code>@password_hash &lt;upperCaseUserName&gt; &lt;password&gt;</code>. As an example, if the user name is <code>sa</code> and the password is <code>test</code>, run the command <code>@password_hash SA test</code>. Then use the resulting password hash as you would use the plain text password. When using an encrypted database, then the user password and file password need to be hashed separately. To calculate the hash of the file password, run: <code>@password_hash file &lt;filePassword&gt;</code>. 

@advanced_1292_h2
Protection against SQL Injection

@advanced_1293_h3
What is SQL Injection

@advanced_1294_p
 This database engine provides a solution for the security vulnerability known as 'SQL Injection'. Here is a short description of what SQL injection means. Some applications build SQL statements with embedded user input such as: 

@advanced_1295_p
 If this mechanism is used anywhere in the application, and user input is not correctly filtered or encoded, it is possible for a user to inject SQL functionality or statements by using specially built input such as (in this example) this password: <code>' OR ''='</code>. In this case the statement becomes: 

@advanced_1296_p
 Which is always true no matter what the password stored in the database is. For more information about SQL Injection, see <a href="#glossary_links">Glossary and Links</a>. 

@advanced_1297_h3
Disabling Literals

@advanced_1298_p
 SQL Injection is not possible if user input is not directly embedded in SQL statements. A simple solution for the problem above is to use a prepared statement: 

@advanced_1299_p
 This database provides a way to enforce usage of parameters when passing user input to the database. This is done by disabling embedded literals in SQL statements. To do this, execute the statement: 

@advanced_1300_p
 Afterwards, SQL statements with text and number literals are not allowed any more. That means, SQL statement of the form <code>WHERE NAME='abc'</code> or <code>WHERE CustomerId=10</code> will fail. It is still possible to use prepared statements and parameters as described above. Also, it is still possible to generate SQL statements dynamically, and use the Statement API, as long as the SQL statements do not include literals. There is also a second mode where number literals are allowed: <code>SET ALLOW_LITERALS NUMBERS</code>. To allow all literals, execute <code>SET ALLOW_LITERALS ALL</code> (this is the default setting). Literals can only be enabled or disabled by an administrator. 

@advanced_1301_h3
Using Constants

@advanced_1302_p
 Disabling literals also means disabling hard-coded 'constant' literals. This database supports defining constants using the <code>CREATE CONSTANT</code> command. Constants can be defined only when literals are enabled, but used even when literals are disabled. To avoid name clashes with column names, constants can be defined in other schemas: 

@advanced_1303_p
 Even when literals are enabled, it is better to use constants instead of hard-coded number or text literals in queries or views. With constants, typos are found at compile time, the source code is easier to understand and change. 

@advanced_1304_h3
Using the ZERO() Function

@advanced_1305_p
 It is not required to create a constant for the number 0 as there is already a built-in function <code>ZERO()</code>: 

@advanced_1306_h2
Protection against Remote Access

@advanced_1307_p
 By default this database does not allow connections from other machines when starting the H2 Console, the TCP server, or the PG server. Remote access can be enabled using the command line options <code>-webAllowOthers, -tcpAllowOthers, -pgAllowOthers</code>. 

@advanced_1308_p
 If you enable remote access using <code>-tcpAllowOthers</code> or <code>-pgAllowOthers</code>, please also consider using the options <code>-baseDir, -ifExists</code>, so that remote users can not create new databases or access existing databases with weak passwords. When using the option <code>-baseDir</code>, only databases within that directory may be accessed. Ensure the existing accessible databases are protected using strong passwords. 

@advanced_1309_p
 If you enable remote access using <code>-webAllowOthers</code>, please ensure the web server can only be accessed from trusted networks. The options <code>-baseDir, -ifExists</code> don't protect access to the tools section, prevent remote shutdown of the web server, changes to the preferences, the saved connection settings, or access to other databases accessible from the system. 

@advanced_1310_h2
Restricting Class Loading and Usage

@advanced_1311_p
 By default there is no restriction on loading classes and executing Java code for admins. That means an admin may call system functions such as <code>System.setProperty</code> by executing: 

@advanced_1312_p
 To restrict users (including admins) from loading classes and executing code, the list of allowed classes can be set in the system property <code>h2.allowedClasses</code> in the form of a comma separated list of classes or patterns (items ending with <code>*</code>). By default all classes are allowed. Example: 

@advanced_1313_p
 This mechanism is used for all user classes, including database event listeners, trigger classes, user-defined functions, user-defined aggregate functions, and JDBC driver classes (with the exception of the H2 driver) when using the H2 Console. 

@advanced_1314_h2
Security Protocols

@advanced_1315_p
 The following paragraphs document the security protocols used in this database. These descriptions are very technical and only intended for security experts that already know the underlying security primitives. 

@advanced_1316_h3
User Password Encryption

@advanced_1317_p
 When a user tries to connect to a database, the combination of user name, @, and password are hashed using SHA-256, and this hash value is transmitted to the database. This step does not protect against an attacker that re-uses the value if he is able to listen to the (unencrypted) transmission between the client and the server. But, the passwords are never transmitted as plain text, even when using an unencrypted connection between client and server. That means if a user reuses the same password for different things, this password is still protected up to some point. See also 'RFC 2617 - HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication' for more information. 

@advanced_1318_p
 When a new database or user is created, a new random salt value is generated. The size of the salt is 64 bits. Using the random salt reduces the risk of an attacker pre-calculating hash values for many different (commonly used) passwords. 

@advanced_1319_p
 The combination of user-password hash value (see above) and salt is hashed using SHA-256. The resulting value is stored in the database. When a user tries to connect to the database, the database combines user-password hash value with the stored salt value and calculates the hash value. Other products use multiple iterations (hash the hash value again and again), but this is not done in this product to reduce the risk of denial of service attacks (where the attacker tries to connect with bogus passwords, and the server spends a lot of time calculating the hash value for each password). The reasoning is: if the attacker has access to the hashed passwords, he also has access to the data in plain text, and therefore does not need the password any more. If the data is protected by storing it on another computer and only accessible remotely, then the iteration count is not required at all. 

@advanced_1320_h3
File Encryption

@advanced_1321_p
 The database files can be encrypted using the AES-128 algorithm. 

@advanced_1322_p
 When a user tries to connect to an encrypted database, the combination of <code>file@</code> and the file password is hashed using SHA-256. This hash value is transmitted to the server. 

@advanced_1323_p
 When a new database file is created, a new cryptographically secure random salt value is generated. The size of the salt is 64 bits. The combination of the file password hash and the salt value is hashed 1024 times using SHA-256. The reason for the iteration is to make it harder for an attacker to calculate hash values for common passwords. 

@advanced_1324_p
 The resulting hash value is used as the key for the block cipher algorithm. Then, an initialization vector (IV) key is calculated by hashing the key again using SHA-256. This is to make sure the IV is unknown to the attacker. The reason for using a secret IV is to protect against watermark attacks. 

@advanced_1325_p
 Before saving a block of data (each block is 8 bytes long), the following operations are executed: first, the IV is calculated by encrypting the block number with the IV key (using the same block cipher algorithm). This IV is combined with the plain text using XOR. The resulting data is encrypted using the AES-128 algorithm. 

@advanced_1326_p
 When decrypting, the operation is done in reverse. First, the block is decrypted using the key, and then the IV is calculated combined with the decrypted text using XOR. 

@advanced_1327_p
 Therefore, the block cipher mode of operation is CBC (cipher-block chaining), but each chain is only one block long. The advantage over the ECB (electronic codebook) mode is that patterns in the data are not revealed, and the advantage over multi block CBC is that flipped cipher text bits are not propagated to flipped plaintext bits in the next block. 

@advanced_1328_p
 Database encryption is meant for securing the database while it is not in use (stolen laptop and so on). It is not meant for cases where the attacker has access to files while the database is in use. When he has write access, he can for example replace pieces of files with pieces of older versions and manipulate data like this. 

@advanced_1329_p
 File encryption slows down the performance of the database engine. Compared to unencrypted mode, database operations take about 2.5 times longer using AES (embedded mode). 

@advanced_1330_h3
Wrong Password / User Name Delay

@advanced_1331_p
 To protect against remote brute force password attacks, the delay after each unsuccessful login gets double as long. Use the system properties <code>h2.delayWrongPasswordMin</code> and <code>h2.delayWrongPasswordMax</code> to change the minimum (the default is 250 milliseconds) or maximum delay (the default is 4000 milliseconds, or 4 seconds). The delay only applies for those using the wrong password. Normally there is no delay for a user that knows the correct password, with one exception: after using the wrong password, there is a delay of up to (randomly distributed) the same delay as for a wrong password. This is to protect against parallel brute force attacks, so that an attacker needs to wait for the whole delay. Delays are synchronized. This is also required to protect against parallel attacks. 

@advanced_1332_p
 There is only one exception message for both wrong user and for wrong password, to make it harder to get the list of user names. It is not possible from the stack trace to see if the user name was wrong or the password. 

@advanced_1333_h3
HTTPS Connections

@advanced_1334_p
 The web server supports HTTP and HTTPS connections using <code>SSLServerSocket</code>. There is a default self-certified certificate to support an easy starting point, but custom certificates are supported as well. 

@advanced_1335_h2
TLS Connections

@advanced_1336_p
 Remote TLS connections are supported using the Java Secure Socket Extension (<code>SSLServerSocket, SSLSocket</code>). By default, anonymous TLS is enabled. 

@advanced_1337_p
 To use your own keystore, set the system properties <code>javax.net.ssl.keyStore</code> and <code>javax.net.ssl.keyStorePassword</code> before starting the H2 server and client. See also <a href="http://java.sun.com/javase/6/docs/technotes/guides/security/jsse/JSSERefGuide.html#CustomizingStores"> Customizing the Default Key and Trust Stores, Store Types, and Store Passwords</a> for more information. 

@advanced_1338_p
 To disable anonymous TLS, set the system property <code>h2.enableAnonymousTLS</code> to false. 

@advanced_1339_h2
Universally Unique Identifiers (UUID)

@advanced_1340_p
 This database supports UUIDs. Also supported is a function to create new UUIDs using a cryptographically strong pseudo random number generator. With random UUIDs, the chance of two having the same value can be calculated using the probability theory. See also 'Birthday Paradox'. Standardized randomly generated UUIDs have 122 random bits. 4 bits are used for the version (Randomly generated UUID), and 2 bits for the variant (Leach-Salz). This database supports generating such UUIDs using the built-in function <code>RANDOM_UUID()</code>. Here is a small program to estimate the probability of having two identical UUIDs after generating a number of values: 

@advanced_1341_p
 Some values are: 

@advanced_1342_th
Number of UUIs

@advanced_1343_th
Probability of Duplicates

@advanced_1344_td
2^36=68'719'476'736

@advanced_1345_td
0.000'000'000'000'000'4

@advanced_1346_td
2^41=2'199'023'255'552

@advanced_1347_td
0.000'000'000'000'4

@advanced_1348_td
2^46=70'368'744'177'664

@advanced_1349_td
0.000'000'000'4

@advanced_1350_p
 To help non-mathematicians understand what those numbers mean, here a comparison: one's annual risk of being hit by a meteorite is estimated to be one chance in 17 billion, that means the probability is about 0.000'000'000'06. 

@advanced_1351_h2
Recursive Queries

@advanced_1352_p
 H2 has experimental support for recursive queries using so called "common table expressions" (CTE). Examples: 

@advanced_1353_p
 Limitations: Recursive queries need to be of the type <code>UNION ALL</code>, and the recursion needs to be on the second part of the query. No tables or views with the name of the table expression may exist. Different table expression names need to be used when using multiple distinct table expressions within the same transaction and for the same session. All columns of the table expression are of type <code>VARCHAR</code>, and may need to be cast to the required data type. Views with recursive queries are not supported. Subqueries and <code>INSERT INTO ... FROM</code> with recursive queries are not supported. Parameters are only supported within the last <code>SELECT</code> statement (a workaround is to use session variables like <code>@start</code> within the table expression). The syntax is: 

@advanced_1354_h2
Settings Read from System Properties

@advanced_1355_p
 Some settings of the database can be set on the command line using <code>-DpropertyName=value</code>. It is usually not required to change those settings manually. The settings are case sensitive. Example: 

@advanced_1356_p
 The current value of the settings can be read in the table <code>INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SETTINGS</code>. 

@advanced_1357_p
 For a complete list of settings, see <a href="../javadoc/org/h2/engine/SysProperties.html">SysProperties</a>. 

@advanced_1358_h2
Setting the Server Bind Address

@advanced_1359_p
 Usually server sockets accept connections on any/all local addresses. This may be a problem on multi-homed hosts. To bind only to one address, use the system property <code>h2.bindAddress</code>. This setting is used for both regular server sockets and for TLS server sockets. IPv4 and IPv6 address formats are supported. 

@advanced_1360_h2
Pluggable File System

@advanced_1361_p
 This database supports a pluggable file system API. The file system implementation is selected using a file name prefix. Internally, the interfaces are very similar to the Java 7 NIO2 API, but do not (yet) use or require Java 7. The following file systems are included: 

@advanced_1362_code
zip:

@advanced_1363_li
 read-only zip-file based file system. Format: <code>zip:/zipFileName!/fileName</code>. 

@advanced_1364_code
split:

@advanced_1365_li
 file system that splits files in 1 GB files (stackable with other file systems). 

@advanced_1366_code
nio:

@advanced_1367_li
 file system that uses <code>FileChannel</code> instead of <code>RandomAccessFile</code> (faster in some operating systems). 

@advanced_1368_code
nioMapped:

@advanced_1369_li
 file system that uses memory mapped files (faster in some operating systems). Please note that there currently is a file size limitation of 2 GB when using this file system when using a 32-bit JVM. To work around this limitation, combine it with the split file system: <code>split:nioMapped:test</code>. 

@advanced_1370_code
memFS:

@advanced_1371_li
 in-memory file system (slower than mem; experimental; mainly used for testing the database engine itself). 

@advanced_1372_code
memLZF:

@advanced_1373_li
 compressing in-memory file system (slower than memFS but uses less memory; experimental; mainly used for testing the database engine itself). 

@advanced_1374_p
 As an example, to use the the <code>nio</code> file system, use the following database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:nio:~/test</code>. 

@advanced_1375_p
 To register a new file system, extend the classes <code>org.h2.store.fs.FilePath, FileBase</code>, and call the method <code>FilePath.register</code> before using it. 

@advanced_1376_p
 For input streams (but not for random access files), URLs may be used in addition to the registered file systems. Example: <code>jar:file:///c:/temp/example.zip!/org/example/nested.csv</code>. To read a stream from the classpath, use the prefix <code>classpath:</code>, as in <code>classpath:/org/h2/samples/newsfeed.sql</code>. 

@advanced_1377_h2
Split File System

@advanced_1378_p
 The file system prefix <code>split:</code> is used to split logical files into multiple physical files, for example so that a database can get larger than the maximum file system size of the operating system. If the logical file is larger than the maximum file size, then the file is split as follows: 

@advanced_1379_code
&lt;fileName&gt;

@advanced_1380_li
 (first block, is always created) 

@advanced_1381_code
&lt;fileName&gt;.1.part

@advanced_1382_li
 (second block) 

@advanced_1383_p
 More physical files (<code>*.2.part, *.3.part</code>) are automatically created / deleted if needed. The maximum physical file size of a block is 2^30 bytes, which is also called 1 GiB or 1 GB. However this can be changed if required, by specifying the block size in the file name. The file name format is: <code>split:&lt;x&gt;:&lt;fileName&gt;</code> where the file size per block is 2^x. For 1 MiB block sizes, use x = 20 (because 2^20 is 1 MiB). The following file name means the logical file is split into 1 MiB blocks: <code>split:20:test.h2.db</code>. An example database URL for this case is <code>jdbc:h2:split:20:~/test</code>. 

@advanced_1384_h2
Database Upgrade

@advanced_1385_p
 In version 1.2, H2 introduced a new file store implementation which is incompatible to the one used in versions &lt; 1.2. To automatically convert databases to the new file store, it is necessary to include an additional jar file. The file can be found at <a href="http://h2database.com/h2mig_pagestore_addon.jar">http://h2database.com/h2mig_pagestore_addon.jar</a> . If this file is in the classpath, every connect to an older database will result in a conversion process. 

@advanced_1386_p
 The conversion itself is done internally via <code>'script to'</code> and <code>'runscript from'</code>. After the conversion process, the files will be renamed from 

@advanced_1387_code
dbName.data.db

@advanced_1388_li
 to <code>dbName.data.db.backup</code> 

@advanced_1389_code
dbName.index.db

@advanced_1390_li
 to <code>dbName.index.db.backup</code> 

@advanced_1391_p
 by default. Also, the temporary script will be written to the database directory instead of a temporary directory. Both defaults can be customized via 

@advanced_1392_code
org.h2.upgrade.DbUpgrade.setDeleteOldDb(boolean)

@advanced_1393_code
org.h2.upgrade.DbUpgrade.setScriptInTmpDir(boolean)

@advanced_1394_p
 prior opening a database connection. 

@advanced_1395_p
 Since version 1.2.140 it is possible to let the old h2 classes (v 1.2.128) connect to the database. The automatic upgrade .jar file must be present, and the URL must start with <code>jdbc:h2v1_1:</code> (the JDBC driver class is <code>org.h2.upgrade.v1_1.Driver</code>). If the database should automatically connect using the old version if a database with the old format exists (without upgrade), and use the new version otherwise, then append <code>;NO_UPGRADE=TRUE</code> to the database URL. Please note the old driver did not process the system property <code>"h2.baseDir"</code> correctly, so that using this setting is not supported when upgrading. 

@advanced_1396_h2
Java Objects Serialization

@advanced_1397_p
 Java objects serialization is enabled by default for columns of type <code>OTHER</code>, using standard Java serialization/deserialization semantics. 

@advanced_1398_p
 To disable this feature set the system property <code>h2.serializeJavaObject=false</code> (default: true). 

@advanced_1399_p
 Serialization and deserialization of java objects is customizable both at system level and at database level providing a <a href="../javadoc/org/h2/api/JavaObjectSerializer.html">JavaObjectSerializer</a> implementation: 

@advanced_1400_li
 At system level set the system property <code>h2.javaObjectSerializer</code> with the Fully Qualified Name of the <code>JavaObjectSerializer</code> interface implementation. It will be used over the entire JVM session to (de)serialize java objects being stored in column of type OTHER. Example <code>h2.javaObjectSerializer=com.acme.SerializerClassName</code>. 

@advanced_1401_li
 At database level execute the SQL statement <code>SET JAVA_OBJECT_SERIALIZER 'com.acme.SerializerClassName'</code> or append <code>;JAVA_OBJECT_SERIALIZER='com.acme.SerializerClassName'</code> to the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;JAVA_OBJECT_SERIALIZER='com.acme.SerializerClassName'</code>. 

@advanced_1402_p
 Please note that this SQL statement can only be executed before any tables are defined. 

@advanced_1403_h2
Limits and Limitations

@advanced_1404_p
 This database has the following known limitations: 

@advanced_1405_li
Database file size limit: 4 TB (using the default page size of 2 KB) or higher (when using a larger page size). This limit is including CLOB and BLOB data. 

@advanced_1406_li
The maximum file size for FAT or FAT32 file systems is 4 GB. That means when using FAT or FAT32, the limit is 4 GB for the data. This is the limitation of the file system. The database does provide a workaround for this problem, it is to use the file name prefix <code>split:</code>. In that case files are split into files of 1 GB by default. An example database URL is: <code>jdbc:h2:split:~/test</code>. 

@advanced_1407_li
The maximum number of rows per table is 2^64. 

@advanced_1408_li
Main memory requirements: The larger the database, the more main memory is required. With the current storage mechanism (the page store), the minimum main memory required is around 1 MB for each 8 GB database file size. 

@advanced_1409_li
Limit on the complexity of SQL statements. Statements of the following form will result in a stack overflow exception: 

@advanced_1410_li
There is no limit for the following entities, except the memory and storage capacity: maximum identifier length (table name, column name, and so on); maximum number of tables, columns, indexes, triggers, and other database objects; maximum statement length, number of parameters per statement, tables per statement, expressions in order by, group by, having, and so on; maximum rows per query; maximum columns per table, columns per index, indexes per table, lob columns per table, and so on; maximum row length, index row length, select row length; maximum length of a varchar column, decimal column, literal in a statement. 

@advanced_1411_li
Querying from the metadata tables is slow if there are many tables (thousands). 

@advanced_1412_li
For limitations on data types, see the documentation of the respective Java data type or the data type documentation of this database. 

@advanced_1413_h2
Glossary and Links

@advanced_1414_th
Term

@advanced_1415_th
Description

@advanced_1416_td
AES-128

@advanced_1417_td
A block encryption algorithm. See also: <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Encryption_Standard">Wikipedia: AES</a>

@advanced_1418_td
Birthday Paradox

@advanced_1419_td
Describes the higher than expected probability that two persons in a room have the same birthday. Also valid for randomly generated UUIDs. See also: <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Birthday_paradox">Wikipedia: Birthday Paradox</a>

@advanced_1420_td
Digest

@advanced_1421_td
Protocol to protect a password (but not to protect data). See also: <a href="http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2617.html">RFC 2617: HTTP Digest Access Authentication</a>

@advanced_1422_td
GCJ

@advanced_1423_td
Compiler for Java. <a href="http://gcc.gnu.org/java">GNU Compiler for the Java</a> and <a href="http://www.dobysoft.com/products/nativej">NativeJ (commercial)</a>

@advanced_1424_td
HTTPS

@advanced_1425_td
A protocol to provide security to HTTP connections. See also: <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2818.txt">RFC 2818: HTTP Over TLS</a>

@advanced_1426_td
Modes of Operation

@advanced_1427_a
Wikipedia: Block cipher modes of operation

@advanced_1428_td
Salt

@advanced_1429_td
Random number to increase the security of passwords. See also: <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Key_derivation_function">Wikipedia: Key derivation function</a>

@advanced_1430_td
SHA-256

@advanced_1431_td
A cryptographic one-way hash function. See also: <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SHA_family">Wikipedia: SHA hash functions</a>

@advanced_1432_td
SQL Injection

@advanced_1433_td
A security vulnerability where an application embeds SQL statements or expressions in user input. See also: <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SQL_injection">Wikipedia: SQL Injection</a>

@advanced_1434_td
Watermark Attack

@advanced_1435_td
Security problem of certain encryption programs where the existence of certain data can be proven without decrypting. For more information, search in the internet for 'watermark attack cryptoloop'

@advanced_1436_td
SSL/TLS

@advanced_1437_td
Secure Sockets Layer / Transport Layer Security. See also: <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jsse/">Java Secure Socket Extension (JSSE)</a>

@architecture_1000_h1
Architecture

@architecture_1001_a
 Introduction

@architecture_1002_a
 Top-down overview

@architecture_1003_a
 JDBC driver

@architecture_1004_a
 Connection/session management

@architecture_1005_a
 Command execution and planning

@architecture_1006_a
 Table/index/constraints

@architecture_1007_a
 Undo log, redo log, and transactions layer

@architecture_1008_a
 B-tree engine and page-based storage allocation

@architecture_1009_a
 Filesystem abstraction

@architecture_1010_h2
Introduction

@architecture_1011_p
 H2 implements an embedded and standalone ANSI-SQL89 compliant SQL engine on top of a B-tree based disk store. 

@architecture_1012_p
 As of October 2013, Thomas is still working on our next-generation storage engine called MVStore. This will in time replace the B-tree based storage engine. 

@architecture_1013_h2
Top-down Overview

@architecture_1014_p
 Working from the top down, the layers look like this: 

@architecture_1015_li
JDBC driver. 

@architecture_1016_li
Connection/session management. 

@architecture_1017_li
SQL Parser. 

@architecture_1018_li
Command execution and planning. 

@architecture_1019_li
Table/Index/Constraints. 

@architecture_1020_li
Undo log, redo log, and transactions layer. 

@architecture_1021_li
B-tree engine and page-based storage allocation. 

@architecture_1022_li
Filesystem abstraction. 

@architecture_1023_h2
JDBC Driver

@architecture_1024_p
 The JDBC driver implementation lives in <code>org.h2.jdbc, org.h2.jdbcx</code> 

@architecture_1025_h2
Connection/session management

@architecture_1026_p
 The primary classes of interest are: 

@architecture_1027_th
Package

@architecture_1028_th
Description

@architecture_1029_td
org.h2.engine.Database

@architecture_1030_td
the root/global class

@architecture_1031_td
org.h2.engine.SessionInterface

@architecture_1032_td
abstracts over the differences between embedded and remote sessions

@architecture_1033_td
org.h2.engine.Session

@architecture_1034_td
local/embedded session

@architecture_1035_td
org.h2.engine.SessionRemote

@architecture_1036_td
remote session

@architecture_1037_h2
Parser

@architecture_1038_p
 The parser lives in <code>org.h2.command.Parser</code>. It uses a straightforward recursive-descent design. 

@architecture_1039_p
 See Wikipedia <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recursive_descent_parser">Recursive-descent parser</a> page. 

@architecture_1040_h2
Command execution and planning

@architecture_1041_p
 Unlike other databases, we do not have an intermediate step where we generate some kind of IR (intermediate representation) of the query. The parser class directly generates a command execution object. Then we run some optimisation steps over the command to possibly generate a more efficient command. The primary packages of interest are: 

@architecture_1042_th
Package

@architecture_1043_th
Description

@architecture_1044_td
org.h2.command.ddl

@architecture_1045_td
Commands that modify schema data structures

@architecture_1046_td
org.h2.command.dml

@architecture_1047_td
Commands that modify data

@architecture_1048_h2
Table/Index/Constraints

@architecture_1049_p
 One thing to note here is that indexes are simply stored as special kinds of tables. 

@architecture_1050_p
 The primary packages of interest are: 

@architecture_1051_th
Package

@architecture_1052_th
Description

@architecture_1053_td
org.h2.table

@architecture_1054_td
Implementations of different kinds of tables

@architecture_1055_td
org.h2.index

@architecture_1056_td
Implementations of different kinds of indices

@architecture_1057_h2
Undo log, redo log, and transactions layer

@architecture_1058_p
 We have a transaction log, which is shared among all sessions. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transaction_log http://h2database.com/html/grammar.html#set_log 

@architecture_1059_p
 We also have an undo log, which is per session, to undo an operation (an update that fails for example) and to rollback a transaction. Theoretically, the transaction log could be used, but for simplicity, H2 currently uses it's own "list of operations" (usually in-memory). 

@architecture_1060_p
 With the MVStore, this is no longer needed (just the transaction log). 

@architecture_1061_h2
B-tree engine and page-based storage allocation.

@architecture_1062_p
 The primary package of interest is <code>org.h2.store</code>. 

@architecture_1063_p
 This implements a storage mechanism which allocates pages of storage (typically 2k in size) and also implements a b-tree over those pages to allow fast retrieval and update. 

@architecture_1064_h2
Filesystem abstraction.

@architecture_1065_p
 The primary class of interest is <code>org.h2.store.FileStore</code>. 

@architecture_1066_p
 This implements an abstraction of a random-access file. This allows the higher layers to treat in-memory vs. on-disk vs. zip-file databases the same. 

@build_1000_h1
Build

@build_1001_a
 Portability

@build_1002_a
 Environment

@build_1003_a
 Building the Software

@build_1004_a
 Build Targets

@build_1005_a
 Using Maven 2

@build_1006_a
 Using Eclipse

@build_1007_a
 Translating

@build_1008_a
 Providing Patches

@build_1009_a
 Reporting Problems or Requests

@build_1010_a
 Automated Build

@build_1011_a
 Generating Railroad Diagrams

@build_1012_h2
Portability

@build_1013_p
 This database is written in Java and therefore works on many platforms. It can also be compiled to a native executable using GCJ. 

@build_1014_h2
Environment

@build_1015_p
 To run this database, a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 1.6 or higher is required. 

@build_1016_p
 To create the database executables, the following software stack was used. To use this database, it is not required to install this software however. 

@build_1017_li
Mac OS X and Windows 

@build_1018_a
Sun JDK Version 1.6 and 1.7

@build_1019_a
Eclipse

@build_1020_li
Eclipse Plugins: <a href="http://subclipse.tigris.org">Subclipse</a>, <a href="http://eclipse-cs.sourceforge.net">Eclipse Checkstyle Plug-in</a>, <a href="http://www.eclemma.org">EclEmma Java Code Coverage</a> 

@build_1021_a
Emma Java Code Coverage

@build_1022_a
Mozilla Firefox

@build_1023_a
OpenOffice

@build_1024_a
NSIS

@build_1025_li
 (Nullsoft Scriptable Install System) 

@build_1026_a
Maven

@build_1027_h2
Building the Software

@build_1028_p
 You need to install a JDK, for example the Sun JDK version 1.6 or 1.7. Ensure that Java binary directory is included in the <code>PATH</code> environment variable, and that the environment variable <code>JAVA_HOME</code> points to your Java installation. On the command line, go to the directory <code>h2</code> and execute the following command: 

@build_1029_p
 For Linux and OS X, use <code>./build.sh</code> instead of <code>build</code>. 

@build_1030_p
 You will get a list of targets. If you want to build the <code>jar</code> file, execute (Windows): 

@build_1031_p
 To run the build tool in shell mode, use the command line option <code>-</code> as in <code>./build.sh -</code>. 

@build_1032_h3
Switching the Source Code

@build_1033_p
 The source code uses Java 1.6 features. To switch the source code to the installed version of Java, run: 

@build_1034_h2
Build Targets

@build_1035_p
 The build system can generate smaller jar files as well. The following targets are currently supported: 

@build_1036_code
jarClient

@build_1037_li
 creates the file <code>h2client.jar</code>. This only contains the JDBC client. 

@build_1038_code
jarSmall

@build_1039_li
 creates the file <code>h2small.jar</code>. This only contains the embedded database. Debug information is disabled. 

@build_1040_code
jarJaqu

@build_1041_li
 creates the file <code>h2jaqu.jar</code>. This only contains the JaQu (Java Query) implementation. All other jar files do not include JaQu. 

@build_1042_code
javadocImpl

@build_1043_li
 creates the Javadocs of the implementation. 

@build_1044_p
 To create the file <code>h2client.jar</code>, go to the directory <code>h2</code> and execute the following command: 

@build_1045_h3
Using Lucene 2 / 3

@build_1046_p
 Both Apache Lucene 2 and Lucene 3 are supported. Currently Apache Lucene version 2.x is used by default for H2 version 1.2.x, and Lucene version 3.x is used by default for H2 version 1.3.x. To use a different version of Lucene when compiling, it needs to be specified as follows: 

@build_1047_h2
Using Maven 2

@build_1048_h3
Using a Central Repository

@build_1049_p
 You can include the database in your Maven 2 project as a dependency. Example: 

@build_1050_p
 New versions of this database are first uploaded to http://hsql.sourceforge.net/m2-repo/ and then automatically synchronized with the main <a href="http://repo2.maven.org/maven2/com/h2database/h2/">Maven repository</a>; however after a new release it may take a few hours before they are available there. 

@build_1051_h3
Maven Plugin to Start and Stop the TCP Server

@build_1052_p
 A Maven plugin to start and stop the H2 TCP server is available from <a href="http://github.com/ljnelson/h2-maven-plugin">Laird Nelson at GitHub</a>. To start the H2 server, use: 

@build_1053_p
 To stop the H2 server, use: 

@build_1054_h3
Using Snapshot Version

@build_1055_p
 To build a <code>h2-*-SNAPSHOT.jar</code> file and upload it the to the local Maven 2 repository, execute the following command: 

@build_1056_p
 Afterwards, you can include the database in your Maven 2 project as a dependency: 

@build_1057_h2
Using Eclipse

@build_1058_p
 To create an Eclipse project for H2, use the following steps: 

@build_1059_li
Install Subversion and <a href="http://www.eclipse.org">Eclipse</a>. 

@build_1060_li
Get the H2 source code from the Subversion repository:

@build_1061_code
svn checkout http://h2database.googlecode.com/svn/trunk h2database-read-only

@build_1062_li
Download all dependencies (Windows):

@build_1063_code
build.bat download

@build_1064_li
In Eclipse, create a new Java project from existing source code: <code>File, New, Project, Java Project, Create project from existing source</code>. 

@build_1065_li
Select the <code>h2</code> folder, click <code>Next</code> and <code>Finish</code>. 

@build_1066_li
To resolve <code>com.sun.javadoc</code> import statements, you may need to manually add the file <code>&lt;java.home&gt;/../lib/tools.jar</code> to the build path. 

@build_1067_h2
Translating

@build_1068_p
 The translation of this software is split into the following parts: 

@build_1069_li
H2 Console: <code>src/main/org/h2/server/web/res/_text_*.prop</code> 

@build_1070_li
Error messages: <code>src/main/org/h2/res/_messages_*.prop</code> 

@build_1071_p
 To translate the H2 Console, start it and select Preferences / Translate. After you are done, send the translated <code>*.prop</code> file to the Google Group. The web site is currently translated using Google. 

@build_1072_h2
Providing Patches

@build_1073_p
 If you like to provide patches, please consider the following guidelines to simplify merging them: 

@build_1074_li
Only use Java 6 features (do not use Java 7) (see <a href="#environment">Environment</a>). 

@build_1075_li
Follow the coding style used in the project, and use Checkstyle (see above) to verify. For example, do not use tabs (use spaces instead). The checkstyle configuration is in <code>src/installer/checkstyle.xml</code>. 

@build_1076_li
A template of the Eclipse settings are in <code>src/installer/eclipse.settings/*</code>. If you want to use them, you need to copy them to the <code>.settings</code> directory. The formatting options (<code>eclipseCodeStyle</code>) are also included. 

@build_1077_li
Please provide test cases and integrate them into the test suite. For Java level tests, see <code>src/test/org/h2/test/TestAll.java</code>. For SQL level tests, see <code>src/test/org/h2/test/test.in.txt</code> or <code>testSimple.in.txt</code>. 

@build_1078_li
The test cases should cover at least 90% of the changed and new code; use a code coverage tool to verify that (see above). or use the build target <code>coverage</code>. 

@build_1079_li
Verify that you did not break other features: run the test cases by executing <code>build test</code>. 

@build_1080_li
Provide end user documentation if required (<code>src/docsrc/html/*</code>). 

@build_1081_li
Document grammar changes in <code>src/docsrc/help/help.csv</code> 

@build_1082_li
Provide a change log entry (<code>src/docsrc/html/changelog.html</code>). 

@build_1083_li
Verify the spelling using <code>build spellcheck</code>. If required add the new words to <code>src/tools/org/h2/build/doc/dictionary.txt</code>. 

@build_1084_li
Run <code>src/installer/buildRelease</code> to find and fix formatting errors. 

@build_1085_li
Verify the formatting using <code>build docs</code> and <code>build javadoc</code>. 

@build_1086_li
Submit patches as <code>.patch</code> files (compressed if big). To create a patch using Eclipse, use Team / Create Patch. 

@build_1087_p
 For legal reasons, patches need to be public in the form of an email to the <a href="http://groups.google.com/group/h2-database">group</a>, or in the form of an <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/list">issue report or attachment</a>. Significant contributions need to include the following statement: 

@build_1088_p
 "I wrote the code, it's mine, and I'm contributing it to H2 for distribution multiple-licensed under the MPL 2.0, and the EPL 1.0 (http://h2database.com/html/license.html)." 

@build_1089_h2
Reporting Problems or Requests

@build_1090_p
 Please consider the following checklist if you have a question, want to report a problem, or if you have a feature request: 

@build_1091_li
For bug reports, please provide a <a href="http://sscce.org/">short, self contained, correct (compilable), example</a> of the problem. 

@build_1092_li
Feature requests are always welcome, even if the feature is already on the <a href="roadmap.html">roadmap</a>. Your mail will help prioritize feature requests. If you urgently need a feature, consider <a href="#providing_patches">providing a patch</a>. 

@build_1093_li
Before posting problems, check the <a href="faq.html">FAQ</a> and do a <a href="http://google.com">Google search</a>. 

@build_1094_li
When got an unexpected exception, please try the <a href="sourceError.html">Error Analyzer tool</a>. If this doesn't help, please report the problem, including the complete error message and stack trace, and the root cause stack trace(s). 

@build_1095_li
When sending source code, please use a public web clipboard such as <a href="http://pastebin.com">Pastebin</a>, <a href="http://cl1p.net">Cl1p</a>, or <a href="http://www.mysticpaste.com/new">Mystic Paste</a> to avoid formatting problems. Please keep test cases as simple and short as possible, but so that the problem can still be reproduced. As a template, use: <a href="http://h2database.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/h2/src/test/org/h2/samples/HelloWorld.java">HelloWorld.java</a>. Method that simply call other methods should be avoided, as well as unnecessary exception handling. Please use the JDBC API and no external tools or libraries. The test should include all required initialization code, and should be started with the main method. 

@build_1096_li
For large attachments, use a public temporary storage such as <a href="http://rapidshare.com">Rapidshare</a>. 

@build_1097_li
Google Group versus issue tracking: Use the <a href="http://groups.google.com/group/h2-database">Google Group</a> for questions or if you are not sure it's a bug. If you are sure it's a bug, you can create an <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/list">issue</a>, but you don't need to (sending an email to the group is enough). Please note that only few people monitor the issue tracking system. 

@build_1098_li
For out-of-memory problems, please analyze the problem yourself first, for example using the command line option <code>-XX:+HeapDumpOnOutOfMemoryError</code> (to create a heap dump file on out of memory) and a memory analysis tool such as the <a href="http://www.eclipse.org/mat">Eclipse Memory Analyzer (MAT)</a>. 

@build_1099_li
It may take a few days to get an answers. Please do not double post. 

@build_1100_h2
Automated Build

@build_1101_p
 This build process is automated and runs regularly. The build process includes running the tests and code coverage, using the command line <code>./build.sh clean jar coverage -Dh2.ftpPassword=... uploadBuild</code>. The last results are available here: 

@build_1102_a
Test Output

@build_1103_a
Code Coverage Summary

@build_1104_a
Code Coverage Details (download, 1.3 MB)

@build_1105_a
Build Newsfeed

@build_1106_a
Latest Jar File (download, 1 MB)

@build_1107_h2
Generating Railroad Diagrams

@build_1108_p
 The railroad diagrams of the <a href="grammar.html">SQL grammar</a> are HTML, formatted as nested tables. The diagrams are generated as follows: 

@build_1109_li
The BNF parser (<code>org.h2.bnf.Bnf</code>) reads and parses the BNF from the file <code>help.csv</code>. 

@build_1110_li
The page parser (<code>org.h2.server.web.PageParser</code>) reads the template HTML file and fills in the diagrams. 

@build_1111_li
The rail images (one straight, four junctions, two turns) are generated using a simple Java application. 

@build_1112_p
 To generate railroad diagrams for other grammars, see the package <code>org.h2.jcr</code>. This package is used to generate the SQL-2 railroad diagrams for the JCR 2.0 specification. 

@changelog_1000_h1
Change Log

@changelog_1001_h2
Next Version (unreleased)

@changelog_1002_li
- 

@changelog_1003_h2
Version 1.4.185 Beta (2015-01-16)

@changelog_1004_li
In version 1.4.184, "group by" ignored the table name, and could pick a select column by mistake. Example: select 0 as x from system_range(1, 2) d group by d.x; 

@changelog_1005_li
New connection setting "REUSE_SPACE" (default: true). If disabled, all changes are appended to the database file, and existing content is never overwritten. This allows to rollback to a previous state of the database by truncating the database file. 

@changelog_1006_li
Issue 587: MVStore: concurrent compaction and store operations could result in an IllegalStateException. 

@changelog_1007_li
Issue 594: Profiler.copyInThread does not work properly. 

@changelog_1008_li
Script tool: Now, SCRIPT ... TO is always used (for higher speed and lower disk space usage). 

@changelog_1009_li
Script tool: Fix parsing of BLOCKSIZE parameter, original patch by Ken Jorissen. 

@changelog_1010_li
Fix bug in PageStore#commit method - when the ignoreBigLog flag was set, the logic that cleared the flag could never be reached, resulting in performance degradation. Reported by Alexander Nesterov. 

@changelog_1011_li
Issue 552: Implement BIT_AND and BIT_OR aggregate functions. 

@changelog_1012_h2
Version 1.4.184 Beta (2014-12-19)

@changelog_1013_li
In version 1.3.183, indexes were not used if the table contains columns with a default value generated by a sequence. This includes tables with identity and auto-increment columns. This bug was introduced by supporting "rownum" in views and derived tables. 

@changelog_1014_li
MVStore: imported BLOB and CLOB data sometimes disappeared. This was caused by a bug in the ObjectDataType comparison. 

@changelog_1015_li
Reading from a StreamStore now throws an IOException if the underlying data doesn't exist. 

@changelog_1016_li
MVStore: if there is an exception while saving, the store is now in all cases immediately closed. 

@changelog_1017_li
MVStore: the dump tool could go into an endless loop for some files. 

@changelog_1018_li
MVStore: recovery for a database with many CLOB or BLOB entries is now much faster. 

@changelog_1019_li
Group by with a quoted select column name alias didn't work. Example: select 1 "a" from dual group by "a" 

@changelog_1020_li
Auto-server mode: the host name is now stored in the .lock.db file. 

@changelog_1021_h2
Version 1.4.183 Beta (2014-12-13)

@changelog_1022_li
MVStore: the default auto-commit buffer size is now about twice as big. This should reduce the database file size after inserting a lot of data. 

@changelog_1023_li
The built-in functions "power" and "radians" now always return a double. 

@changelog_1024_li
Using "row_number" or "rownum" in views or derived tables had unexpected results if the outer query contained constraints for the given view. Example: select b.nr, b.id from (select row_number() over() as nr, a.id as id from (select id from test order by name) as a) as b where b.id = 1 

@changelog_1025_li
MVStore: the Recover tool can now deal with more types of corruption in the file. 

@changelog_1026_li
MVStore: the TransactionStore now first needs to be initialized before it can be used. 

@changelog_1027_li
Views and derived tables with equality and range conditions on the same columns did not work properly. example: select x from (select x from (select 1 as x) where x &gt; 0 and x &lt; 2) where x = 1 

@changelog_1028_li
The database URL setting PAGE_SIZE setting is now also used for the MVStore. 

@changelog_1029_li
MVStore: the default page split size for persistent stores is now 4096 (it was 16 KB so far). This should reduce the database file size for most situations (in some cases, less than half the size of the previous version). 

@changelog_1030_li
With query literals disabled, auto-analyze of a table with CLOB or BLOB did not work. 

@changelog_1031_li
MVStore: use a mark and sweep GC algorithm instead of reference counting, to ensure used chunks are never overwrite, even if the reference counting algorithm does not work properly. 

@changelog_1032_li
In the multi-threaded mode, updating the column selectivity ("analyze") in the background sometimes did not work. 

@changelog_1033_li
In the multi-threaded mode, database metadata operations did sometimes not work if the schema was changed at the same time (for example, if tables were dropped). 

@changelog_1034_li
Some CLOB and BLOB values could no longer be read when the original row was removed (even when using the MVCC mode). 

@changelog_1035_li
The MVStoreTool could throw an IllegalArgumentException. 

@changelog_1036_li
Improved performance for some date / time / timestamp conversion operations. Thanks to Sergey Evdokimov for reporting the problem. 

@changelog_1037_li
H2 Console: the built-in web server did not work properly if an unknown file was requested. 

@changelog_1038_li
MVStore: the jar file is renamed to "h2-mvstore-*.jar" and is deployed to Maven separately. 

@changelog_1039_li
MVStore: support for concurrent reads and writes is now enabled by default. 

@changelog_1040_li
Server mode: the transfer buffer size has been changed from 16 KB to 64 KB, after it was found that this improves performance on Linux quite a lot. 

@changelog_1041_li
H2 Console and server mode: SSL is now disabled and TLS is used to protect against the Poodle SSLv3 vulnerability. The system property to disable secure anonymous connections is now "h2.enableAnonymousTLS". The default certificate is still self-signed, so you need to manually install another one if you want to avoid man in the middle attacks. 

@changelog_1042_li
MVStore: the R-tree did not correctly measure the memory usage. 

@changelog_1043_li
MVStore: compacting a store with an R-tree did not always work. 

@changelog_1044_li
Issue 581: When running in LOCK_MODE=0, JdbcDatabaseMetaData#supportsTransactionIsolationLevel(TRANSACTION_READ_UNCOMMITTED) should return false 

@changelog_1045_li
Fix bug which could generate deadlocks when multiple connections accessed the same table. 

@changelog_1046_li
Some places in the code were not respecting the value set in the "SET MAX_MEMORY_ROWS x" command 

@changelog_1047_li
Fix bug which could generate a NegativeArraySizeException when performing large (>40M) row union operations 

@changelog_1048_li
Fix "USE schema" command for MySQL compatibility, patch by mfulton 

@changelog_1049_li
Parse and ignore the ROW_FORMAT=DYNAMIC MySQL syntax, patch by mfulton 

@changelog_1050_h2
Version 1.4.182 Beta (2014-10-17)

@changelog_1051_li
MVStore: improved error messages and logging; improved behavior if there is an error when serializing objects. 

@changelog_1052_li
OSGi: the MVStore packages are now exported. 

@changelog_1053_li
With the MVStore option, when using multiple threads that concurrently create indexes or tables, it was relatively easy to get a lock timeout on the "SYS" table. 

@changelog_1054_li
When using the multi-threaded option, the exception "Unexpected code path" could be thrown, specially if the option "analyze_auto" was set to a low value. 

@changelog_1055_li
In the server mode, when reading from a CLOB or BLOB, if the connection was closed, a NullPointerException could be thrown instead of an exception saying the connection is closed. 

@changelog_1056_li
DatabaseMetaData.getProcedures and getProcedureColumns could throw an exception if a user defined class is not available. 

@changelog_1057_li
Issue 584: the error message for a wrong sequence definition was wrong. 

@changelog_1058_li
CSV tool: the rowSeparator option is no longer supported, as the same can be achieved with the lineSeparator. 

@changelog_1059_li
Descending indexes on MVStore tables did not work properly. 

@changelog_1060_li
Issue 579: Conditions on the "_rowid_" pseudo-column didn't use an index when using the MVStore. 

@changelog_1061_li
Fixed documentation that "offset" and "fetch" are also keywords since version 1.4.x. 

@changelog_1062_li
The Long.MIN_VALUE could not be parsed for auto-increment (identity) columns. 

@changelog_1063_li
Issue 573: Add implementation for Methods "isWrapperFor()" and "unwrap()" in other JDBC classes. 

@changelog_1064_li
Issue 572: MySQL compatibility for "order by" in update statements. 

@changelog_1065_li
The change in JDBC escape processing in version 1.4.181 affects both the parser (which is running on the server) and the JDBC API (which is running on the client). If you (or a tool you use) use the syntax "{t 'time}", or "{ts 'timestamp'}", or "{d 'data'}", then both the client and the server need to be upgraded to version 1.4.181 or later. 

@changelog_1066_h2
Version 1.4.181 Beta (2014-08-06)

@changelog_1067_li
Improved MySQL compatibility by supporting "use schema". Thanks a lot to Karl Pietrzak for the patch! 

@changelog_1068_li
Writing to the trace file is now faster, specially with the debug level. 

@changelog_1069_li
The database option "defrag_always=true" did not work with the MVStore. 

@changelog_1070_li
The JDBC escape syntax {ts 'value'} did not interpret the value as a timestamp. The same for {d 'value'} (for date) and {t 'value'} (for time). Thanks to Lukas Eder for reporting the issue. The following problem was detected after version 1.4.181 was released: The change in JDBC escape processing affects both the parser (which is running on the server) and the JDBC API (which is running on the client). If you (or a tool you use) use the syntax {t 'time'}, or {ts 'timestamp'}, or {d 'date'}, then both the client and the server need to be upgraded to version 1.4.181 or later. 

@changelog_1071_li
File system abstraction: support replacing existing files using move (currently not for Windows). 

@changelog_1072_li
The statement "shutdown defrag" now compresses the database (with the MVStore). This command can greatly reduce the file size, and is relatively fast, but is not incremental. 

@changelog_1073_li
The MVStore now automatically compacts the store in the background if there is no read or write activity, which should (after some time; sometimes about one minute) reduce the file size. This is still work in progress, feedback is welcome! 

@changelog_1074_li
Change default value of PAGE_SIZE from 2048 to 4096 to more closely match most file systems block size (PageStore only; the MVStore already used 4096). 

@changelog_1075_li
Auto-scale MAX_MEMORY_ROWS and CACHE_SIZE settings by the amount of available RAM. Gives a better out of box experience for people with more powerful machines. 

@changelog_1076_li
Handle tabs like 4 spaces in web console, patch by Martin Grajcar. 

@changelog_1077_li
Issue 573: Add implementation for Methods "isWrapperFor()" and "unwrap()" in JdbcConnection.java, patch by BigMichi1. 

@changelog_1078_h2
Version 1.4.180 Beta (2014-07-13)

@changelog_1079_li
MVStore: the store is now auto-compacted automatically up to some point, to avoid very large file sizes. This area is still work in progress. 

@changelog_1080_li
Sequences of temporary tables (auto-increment or identity columns) were persisted unnecessarily in the database file, and were not removed when re-opening the database. 

@changelog_1081_li
MVStore: an IndexOutOfBoundsException could sometimes occur MVMap.openVersion when concurrently accessing the store. 

@changelog_1082_li
The LIRS cache now re-sizes the internal hash map if needed. 

@changelog_1083_li
Optionally persist session history in the H2 console. (patch from Martin Grajcar) 

@changelog_1084_li
Add client-info property to get the number of servers currently in the cluster and which servers that are available. (patch from Nikolaj Fogh) 

@changelog_1085_li
Fix bug in changing encrypted DB password that kept the file handle open when the wrong password was supplied. (test case from Jens Hohmuth). 

@changelog_1086_li
Issue 567: H2 hangs for a long time then (sometimes) recovers. Introduce a queue when doing table locking to prevent session starvation. 

@changelog_1087_h2
Version 1.4.179 Beta (2014-06-23)

@changelog_1088_li
The license was changed to MPL 2.0 (from 1.0) and EPL 1.0. 

@changelog_1089_li
Issue 565: MVStore: concurrently adding LOB objects (with MULTI_THREADED option) resulted in a NullPointerException. 

@changelog_1090_li
MVStore: reduced dependencies to other H2 classes. 

@changelog_1091_li
There was a way to prevent a database from being re-opened, by creating a column constraint that references a table with a higher id, for example with "check" constraints that contains queries. This is now detected, and creating the table is prohibited. In future versions of H2, most likely creating references to other tables will no longer be supported because of such problems. 

@changelog_1092_li
MVStore: descending indexes with "nulls first" did not work as expected (null was ordered last). 

@changelog_1093_li
Large result sets now always create temporary tables instead of temporary files. 

@changelog_1094_li
When using the PageStore, opening a database failed in some cases with a NullPointerException if temporary tables were used (explicitly, or implicitly when using large result sets). 

@changelog_1095_li
If a database file in the PageStore file format exists, this file and this mode is now used, even if the database URL does not contain "MV_STORE=FALSE". If a MVStore file exists, it is used. 

@changelog_1096_li
Databases created with version 1.3.175 and earlier that contained foreign keys in combination with multi-column indexes could not be opened in some cases. This was due to a bugfix in version 1.3.176: Referential integrity constraints sometimes used the wrong index. 

@changelog_1097_li
MVStore: the ObjectDataType comparison method was incorrect if one key was Serializable and the other was of a common class. 

@changelog_1098_li
Recursive queries with many result rows (more than the setting "max_memory_rows") did not work correctly. 

@changelog_1099_li
The license has changed to MPL 2.0 + EPL 1.0. 

@changelog_1100_li
MVStore: temporary tables from result sets could survive re-opening a database, which could result in a ClassCastException. 

@changelog_1101_li
Issue 566: MVStore: unique indexes that were created later on did not work correctly if there were over 5000 rows in the table. Existing databases need to be re-created (at least the broken index need to be re-built). 

@changelog_1102_li
MVStore: creating secondary indexes on large tables results in missing rows in the index. 

@changelog_1103_li
Metadata: the password of linked tables is now only visible for admin users. 

@changelog_1104_li
For Windows, database URLs of the form "jdbc:h2:/test" where considered relative and did not work unless the system property "h2.implicitRelativePath" was used. 

@changelog_1105_li
Windows: using a base directory of "C:/" and similar did not work as expected. 

@changelog_1106_li
Follow JDBC specification on Procedures MetaData, use P0 as return type of procedure. 

@changelog_1107_li
Issue 531: IDENTITY ignored for added column. 

@changelog_1108_li
FileSystem: improve exception throwing compatibility with JDK 

@changelog_1109_li
Spatial Index: adjust costs so we do not use the spatial index if the query does not contain an intersects operator. 

@changelog_1110_li
Fix multi-threaded deadlock when using a View that includes a TableFunction. 

@changelog_1111_li
Fix bug in dividing very-small BigDecimal numbers. 

@changelog_1112_h2
Version 1.4.178 Beta (2014-05-02)

@changelog_1113_li
Issue 559: Make dependency on org.osgi.service.jdbc optional. 

@changelog_1114_li
Improve error message when the user specifies an unsupported combination of database settings. 

@changelog_1115_li
MVStore: in the multi-threaded mode, NullPointerException and other exceptions could occur. 

@changelog_1116_li
MVStore: some database file could not be compacted due to a bug in the bookkeeping of the fill rate. Also, database file were compacted quite slowly. This has been improved; but more changes in this area are expected. 

@changelog_1117_li
MVStore: support for volatile maps (that don't store changes). 

@changelog_1118_li
MVStore mode: in-memory databases now also use the MVStore. 

@changelog_1119_li
In server mode, appending ";autocommit=false" to the database URL was working, but the return value of Connection.getAutoCommit() was wrong. 

@changelog_1120_li
Issue 561: OSGi: the import package declaration of org.h2 excluded version 1.4. 

@changelog_1121_li
Issue 558: with the MVStore, a NullPointerException could occur when using LOBs at session commit (LobStorageMap.removeLob). 

@changelog_1122_li
Remove the "h2.MAX_MEMORY_ROWS_DISTINCT" system property to reduce confusion. We already have the MAX_MEMORY_ROWS setting which does a very similar thing, and is better documented. 

@changelog_1123_li
Issue 554: Web Console in an IFrame was not fully supported. 

@changelog_1124_h2
Version 1.4.177 Beta (2014-04-12)

@changelog_1125_li
By default, the MV_STORE option is enabled, so it is using the new MVStore storage. The MVCC setting is by default set to the same values as the MV_STORE setting, so it is also enabled by default. For testing, both settings can be disabled by appending ";MV_STORE=FALSE" and/or ";MVCC=FALSE" to the database URL. 

@changelog_1126_li
The file locking method 'serialized' is no longer supported. This mode might return in a future version, however this is not clear right now. A new implementation and new tests would be needed. 

@changelog_1127_li
Enable the new storage format for dates (system property "h2.storeLocalTime"). For the MVStore mode, this is always enabled, but with version 1.4 this is even enabled in the PageStore mode. 

@changelog_1128_li
Implicit relative paths are disabled (system property "h2.implicitRelativePath"), so that the database URL jdbc:h2:test now needs to be written as jdbc:h2:./test. 

@changelog_1129_li
"select ... fetch first 1 row only" is supported with the regular mode. This was disabled so far because "fetch" and "offset" are now keywords. See also Mode.supportOffsetFetch. 

@changelog_1130_li
Byte arrays are now sorted in unsigned mode (x'99' is larger than x'09'). (System property "h2.sortBinaryUnsigned", Mode.binaryUnsigned, setting "binary_collation"). 

@changelog_1131_li
Csv.getInstance will be removed in future versions of 1.4. Use the public constructor instead. 

@changelog_1132_li
Remove support for the limited old-style outer join syntax using "(+)". Use "outer join" instead. System property "h2.oldStyleOuterJoin". 

@changelog_1133_li
Support the data type "DATETIME2" as an alias for "DATETIME", for MS SQL Server compatibility. 

@changelog_1134_li
Add Oracle-compatible TRANSLATE function, patch by Eric Chatellier. 

@changelog_1135_h2
Version 1.3.176 (2014-04-05)

@changelog_1136_li
The file locking method 'serialized' is no longer documented, as it will not be available in version 1.4. 

@changelog_1137_li
The static method Csv.getInstance() was removed. Use the public constructor instead. 

@changelog_1138_li
The default user name for the Script, RunScript, Shell, and CreateCluster tools are no longer "sa" but an empty string. 

@changelog_1139_li
The stack trace of the exception "The object is already closed" is no longer logged by default. 

@changelog_1140_li
If a value of a result set was itself a result set, the result could only be read once. 

@changelog_1141_li
Column constraints are also visible in views (patch from Nicolas Fortin for H2GIS). 

@changelog_1142_li
Granting a additional right to a role that already had a right for that table was not working. 

@changelog_1143_li
Spatial index: a few bugs have been fixed (using spatial constraints in views, transferring geometry objects over TCP/IP, the returned geometry object is copied when needed). 

@changelog_1144_li
Issue 551: the datatype documentation was incorrect (found by Bernd Eckenfels). 

@changelog_1145_li
Issue 368: ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE did not work for multi-row inserts. Test case from Angus Macdonald. 

@changelog_1146_li
OSGi: the package javax.tools is now imported (as an optional). 

@changelog_1147_li
H2 Console: auto-complete is now disabled by default, but there is a hot-key (Ctrl+Space). 

@changelog_1148_li
H2 Console: auto-complete did not work with multi-line statements. 

@changelog_1149_li
CLOB and BLOB data was not immediately removed after a rollback. 

@changelog_1150_li
There is a new Aggregate API that supports the internal H2 data types (GEOMETRY for example). Thanks a lot to Nicolas Fortin for the patch! 

@changelog_1151_li
Referential integrity constraints sometimes used the wrong index, such that updating a row in the referenced table incorrectly failed with a constraint violation. 

@changelog_1152_li
The Polish translation was completed and corrected by Wojtek Jurczyk. Thanks a lot! 

@changelog_1153_li
Issue 545: Unnecessary duplicate code was removed. 

@changelog_1154_li
The profiler tool can now process files with full thread dumps. 

@changelog_1155_li
MVStore: the file format was changed slightly. 

@changelog_1156_li
MVStore mode: the CLOB and BLOB storage was re-implemented and is now much faster than with the PageStore (which is still the default storage). 

@changelog_1157_li
MVStore mode: creating indexes is now much faster (in many cases faster than with the default PageStore). 

@changelog_1158_li
Various bugs in the MVStore storage and have been fixed, including a bug in the R-tree implementation. The database could get corrupt if there were transient IO exceptions while storing. 

@changelog_1159_li
The method org.h2.expression.Function.getCost could throw a NullPointException. 

@changelog_1160_li
Storing LOBs in separate files (outside of the main database file) is no longer supported for new databases. 

@changelog_1161_li
Lucene 2 is no longer supported. 

@changelog_1162_li
Fix bug in calculating default MIN and MAX values for SEQUENCE. 

@changelog_1163_li
Fix bug in performing IN queries with multiple values when IGNORECASE=TRUE 

@changelog_1164_li
Add entry-point to org.h2.tools.Shell so it can be called from inside an application. patch by Thomas Gillet. 

@changelog_1165_li
Fix bug that prevented the PgServer from being stopped and started multiple times. 

@changelog_1166_li
Support some more DDL syntax for MySQL, patch from Peter Jentsch. 

@changelog_1167_li
Issue 548: TO_CHAR does not format MM and DD correctly when the month or day of the month is 1 digit, patch from "the.tucc" 

@changelog_1168_li
Fix bug in varargs support in ALIAS's, patch from Nicolas Fortin 

@changelog_1169_h2
Version 1.3.175 (2014-01-18)

@changelog_1170_li
EXPLAIN was incorrect for queries with "ANY" or "SOME" conditions. 

@changelog_1171_li
CallableStatement with "out" parameters: running the same statement twice could result in an exception ("parameter not set"). 

@changelog_1172_li
Union queries: duplicate rows could be returned if the sub-queries contained "order by". 

@changelog_1173_li
The GEOMETRY data type now works for user defined functions that return a result set. 

@changelog_1174_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: the PgServer was not working properly when the setting database_to_upper was set to false. 

@changelog_1175_li
JdbcDataSource: the methods setUrl and getUrl where added as aliases for setURL and getURL. This should solve problems with the HikariCP (Hikari connection pool). 

@changelog_1176_li
Issue 537: H2 Console: when loading the schema, incorrect JDBC calls where issued, which caused the exception "Column PRECISION not found". 

@changelog_1177_li
Improved Geometry processing (issue 535). 

@changelog_1178_li
The collation can now be set in the database URL, even if there are data tables, if the collection is the same as the current collation. 

@changelog_1179_li
Improved Oracle compatibility for CASE WHEN and DECODE. 

@changelog_1180_li
The statement "drop all objects" did not work if a table depends on a view via a constraint. 

@changelog_1181_li
Subqueries or views with "order by" an alias expression could not be executed due to a regression introduced in version 1.3.174. 

@changelog_1182_li
Issue 73: MySQL compatibility: support REPLACE, patch by Cemo Koc. 

@changelog_1183_li
The spatial index now works in MVCC mode when using the MVStore storage. 

@changelog_1184_li
MVStore: concurrency problems have been fixed. The API has been simplified. 

@changelog_1185_li
Improve error message when dropping an index that belongs to a constraint, specify constraint in error message. 

@changelog_1186_li
Issue 518: java.sql.Connection.commit() freezes after LOB modification with EXCLUSIVE connection 

@changelog_1187_li
Issue 517: Create or replace view statement has no effect on the others already existing JDBC connection 

@changelog_1188_li
Support 123L syntax as in Java; example: SELECT (2000000000L*2). 

@changelog_1189_li
Issue 520: Add support for sequence max value, min value and cycle, patch by Daniel Gredler. 

@changelog_1190_li
Issue 521: ScriptReader should implement Closeable 

@changelog_1191_li
Issue 524: RunScript.execute does not close its Statement, patch from Gaul. 

@changelog_1192_li
Add support for DB2 "WITH UR" clause, patch from litailang 

@changelog_1193_li
Added support for ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE like MySQL with the values() function to update with the value that was to be inserted. Patch from Jean-Francois Noel. 

@changelog_1194_li
Issue 522: Treat empty strings like NULL in Oracle compatibility mode, patch by Daniel Gredler. 

@changelog_1195_li
Issue 527: Oracle compatibility mode: incorrect scale behavior, patch by Daniel Gredler. 

@changelog_1196_li
Slightly reduce the memory cost of View metadata. 

@changelog_1197_li
Extend support of "GRANT ALTER ANY SCHEMA TO &lt;user&gt;" to allow grantee ability to manipulate tables 

@changelog_1198_li
Issue 532: Javadoc for ErrorCode.ROLES_AND_RIGHT_CANNOT_BE_MIXED looks wrong 

@changelog_1199_li
Issue 528: Add Oracle-compatible TO_CHAR function, patch by Daniel Gredler. 

@changelog_1200_li
Issue 534: CREATE ALIAS NOCACHE, Patch by Nicolas Fortin 

@changelog_1201_li
Fix an issue with storing Unicode surrogate pairs in CLOB columns. 

@changelog_1202_li
H2 console: add SHIFT+ENTER "run selected" functionality 

@changelog_1203_li
Fix bug in DB2 syntax "select * from test with ur", patch from litailang 

@changelog_1204_li
Fix bug in DROP ALL OBJECTS when dealing with inter-schema dependencies. 

@cheatSheet_1000_h1
H2 Database Engine Cheat Sheet

@cheatSheet_1001_h2
Using H2

@cheatSheet_1002_a
H2

@cheatSheet_1003_li
 is <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2database/source">open source</a>, <a href="license.html">free to use and distribute</a>. 

@cheatSheet_1004_a
Download

@cheatSheet_1005_li
: <a href="http://repo1.maven.org/maven2/com/h2database/h2/1.4.185/h2-1.4.185.jar" class="link">jar</a>, <a href="http://www.h2database.com/h2-setup-2015-01-16.exe" class="link">installer (Windows)</a>, <a href="http://www.h2database.com/h2-2015-01-16.zip" class="link">zip</a>. 

@cheatSheet_1006_li
To start the <a href="quickstart.html#h2_console">H2 Console tool</a>, double click the jar file, or run <code>java -jar h2*.jar</code>, <code>h2.bat</code>, or <code>h2.sh</code>. 

@cheatSheet_1007_a
A new database is automatically created

@cheatSheet_1008_a
by default

@cheatSheet_1009_li
. 

@cheatSheet_1010_a
Closing the last connection closes the database

@cheatSheet_1011_li
. 

@cheatSheet_1012_h2
Documentation

@cheatSheet_1013_p
 Reference: <a href="grammar.html" class="link">SQL grammar</a>, <a href="functions.html" class="link">functions</a>, <a href="datatypes.html" class="link">data types</a>, <a href="tutorial.html#command_line_tools" class="link">tools</a>, <a href="../javadoc/index.html" class="link">API</a> 

@cheatSheet_1014_a
Features

@cheatSheet_1015_p
: <a href="tutorial.html#fulltext" class="link">fulltext search</a>, <a href="features.html#file_encryption" class="link">encryption</a>, <a href="features.html#read_only" class="link">read-only</a> <a href="features.html#database_in_zip" class="link">(zip/jar)</a>, <a href="tutorial.html#csv" class="link">CSV</a>, <a href="features.html#auto_reconnect" class="link">auto-reconnect</a>, <a href="features.html#triggers" class="link">triggers</a>, <a href="features.html#user_defined_functions" class="link">user functions</a> 

@cheatSheet_1016_a
Database URLs

@cheatSheet_1017_a
Embedded

@cheatSheet_1018_code
jdbc:h2:~/test

@cheatSheet_1019_p
 'test' in the user home directory

@cheatSheet_1020_code
jdbc:h2:/data/test

@cheatSheet_1021_p
 'test' in the directory /data

@cheatSheet_1022_code
jdbc:h2:test

@cheatSheet_1023_p
 in the current(!) working directory

@cheatSheet_1024_a
In-Memory

@cheatSheet_1025_code
jdbc:h2:mem:test

@cheatSheet_1026_p
 multiple connections in one process

@cheatSheet_1027_code
jdbc:h2:mem:

@cheatSheet_1028_p
 unnamed private; one connection

@cheatSheet_1029_a
Server Mode

@cheatSheet_1030_code
jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test

@cheatSheet_1031_p
 user home dir

@cheatSheet_1032_code
jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost//data/test

@cheatSheet_1033_p
 absolute dir

@cheatSheet_1034_a
Server start

@cheatSheet_1035_p
:<code>java -cp *.jar org.h2.tools.Server</code> 

@cheatSheet_1036_a
Settings

@cheatSheet_1037_code
jdbc:h2:..;MODE=MySQL

@cheatSheet_1038_a
compatibility (or HSQLDB,...)

@cheatSheet_1039_code
jdbc:h2:..;TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=3

@cheatSheet_1040_a
log to *.trace.db

@cheatSheet_1041_a
Using the JDBC API

@cheatSheet_1042_a
Connection Pool

@cheatSheet_1043_a
Maven 2

@cheatSheet_1044_a
Hibernate

@cheatSheet_1045_p
 hibernate.cfg.xml (or use the HSQLDialect): 

@cheatSheet_1046_a
TopLink and Glassfish

@cheatSheet_1047_p
 Datasource class: <code>org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource</code>

@cheatSheet_1048_code
oracle.toplink.essentials.platform.

@cheatSheet_1049_code
database.H2Platform

@download_1000_h1
Downloads

@download_1001_h3
Version 1.4.185 (2015-01-16), Beta

@download_1002_a
Windows Installer

@download_1003_a
Platform-Independent Zip

@download_1004_h3
Version 1.3.176 (2014-04-05), Last Stable

@download_1005_a
Windows Installer

@download_1006_a
Platform-Independent Zip

@download_1007_h3
Download Mirror and Older Versions

@download_1008_a
Platform-Independent Zip

@download_1009_h3
Jar File

@download_1010_a
Maven.org

@download_1011_a
Sourceforge.net

@download_1012_a
Latest Automated Build (not released)

@download_1013_h3
Maven (Binary, Javadoc, and Source)

@download_1014_a
Binary

@download_1015_a
Javadoc

@download_1016_a
Sources

@download_1017_h3
Database Upgrade Helper File

@download_1018_a
Upgrade database from 1.1 to the current version

@download_1019_h3
Subversion Source Repository

@download_1020_a
Google Code

@download_1021_p
 For details about changes, see the <a href="changelog.html">Change Log</a>. 

@download_1022_h3
News and Project Information

@download_1023_a
Atom Feed

@download_1024_a
RSS Feed

@download_1025_a
DOAP File

@download_1026_p
 (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DOAP">what is this</a>) 

@faq_1000_h1
Frequently Asked Questions

@faq_1001_a
 I Have a Problem or Feature Request

@faq_1002_a
 Are there Known Bugs? When is the Next Release?

@faq_1003_a
 Is this Database Engine Open Source?

@faq_1004_a
 Is Commercial Support Available?

@faq_1005_a
 How to Create a New Database?

@faq_1006_a
 How to Connect to a Database?

@faq_1007_a
 Where are the Database Files Stored?

@faq_1008_a
 What is the Size Limit (Maximum Size) of a Database?

@faq_1009_a
 Is it Reliable?

@faq_1010_a
 Why is Opening my Database Slow?

@faq_1011_a
 My Query is Slow

@faq_1012_a
 H2 is Very Slow

@faq_1013_a
 Column Names are Incorrect?

@faq_1014_a
 Float is Double?

@faq_1015_a
 Is the GCJ Version Stable? Faster?

@faq_1016_a
 How to Translate this Project?

@faq_1017_a
 How to Contribute to this Project?

@faq_1018_h3
I Have a Problem or Feature Request

@faq_1019_p
 Please read the <a href="build.html#support">support checklist</a>. 

@faq_1020_h3
Are there Known Bugs? When is the Next Release?

@faq_1021_p
 Usually, bugs get fixes as they are found. There is a release every few weeks. Here is the list of known and confirmed issues: 

@faq_1022_li
When opening a database file in a timezone that has different daylight saving rules: the time part of dates where the daylight saving doesn't match will differ. This is not a problem within regions that use the same rules (such as, within USA, or within Europe), even if the timezone itself is different. As a workaround, export the database to a SQL script using the old timezone, and create a new database in the new timezone. This problem does not occur when using the system property "h2.storeLocalTime" (however such database files are not compatible with older versions of H2). 

@faq_1023_li
Apache Harmony: there seems to be a bug in Harmony that affects H2. See <a href="http://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/HARMONY-6505">HARMONY-6505</a>. 

@faq_1024_li
Tomcat and Glassfish 3 set most static fields (final or non-final) to <code>null</code> when unloading a web application. This can cause a <code>NullPointerException</code> in H2 versions 1.1.107 and older, and may still not work in newer versions. Please report it if you run into this issue. In Tomcat &gt;= 6.0 this behavior can be disabled by setting the system property <code>org.apache.catalina.loader.WebappClassLoader.ENABLE_CLEAR_REFERENCES=false</code>, however Tomcat may then run out of memory. A known workaround is to put the <code>h2*.jar</code> file in a shared <code>lib</code> directory (<code>common/lib</code>). 

@faq_1025_li
Some problems have been found with right outer join. Internally, it is converted to left outer join, which does not always produce the same results as other databases when used in combination with other joins. This problem is fixed in H2 version 1.3. 

@faq_1026_li
When using Install4j before 4.1.4 on Linux and enabling <code>pack200</code>, the <code>h2*.jar</code> becomes corrupted by the install process, causing application failure. A workaround is to add an empty file <code>h2*.jar.nopack</code> next to the <code>h2*.jar</code> file. This problem is solved in Install4j 4.1.4. 

@faq_1027_p
 For a complete list, see <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/list">Open Issues</a>. 

@faq_1028_h3
Is this Database Engine Open Source?

@faq_1029_p
 Yes. It is free to use and distribute, and the source code is included. See also under license. 

@faq_1030_h3
Is Commercial Support Available?

@faq_1031_p
 Yes, commercial support is available, see <a href="links.html#commercial_support">Commercial Support</a>. 

@faq_1032_h3
How to Create a New Database?

@faq_1033_p
 By default, a new database is automatically created if it does not yet exist. See <a href="tutorial.html#creating_new_databases">Creating New Databases</a>. 

@faq_1034_h3
How to Connect to a Database?

@faq_1035_p
 The database driver is <code>org.h2.Driver</code>, and the database URL starts with <code>jdbc:h2:</code>. To connect to a database using JDBC, use the following code: 

@faq_1036_h3
Where are the Database Files Stored?

@faq_1037_p
 When using database URLs like <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code>, the database is stored in the user directory. For Windows, this is usually <code>C:\Documents and Settings\&lt;userName&gt;</code> or <code>C:\Users\&lt;userName&gt;</code>. If the base directory is not set (as in <code>jdbc:h2:test</code>), the database files are stored in the directory where the application is started (the current working directory). When using the H2 Console application from the start menu, this is <code>&lt;Installation Directory&gt;/bin</code>. The base directory can be set in the database URL. A fixed or relative path can be used. When using the URL <code>jdbc:h2:file:data/sample</code>, the database is stored in the directory <code>data</code> (relative to the current working directory). The directory is created automatically if it does not yet exist. It is also possible to use the fully qualified directory name (and for Windows, drive name). Example: <code>jdbc:h2:file:C:/data/test</code> 

@faq_1038_h3
What is the Size Limit (Maximum Size) of a Database?

@faq_1039_p
 See <a href="advanced.html#limits_limitations">Limits and Limitations</a>. 

@faq_1040_h3
Is it Reliable?

@faq_1041_p
 That is not easy to say. It is still a quite new product. A lot of tests have been written, and the code coverage of these tests is higher than 80% for each package. Randomized stress tests are run regularly. But there are probably still bugs that have not yet been found (as with most software). Some features are known to be dangerous, they are only supported for situations where performance is more important than reliability. Those dangerous features are: 

@faq_1042_li
Disabling the transaction log or FileDescriptor.sync() using LOG=0 or LOG=1. 

@faq_1043_li
Using the transaction isolation level <code>READ_UNCOMMITTED</code> (<code>LOCK_MODE 0</code>) while at the same time using multiple connections. 

@faq_1044_li
Disabling database file protection using (setting <code>FILE_LOCK</code> to <code>NO</code> in the database URL). 

@faq_1045_li
Disabling referential integrity using <code>SET REFERENTIAL_INTEGRITY FALSE</code>. 

@faq_1046_p
 In addition to that, running out of memory should be avoided. In older versions, OutOfMemory errors while using the database could corrupt a databases. 

@faq_1047_p
 This database is well tested using automated test cases. The tests run every night and run for more than one hour. But not all areas of this database are equally well tested. When using one of the following features for production, please ensure your use case is well tested (if possible with automated test cases). The areas that are not well tested are: 

@faq_1048_li
Platforms other than Windows XP, Linux, Mac OS X, or JVMs other than Sun 1.6 or 1.7 

@faq_1049_li
The features <code>AUTO_SERVER</code> and <code>AUTO_RECONNECT</code>. 

@faq_1050_li
Cluster mode, 2-phase commit, savepoints. 

@faq_1051_li
24/7 operation. 

@faq_1052_li
Fulltext search. 

@faq_1053_li
Operations on LOBs over 2 GB. 

@faq_1054_li
The optimizer may not always select the best plan. 

@faq_1055_li
Using the ICU4J collator. 

@faq_1056_p
 Areas considered experimental are: 

@faq_1057_li
The PostgreSQL server 

@faq_1058_li
Clustering (there are cases were transaction isolation can be broken due to timing issues, for example one session overtaking another session). 

@faq_1059_li
Multi-threading within the engine using <code>SET MULTI_THREADED=1</code>. 

@faq_1060_li
Compatibility modes for other databases (only some features are implemented). 

@faq_1061_li
The soft reference cache (<code>CACHE_TYPE=SOFT_LRU</code>). It might not improve performance, and out of memory issues have been reported. 

@faq_1062_p
 Some users have reported that after a power failure, the database cannot be opened sometimes. In this case, use a backup of the database or the Recover tool. Please report such problems. The plan is that the database automatically recovers in all situations. 

@faq_1063_h3
Why is Opening my Database Slow?

@faq_1064_p
 To find out what the problem is, use the H2 Console and click on "Test Connection" instead of "Login". After the "Login Successful" appears, click on it (it's a link). This will list the top stack traces. Then either analyze this yourself, or post those stack traces in the Google Group. 

@faq_1065_p
 Other possible reasons are: the database is very big (many GB), or contains linked tables that are slow to open. 

@faq_1066_h3
My Query is Slow

@faq_1067_p
 Slow <code>SELECT</code> (or <code>DELETE, UPDATE, MERGE</code>) statement can have multiple reasons. Follow this checklist: 

@faq_1068_li
Run <code>ANALYZE</code> (see documentation for details). 

@faq_1069_li
Run the query with <code>EXPLAIN</code> and check if indexes are used (see documentation for details). 

@faq_1070_li
If required, create additional indexes and try again using <code>ANALYZE</code> and <code>EXPLAIN</code>. 

@faq_1071_li
If it doesn't help please report the problem. 

@faq_1072_h3
H2 is Very Slow

@faq_1073_p
 By default, H2 closes the database when the last connection is closed. If your application closes the only connection after each operation, the database is opened and closed a lot, which is quite slow. There are multiple ways to solve this problem, see <a href="performance.html#database_performance_tuning">Database Performance Tuning</a>. 

@faq_1074_h3
Column Names are Incorrect?

@faq_1075_p
 For the query <code>SELECT ID AS X FROM TEST</code> the method <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns <code>ID</code>, I expect it to return <code>X</code>. What's wrong? 

@faq_1076_p
 This is not a bug. According the the JDBC specification, the method <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> should return the name of the column and not the alias name. If you need the alias name, use <a href="http://java.sun.com/javase/6/docs/api/java/sql/ResultSetMetaData.html#getColumnLabel(int)"><code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnLabel()</code></a>. Some other database don't work like this yet (they don't follow the JDBC specification). If you need compatibility with those databases, use the <a href="features.html#compatibility">Compatibility Mode</a>, or append <a href="../javadoc/org/h2/engine/DbSettings.html#ALIAS_COLUMN_NAME"><code>;ALIAS_COLUMN_NAME=TRUE</code></a> to the database URL. 

@faq_1077_p
 This also applies to DatabaseMetaData calls that return a result set. The columns in the JDBC API are column labels, not column names. 

@faq_1078_h3
Float is Double?

@faq_1079_p
 For a table defined as <code>CREATE TABLE TEST(X FLOAT)</code> the method <code>ResultSet.getObject()</code> returns a <code>java.lang.Double</code>, I expect it to return a <code>java.lang.Float</code>. What's wrong? 

@faq_1080_p
 This is not a bug. According the the JDBC specification, the JDBC data type <code>FLOAT</code> is equivalent to <code>DOUBLE</code>, and both are mapped to <code>java.lang.Double</code>. See also <a href="http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.5.0/docs/guide/jdbc/getstart/mapping.html#1055162"> Mapping SQL and Java Types - 8.3.10 FLOAT</a>.

@faq_1081_h3
Is the GCJ Version Stable? Faster?

@faq_1082_p
 The GCJ version is not as stable as the Java version. When running the regression test with the GCJ version, sometimes the application just stops at what seems to be a random point without error message. Currently, the GCJ version is also slower than when using the Sun VM. However, the startup of the GCJ version is faster than when using a VM. 

@faq_1083_h3
How to Translate this Project?

@faq_1084_p
 For more information, see <a href="build.html#translating">Build/Translating</a>. 

@faq_1085_h3
How to Contribute to this Project?

@faq_1086_p
 There are various way to help develop an open source project like H2. The first step could be to <a href="build.html#translating">translate</a> the error messages and the GUI to your native language. Then, you could <a href="build.html#providing_patches">provide patches</a>. Please start with small patches. That could be adding a test case to improve the <a href="build.html#automated">code coverage</a> (the target code coverage for this project is 90%, higher is better). You will have to <a href="build.html">develop, build and run the tests</a>. Once you are familiar with the code, you could implement missing features from the <a href="roadmap.html">feature request list</a>. I suggest to start with very small features that are easy to implement. Keep in mind to provide test cases as well. 

@features_1000_h1
Features

@features_1001_a
 Feature List

@features_1002_a
 Comparison to Other Database Engines

@features_1003_a
 H2 in Use

@features_1004_a
 Connection Modes

@features_1005_a
 Database URL Overview

@features_1006_a
 Connecting to an Embedded (Local) Database

@features_1007_a
 In-Memory Databases

@features_1008_a
 Database Files Encryption

@features_1009_a
 Database File Locking

@features_1010_a
 Opening a Database Only if it Already Exists

@features_1011_a
 Closing a Database

@features_1012_a
 Ignore Unknown Settings

@features_1013_a
 Changing Other Settings when Opening a Connection

@features_1014_a
 Custom File Access Mode

@features_1015_a
 Multiple Connections

@features_1016_a
 Database File Layout

@features_1017_a
 Logging and Recovery

@features_1018_a
 Compatibility

@features_1019_a
 Auto-Reconnect

@features_1020_a
 Automatic Mixed Mode

@features_1021_a
 Page Size

@features_1022_a
 Using the Trace Options

@features_1023_a
 Using Other Logging APIs

@features_1024_a
 Read Only Databases

@features_1025_a
 Read Only Databases in Zip or Jar File

@features_1026_a
 Computed Columns / Function Based Index

@features_1027_a
 Multi-Dimensional Indexes

@features_1028_a
 User-Defined Functions and Stored Procedures

@features_1029_a
 Pluggable or User-Defined Tables

@features_1030_a
 Triggers

@features_1031_a
 Compacting a Database

@features_1032_a
 Cache Settings

@features_1033_h2
Feature List

@features_1034_h3
Main Features

@features_1035_li
Very fast database engine 

@features_1036_li
Open source 

@features_1037_li
Written in Java 

@features_1038_li
Supports standard SQL, JDBC API 

@features_1039_li
Embedded and Server mode, Clustering support 

@features_1040_li
Strong security features 

@features_1041_li
The PostgreSQL ODBC driver can be used 

@features_1042_li
Multi version concurrency 

@features_1043_h3
Additional Features

@features_1044_li
Disk based or in-memory databases and tables, read-only database support, temporary tables 

@features_1045_li
Transaction support (read committed and serializable transaction isolation), 2-phase-commit 

@features_1046_li
Multiple connections, table level locking 

@features_1047_li
Cost based optimizer, using a genetic algorithm for complex queries, zero-administration 

@features_1048_li
Scrollable and updatable result set support, large result set, external result sorting, functions can return a result set 

@features_1049_li
Encrypted database (AES), SHA-256 password encryption, encryption functions, SSL 

@features_1050_h3
SQL Support

@features_1051_li
Support for multiple schemas, information schema 

@features_1052_li
Referential integrity / foreign key constraints with cascade, check constraints 

@features_1053_li
Inner and outer joins, subqueries, read only views and inline views 

@features_1054_li
Triggers and Java functions / stored procedures 

@features_1055_li
Many built-in functions, including XML and lossless data compression 

@features_1056_li
Wide range of data types including large objects (BLOB/CLOB) and arrays 

@features_1057_li
Sequence and autoincrement columns, computed columns (can be used for function based indexes) 

@features_1058_code
ORDER BY, GROUP BY, HAVING, UNION, LIMIT, TOP

@features_1059_li
Collation support, including support for the ICU4J library 

@features_1060_li
Support for users and roles 

@features_1061_li
Compatibility modes for IBM DB2, Apache Derby, HSQLDB, MS SQL Server, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL. 

@features_1062_h3
Security Features

@features_1063_li
Includes a solution for the SQL injection problem 

@features_1064_li
User password authentication uses SHA-256 and salt 

@features_1065_li
For server mode connections, user passwords are never transmitted in plain text over the network (even when using insecure connections; this only applies to the TCP server and not to the H2 Console however; it also doesn't apply if you set the password in the database URL) 

@features_1066_li
All database files (including script files that can be used to backup data) can be encrypted using the AES-128 encryption algorithm 

@features_1067_li
The remote JDBC driver supports TCP/IP connections over TLS 

@features_1068_li
The built-in web server supports connections over TLS 

@features_1069_li
Passwords can be sent to the database using char arrays instead of Strings 

@features_1070_h3
Other Features and Tools

@features_1071_li
Small footprint (smaller than 1.5 MB), low memory requirements 

@features_1072_li
Multiple index types (b-tree, tree, hash) 

@features_1073_li
Support for multi-dimensional indexes 

@features_1074_li
CSV (comma separated values) file support 

@features_1075_li
Support for linked tables, and a built-in virtual 'range' table 

@features_1076_li
Supports the <code>EXPLAIN PLAN</code> statement; sophisticated trace options 

@features_1077_li
Database closing can be delayed or disabled to improve the performance 

@features_1078_li
Web-based Console application (translated to many languages) with autocomplete 

@features_1079_li
The database can generate SQL script files 

@features_1080_li
Contains a recovery tool that can dump the contents of the database 

@features_1081_li
Support for variables (for example to calculate running totals) 

@features_1082_li
Automatic re-compilation of prepared statements 

@features_1083_li
Uses a small number of database files 

@features_1084_li
Uses a checksum for each record and log entry for data integrity 

@features_1085_li
Well tested (high code coverage, randomized stress tests) 

@features_1086_h2
Comparison to Other Database Engines

@features_1087_p
 This comparison is based on H2 1.3, <a href="http://db.apache.org/derby">Apache Derby version 10.8</a>, <a href="http://hsqldb.org">HSQLDB 2.2</a>, <a href="http://mysql.com">MySQL 5.5</a>, <a href="http://www.postgresql.org">PostgreSQL 9.0</a>. 

@features_1088_th
Feature

@features_1089_th
H2

@features_1090_th
Derby

@features_1091_th
HSQLDB

@features_1092_th
MySQL

@features_1093_th
PostgreSQL

@features_1094_td
Pure Java

@features_1095_td
Yes

@features_1096_td
Yes

@features_1097_td
Yes

@features_1098_td
No

@features_1099_td
No

@features_1100_td
Embedded Mode (Java)

@features_1101_td
Yes

@features_1102_td
Yes

@features_1103_td
Yes

@features_1104_td
No

@features_1105_td
No

@features_1106_td
In-Memory Mode

@features_1107_td
Yes

@features_1108_td
Yes

@features_1109_td
Yes

@features_1110_td
No

@features_1111_td
No

@features_1112_td
Explain Plan

@features_1113_td
Yes

@features_1114_td
Yes *12

@features_1115_td
Yes

@features_1116_td
Yes

@features_1117_td
Yes

@features_1118_td
Built-in Clustering / Replication

@features_1119_td
Yes

@features_1120_td
Yes

@features_1121_td
No

@features_1122_td
Yes

@features_1123_td
Yes

@features_1124_td
Encrypted Database

@features_1125_td
Yes

@features_1126_td
Yes *10

@features_1127_td
Yes *10

@features_1128_td
No

@features_1129_td
No

@features_1130_td
Linked Tables

@features_1131_td
Yes

@features_1132_td
No

@features_1133_td
Partially *1

@features_1134_td
Partially *2

@features_1135_td
No

@features_1136_td
ODBC Driver

@features_1137_td
Yes

@features_1138_td
No

@features_1139_td
No

@features_1140_td
Yes

@features_1141_td
Yes

@features_1142_td
Fulltext Search

@features_1143_td
Yes

@features_1144_td
Yes

@features_1145_td
No

@features_1146_td
Yes

@features_1147_td
Yes

@features_1148_td
Domains (User-Defined Types)

@features_1149_td
Yes

@features_1150_td
No

@features_1151_td
Yes

@features_1152_td
Yes

@features_1153_td
Yes

@features_1154_td
Files per Database

@features_1155_td
Few

@features_1156_td
Many

@features_1157_td
Few

@features_1158_td
Many

@features_1159_td
Many

@features_1160_td
Row Level Locking

@features_1161_td
Yes *9

@features_1162_td
Yes

@features_1163_td
Yes *9

@features_1164_td
Yes

@features_1165_td
Yes

@features_1166_td
Multi Version Concurrency

@features_1167_td
Yes

@features_1168_td
No

@features_1169_td
Yes

@features_1170_td
Yes

@features_1171_td
Yes

@features_1172_td
Multi-Threaded Statement Processing

@features_1173_td
No *11

@features_1174_td
Yes

@features_1175_td
Yes

@features_1176_td
Yes

@features_1177_td
Yes

@features_1178_td
Role Based Security

@features_1179_td
Yes

@features_1180_td
Yes *3

@features_1181_td
Yes

@features_1182_td
Yes

@features_1183_td
Yes

@features_1184_td
Updatable Result Sets

@features_1185_td
Yes

@features_1186_td
Yes *7

@features_1187_td
Yes

@features_1188_td
Yes

@features_1189_td
Yes

@features_1190_td
Sequences

@features_1191_td
Yes

@features_1192_td
Yes

@features_1193_td
Yes

@features_1194_td
No

@features_1195_td
Yes

@features_1196_td
Limit and Offset

@features_1197_td
Yes

@features_1198_td
Yes *13

@features_1199_td
Yes

@features_1200_td
Yes

@features_1201_td
Yes

@features_1202_td
Window Functions

@features_1203_td
No *15

@features_1204_td
No *15

@features_1205_td
No

@features_1206_td
No

@features_1207_td
Yes

@features_1208_td
Temporary Tables

@features_1209_td
Yes

@features_1210_td
Yes *4

@features_1211_td
Yes

@features_1212_td
Yes

@features_1213_td
Yes

@features_1214_td
Information Schema

@features_1215_td
Yes

@features_1216_td
No *8

@features_1217_td
Yes

@features_1218_td
Yes

@features_1219_td
Yes

@features_1220_td
Computed Columns

@features_1221_td
Yes

@features_1222_td
Yes

@features_1223_td
Yes

@features_1224_td
No

@features_1225_td
Yes *6

@features_1226_td
Case Insensitive Columns

@features_1227_td
Yes

@features_1228_td
Yes *14

@features_1229_td
Yes

@features_1230_td
Yes

@features_1231_td
Yes *6

@features_1232_td
Custom Aggregate Functions

@features_1233_td
Yes

@features_1234_td
No

@features_1235_td
Yes

@features_1236_td
Yes

@features_1237_td
Yes

@features_1238_td
CLOB/BLOB Compression

@features_1239_td
Yes

@features_1240_td
No

@features_1241_td
No

@features_1242_td
No

@features_1243_td
Yes

@features_1244_td
Footprint (jar/dll size)

@features_1245_td
~1.5 MB *5

@features_1246_td
~3 MB

@features_1247_td
~1.5 MB

@features_1248_td
~4 MB

@features_1249_td
~6 MB

@features_1250_p
 *1 HSQLDB supports text tables.

@features_1251_p
 *2 MySQL supports linked MySQL tables under the name 'federated tables'.

@features_1252_p
 *3 Derby support for roles based security and password checking as an option.

@features_1253_p
 *4 Derby only supports global temporary tables.

@features_1254_p
 *5 The default H2 jar file contains debug information, jar files for other databases do not.

@features_1255_p
 *6 PostgreSQL supports functional indexes.

@features_1256_p
 *7 Derby only supports updatable result sets if the query is not sorted.

@features_1257_p
 *8 Derby doesn't support standard compliant information schema tables.

@features_1258_p
 *9 When using MVCC (multi version concurrency).

@features_1259_p
 *10 Derby and HSQLDB <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Block_cipher_modes_of_operation#Electronic_codebook_.28ECB.29">don't hide data patterns well</a>.

@features_1260_p
 *11 The MULTI_THREADED option is not enabled by default, and not yet supported when using MVCC.

@features_1261_p
 *12 Derby doesn't support the <code>EXPLAIN</code> statement, but it supports runtime statistics and retrieving statement execution plans.

@features_1262_p
 *13 Derby doesn't support the syntax <code>LIMIT .. [OFFSET ..]</code>, however it supports <code>FETCH FIRST .. ROW[S] ONLY</code>.

@features_1263_p
 *14 Using collations. *15 Derby and H2 support <code>ROW_NUMBER() OVER()</code>. 

@features_1264_h3
DaffodilDb and One$Db

@features_1265_p
 It looks like the development of this database has stopped. The last release was February 2006. 

@features_1266_h3
McKoi

@features_1267_p
 It looks like the development of this database has stopped. The last release was August 2004. 

@features_1268_h2
H2 in Use

@features_1269_p
 For a list of applications that work with or use H2, see: <a href="links.html">Links</a>. 

@features_1270_h2
Connection Modes

@features_1271_p
 The following connection modes are supported: 

@features_1272_li
Embedded mode (local connections using JDBC) 

@features_1273_li
Server mode (remote connections using JDBC or ODBC over TCP/IP) 

@features_1274_li
Mixed mode (local and remote connections at the same time) 

@features_1275_h3
Embedded Mode

@features_1276_p
 In embedded mode, an application opens a database from within the same JVM using JDBC. This is the fastest and easiest connection mode. The disadvantage is that a database may only be open in one virtual machine (and class loader) at any time. As in all modes, both persistent and in-memory databases are supported. There is no limit on the number of database open concurrently, or on the number of open connections. 

@features_1277_h3
Server Mode

@features_1278_p
 When using the server mode (sometimes called remote mode or client/server mode), an application opens a database remotely using the JDBC or ODBC API. A server needs to be started within the same or another virtual machine, or on another computer. Many applications can connect to the same database at the same time, by connecting to this server. Internally, the server process opens the database(s) in embedded mode. 

@features_1279_p
 The server mode is slower than the embedded mode, because all data is transferred over TCP/IP. As in all modes, both persistent and in-memory databases are supported. There is no limit on the number of database open concurrently per server, or on the number of open connections. 

@features_1280_h3
Mixed Mode

@features_1281_p
 The mixed mode is a combination of the embedded and the server mode. The first application that connects to a database does that in embedded mode, but also starts a server so that other applications (running in different processes or virtual machines) can concurrently access the same data. The local connections are as fast as if the database is used in just the embedded mode, while the remote connections are a bit slower. 

@features_1282_p
 The server can be started and stopped from within the application (using the server API), or automatically (automatic mixed mode). When using the <a href="#auto_mixed_mode">automatic mixed mode</a>, all clients that want to connect to the database (no matter if it's an local or remote connection) can do so using the exact same database URL. 

@features_1283_h2
Database URL Overview

@features_1284_p
 This database supports multiple connection modes and connection settings. This is achieved using different database URLs. Settings in the URLs are not case sensitive. 

@features_1285_th
Topic

@features_1286_th
URL Format and Examples

@features_1287_a
Embedded (local) connection

@features_1288_td
 jdbc:h2:[file:][&lt;path&gt;]&lt;databaseName&gt;

@features_1289_td
 jdbc:h2:~/test

@features_1290_td
 jdbc:h2:file:/data/sample

@features_1291_td
 jdbc:h2:file:C:/data/sample (Windows only)

@features_1292_a
In-memory (private)

@features_1293_td
jdbc:h2:mem:

@features_1294_a
In-memory (named)

@features_1295_td
 jdbc:h2:mem:&lt;databaseName&gt;

@features_1296_td
 jdbc:h2:mem:test_mem 

@features_1297_a
Server mode (remote connections)

@features_1298_a
 using TCP/IP

@features_1299_td
 jdbc:h2:tcp://&lt;server&gt;[:&lt;port&gt;]/[&lt;path&gt;]&lt;databaseName&gt;

@features_1300_td
 jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test

@features_1301_td
 jdbc:h2:tcp://dbserv:8084/~/sample

@features_1302_td
 jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/mem:test

@features_1303_a
Server mode (remote connections)

@features_1304_a
 using TLS

@features_1305_td
 jdbc:h2:ssl://&lt;server&gt;[:&lt;port&gt;]/&lt;databaseName&gt;

@features_1306_td
 jdbc:h2:ssl://localhost:8085/~/sample; 

@features_1307_a
Using encrypted files

@features_1308_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;CIPHER=AES

@features_1309_td
 jdbc:h2:ssl://localhost/~/test;CIPHER=AES

@features_1310_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/secure;CIPHER=AES

@features_1311_a
File locking methods

@features_1312_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;FILE_LOCK={FILE|SOCKET|NO}

@features_1313_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/private;CIPHER=AES;FILE_LOCK=SOCKET

@features_1314_a
Only open if it already exists

@features_1315_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;IFEXISTS=TRUE

@features_1316_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/sample;IFEXISTS=TRUE

@features_1317_a
Don't close the database when the VM exits

@features_1318_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;DB_CLOSE_ON_EXIT=FALSE 

@features_1319_a
Execute SQL on connection

@features_1320_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;INIT=RUNSCRIPT FROM '~/create.sql'

@features_1321_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/sample;INIT=RUNSCRIPT FROM '~/create.sql'\;RUNSCRIPT FROM '~/populate.sql'

@features_1322_a
User name and/or password

@features_1323_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;[;USER=&lt;username&gt;][;PASSWORD=&lt;value&gt;]

@features_1324_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/sample;USER=sa;PASSWORD=123

@features_1325_a
Debug trace settings

@features_1326_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=&lt;level 0..3&gt;

@features_1327_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/sample;TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=3

@features_1328_a
Ignore unknown settings

@features_1329_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;IGNORE_UNKNOWN_SETTINGS=TRUE

@features_1330_a
Custom file access mode

@features_1331_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;ACCESS_MODE_DATA=rws

@features_1332_a
Database in a zip file

@features_1333_td
 jdbc:h2:zip:&lt;zipFileName&gt;!/&lt;databaseName&gt;

@features_1334_td
 jdbc:h2:zip:~/db.zip!/test 

@features_1335_a
Compatibility mode

@features_1336_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;MODE=&lt;databaseType&gt;

@features_1337_td
 jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=MYSQL 

@features_1338_a
Auto-reconnect

@features_1339_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;AUTO_RECONNECT=TRUE

@features_1340_td
 jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test;AUTO_RECONNECT=TRUE 

@features_1341_a
Automatic mixed mode

@features_1342_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;AUTO_SERVER=TRUE

@features_1343_td
 jdbc:h2:~/test;AUTO_SERVER=TRUE 

@features_1344_a
Page size

@features_1345_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;PAGE_SIZE=512

@features_1346_a
Changing other settings

@features_1347_td
 jdbc:h2:&lt;url&gt;;&lt;setting&gt;=&lt;value&gt;[;&lt;setting&gt;=&lt;value&gt;...]

@features_1348_td
 jdbc:h2:file:~/sample;TRACE_LEVEL_SYSTEM_OUT=3

@features_1349_h2
Connecting to an Embedded (Local) Database

@features_1350_p
 The database URL for connecting to a local database is <code>jdbc:h2:[file:][&lt;path&gt;]&lt;databaseName&gt;</code>. The prefix <code>file:</code> is optional. If no or only a relative path is used, then the current working directory is used as a starting point. The case sensitivity of the path and database name depend on the operating system, however it is recommended to use lowercase letters only. The database name must be at least three characters long (a limitation of <code>File.createTempFile</code>). The database name must not contain a semicolon. To point to the user home directory, use <code>~/</code>, as in: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code>. 

@features_1351_h2
In-Memory Databases

@features_1352_p
 For certain use cases (for example: rapid prototyping, testing, high performance operations, read-only databases), it may not be required to persist data, or persist changes to the data. This database supports the in-memory mode, where the data is not persisted. 

@features_1353_p
 In some cases, only one connection to a in-memory database is required. This means the database to be opened is private. In this case, the database URL is <code>jdbc:h2:mem:</code> Opening two connections within the same virtual machine means opening two different (private) databases. 

@features_1354_p
 Sometimes multiple connections to the same in-memory database are required. In this case, the database URL must include a name. Example: <code>jdbc:h2:mem:db1</code>. Accessing the same database using this URL only works within the same virtual machine and class loader environment. 

@features_1355_p
 To access an in-memory database from another process or from another computer, you need to start a TCP server in the same process as the in-memory database was created. The other processes then need to access the database over TCP/IP or TLS, using a database URL such as: <code>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/mem:db1</code>. 

@features_1356_p
 By default, closing the last connection to a database closes the database. For an in-memory database, this means the content is lost. To keep the database open, add <code>;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1</code> to the database URL. To keep the content of an in-memory database as long as the virtual machine is alive, use <code>jdbc:h2:mem:test;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1</code>. 

@features_1357_h2
Database Files Encryption

@features_1358_p
 The database files can be encrypted. Two encryption algorithm AES is supported. To use file encryption, you need to specify the encryption algorithm (the 'cipher') and the file password (in addition to the user password) when connecting to the database. 

@features_1359_h3
Creating a New Database with File Encryption

@features_1360_p
 By default, a new database is automatically created if it does not exist yet. To create an encrypted database, connect to it as it would already exist. 

@features_1361_h3
Connecting to an Encrypted Database

@features_1362_p
 The encryption algorithm is set in the database URL, and the file password is specified in the password field, before the user password. A single space separates the file password and the user password; the file password itself may not contain spaces. File passwords and user passwords are case sensitive. Here is an example to connect to a password-encrypted database: 

@features_1363_h3
Encrypting or Decrypting a Database

@features_1364_p
 To encrypt an existing database, use the <code>ChangeFileEncryption</code> tool. This tool can also decrypt an encrypted database, or change the file encryption key. The tool is available from within the H2 Console in the tools section, or you can run it from the command line. The following command line will encrypt the database <code>test</code> in the user home directory with the file password <code>filepwd</code> and the encryption algorithm AES: 

@features_1365_h2
Database File Locking

@features_1366_p
 Whenever a database is opened, a lock file is created to signal other processes that the database is in use. If database is closed, or if the process that opened the database terminates, this lock file is deleted. 

@features_1367_p
 The following file locking methods are implemented: 

@features_1368_li
The default method is <code>FILE</code> and uses a watchdog thread to protect the database file. The watchdog reads the lock file each second. 

@features_1369_li
The second method is <code>SOCKET</code> and opens a server socket. The socket method does not require reading the lock file every second. The socket method should only be used if the database files are only accessed by one (and always the same) computer. 

@features_1370_li
The third method is <code>FS</code>. This will use native file locking using <code>FileChannel.lock</code>. 

@features_1371_li
It is also possible to open the database without file locking; in this case it is up to the application to protect the database files. Failing to do so will result in a corrupted database. Using the method <code>NO</code> forces the database to not create a lock file at all. Please note that this is unsafe as another process is able to open the same database, possibly leading to data corruption.

@features_1372_p
 To open the database with a different file locking method, use the parameter <code>FILE_LOCK</code>. The following code opens the database with the 'socket' locking method: 

@features_1373_p
 For more information about the algorithms, see <a href="advanced.html#file_locking_protocols">Advanced / File Locking Protocols</a>. 

@features_1374_h2
Opening a Database Only if it Already Exists

@features_1375_p
 By default, when an application calls <code>DriverManager.getConnection(url, ...)</code> and the database specified in the URL does not yet exist, a new (empty) database is created. In some situations, it is better to restrict creating new databases, and only allow to open existing databases. To do this, add <code>;IFEXISTS=TRUE</code> to the database URL. In this case, if the database does not already exist, an exception is thrown when trying to connect. The connection only succeeds when the database already exists. The complete URL may look like this: 

@features_1376_h2
Closing a Database

@features_1377_h3
Delayed Database Closing

@features_1378_p
 Usually, a database is closed when the last connection to it is closed. In some situations this slows down the application, for example when it is not possible to keep at least one connection open. The automatic closing of a database can be delayed or disabled with the SQL statement <code>SET DB_CLOSE_DELAY &lt;seconds&gt;</code>. The parameter &lt;seconds&gt; specifies the number of seconds to keep a database open after the last connection to it was closed. The following statement will keep a database open for 10 seconds after the last connection was closed: 

@features_1379_p
 The value -1 means the database is not closed automatically. The value 0 is the default and means the database is closed when the last connection is closed. This setting is persistent and can be set by an administrator only. It is possible to set the value in the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=10</code>. 

@features_1380_h3
Don't Close a Database when the VM Exits

@features_1381_p
 By default, a database is closed when the last connection is closed. However, if it is never closed, the database is closed when the virtual machine exits normally, using a shutdown hook. In some situations, the database should not be closed in this case, for example because the database is still used at virtual machine shutdown (to store the shutdown process in the database for example). For those cases, the automatic closing of the database can be disabled in the database URL. The first connection (the one that is opening the database) needs to set the option in the database URL (it is not possible to change the setting afterwards). The database URL to disable database closing on exit is: 

@features_1382_h2
Execute SQL on Connection

@features_1383_p
 Sometimes, particularly for in-memory databases, it is useful to be able to execute DDL or DML commands automatically when a client connects to a database. This functionality is enabled via the INIT property. Note that multiple commands may be passed to INIT, but the semicolon delimiter must be escaped, as in the example below. 

@features_1384_p
 Please note the double backslash is only required in a Java or properties file. In a GUI, or in an XML file, only one backslash is required: 

@features_1385_p
 Backslashes within the init script (for example within a runscript statement, to specify the folder names in Windows) need to be escaped as well (using a second backslash). It might be simpler to avoid backslashes in folder names for this reason; use forward slashes instead. 

@features_1386_h2
Ignore Unknown Settings

@features_1387_p
 Some applications (for example OpenOffice.org Base) pass some additional parameters when connecting to the database. Why those parameters are passed is unknown. The parameters <code>PREFERDOSLIKELINEENDS</code> and <code>IGNOREDRIVERPRIVILEGES</code> are such examples; they are simply ignored to improve the compatibility with OpenOffice.org. If an application passes other parameters when connecting to the database, usually the database throws an exception saying the parameter is not supported. It is possible to ignored such parameters by adding <code>;IGNORE_UNKNOWN_SETTINGS=TRUE</code> to the database URL. 

@features_1388_h2
Changing Other Settings when Opening a Connection

@features_1389_p
 In addition to the settings already described, other database settings can be passed in the database URL. Adding <code>;setting=value</code> at the end of a database URL is the same as executing the statement <code>SET setting value</code> just after connecting. For a list of supported settings, see <a href="grammar.html">SQL Grammar</a> or the <a href="../javadoc/org/h2/engine/DbSettings.html">DbSettings</a> javadoc. 

@features_1390_h2
Custom File Access Mode

@features_1391_p
 Usually, the database opens the database file with the access mode <code>rw</code>, meaning read-write (except for read only databases, where the mode <code>r</code> is used). To open a database in read-only mode if the database file is not read-only, use <code>ACCESS_MODE_DATA=r</code>. Also supported are <code>rws</code> and <code>rwd</code>. This setting must be specified in the database URL: 

@features_1392_p
 For more information see <a href="advanced.html#durability_problems">Durability Problems</a>. On many operating systems the access mode <code>rws</code> does not guarantee that the data is written to the disk. 

@features_1393_h2
Multiple Connections

@features_1394_h3
Opening Multiple Databases at the Same Time

@features_1395_p
 An application can open multiple databases at the same time, including multiple connections to the same database. The number of open database is only limited by the memory available. 

@features_1396_h3
Multiple Connections to the Same Database: Client/Server

@features_1397_p
 If you want to access the same database at the same time from different processes or computers, you need to use the client / server mode. In this case, one process acts as the server, and the other processes (that could reside on other computers as well) connect to the server via TCP/IP (or TLS over TCP/IP for improved security). 

@features_1398_h3
Multithreading Support

@features_1399_p
 This database is multithreading-safe. That means, if an application is multi-threaded, it does not need to worry about synchronizing access to the database. Internally, most requests to the same database are synchronized. That means an application can use multiple threads that access the same database at the same time, however if one thread executes a long running query, the other threads need to wait. 

@features_1400_p
 An application should normally use one connection per thread. This database synchronizes access to the same connection, but other databases may not do this. 

@features_1401_h3
Locking, Lock-Timeout, Deadlocks

@features_1402_p
 Unless <a href="advanced.html#mvcc">multi-version concurrency</a> is used, the database uses table level locks to give each connection a consistent state of the data. There are two kinds of locks: read locks (shared locks) and write locks (exclusive locks). All locks are released when the transaction commits or rolls back. When using the default transaction isolation level 'read committed', read locks are already released after each statement. 

@features_1403_p
 If a connection wants to reads from a table, and there is no write lock on the table, then a read lock is added to the table. If there is a write lock, then this connection waits for the other connection to release the lock. If a connection cannot get a lock for a specified time, then a lock timeout exception is thrown. 

@features_1404_p
 Usually, <code>SELECT</code> statements will generate read locks. This includes subqueries. Statements that modify data use write locks. It is also possible to lock a table exclusively without modifying data, using the statement <code>SELECT ... FOR UPDATE</code>. The statements <code>COMMIT</code> and <code>ROLLBACK</code> releases all open locks. The commands <code>SAVEPOINT</code> and <code>ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT</code> don't affect locks. The locks are also released when the autocommit mode changes, and for connections with autocommit set to true (this is the default), locks are released after each statement. The following statements generate locks: 

@features_1405_th
Type of Lock

@features_1406_th
SQL Statement

@features_1407_td
Read

@features_1408_td
SELECT * FROM TEST;

@features_1409_td
 CALL SELECT MAX(ID) FROM TEST;

@features_1410_td
 SCRIPT;

@features_1411_td
Write

@features_1412_td
SELECT * FROM TEST WHERE 1=0 FOR UPDATE;

@features_1413_td
Write

@features_1414_td
INSERT INTO TEST VALUES(1, 'Hello');

@features_1415_td
 INSERT INTO TEST SELECT * FROM TEST;

@features_1416_td
 UPDATE TEST SET NAME='Hi';

@features_1417_td
 DELETE FROM TEST;

@features_1418_td
Write

@features_1419_td
ALTER TABLE TEST ...;

@features_1420_td
 CREATE INDEX ... ON TEST ...;

@features_1421_td
 DROP INDEX ...;

@features_1422_p
 The number of seconds until a lock timeout exception is thrown can be set separately for each connection using the SQL command <code>SET LOCK_TIMEOUT &lt;milliseconds&gt;</code>. The initial lock timeout (that is the timeout used for new connections) can be set using the SQL command <code>SET DEFAULT_LOCK_TIMEOUT &lt;milliseconds&gt;</code>. The default lock timeout is persistent. 

@features_1423_h3
Avoiding Deadlocks

@features_1424_p
 To avoid deadlocks, ensure that all transactions lock the tables in the same order (for example in alphabetical order), and avoid upgrading read locks to write locks. Both can be achieved using explicitly locking tables using <code>SELECT ... FOR UPDATE</code>. 

@features_1425_h2
Database File Layout

@features_1426_p
 The following files are created for persistent databases: 

@features_1427_th
File Name

@features_1428_th
Description

@features_1429_th
Number of Files

@features_1430_td
 test.h2.db 

@features_1431_td
 Database file.

@features_1432_td
 Contains the transaction log, indexes, and data for all tables.

@features_1433_td
 Format: <code>&lt;database&gt;.h2.db</code> 

@features_1434_td
 1 per database 

@features_1435_td
 test.lock.db 

@features_1436_td
 Database lock file.

@features_1437_td
 Automatically (re-)created while the database is in use.

@features_1438_td
 Format: <code>&lt;database&gt;.lock.db</code> 

@features_1439_td
 1 per database (only if in use) 

@features_1440_td
 test.trace.db 

@features_1441_td
 Trace file (if the trace option is enabled).

@features_1442_td
 Contains trace information.

@features_1443_td
 Format: <code>&lt;database&gt;.trace.db</code>

@features_1444_td
 Renamed to <code>&lt;database&gt;.trace.db.old</code> is too big. 

@features_1445_td
 0 or 1 per database 

@features_1446_td
 test.lobs.db/* 

@features_1447_td
 Directory containing one file for each

@features_1448_td
 BLOB or CLOB value larger than a certain size.

@features_1449_td
 Format: <code>&lt;id&gt;.t&lt;tableId&gt;.lob.db</code> 

@features_1450_td
 1 per large object 

@features_1451_td
 test.123.temp.db 

@features_1452_td
 Temporary file.

@features_1453_td
 Contains a temporary blob or a large result set.

@features_1454_td
 Format: <code>&lt;database&gt;.&lt;id&gt;.temp.db</code> 

@features_1455_td
 1 per object 

@features_1456_h3
Moving and Renaming Database Files

@features_1457_p
 Database name and location are not stored inside the database files. 

@features_1458_p
 While a database is closed, the files can be moved to another directory, and they can be renamed as well (as long as all files of the same database start with the same name and the respective extensions are unchanged). 

@features_1459_p
 As there is no platform specific data in the files, they can be moved to other operating systems without problems. 

@features_1460_h3
Backup

@features_1461_p
 When the database is closed, it is possible to backup the database files. 

@features_1462_p
 To backup data while the database is running, the SQL commands <code>SCRIPT</code> and <code>BACKUP</code> can be used. 

@features_1463_h2
Logging and Recovery

@features_1464_p
 Whenever data is modified in the database and those changes are committed, the changes are written to the transaction log (except for in-memory objects). The changes to the main data area itself are usually written later on, to optimize disk access. If there is a power failure, the main data area is not up-to-date, but because the changes are in the transaction log, the next time the database is opened, the changes are re-applied automatically. 

@features_1465_h2
Compatibility

@features_1466_p
 All database engines behave a little bit different. Where possible, H2 supports the ANSI SQL standard, and tries to be compatible to other databases. There are still a few differences however: 

@features_1467_p
 In MySQL text columns are case insensitive by default, while in H2 they are case sensitive. However H2 supports case insensitive columns as well. To create the tables with case insensitive texts, append <code>IGNORECASE=TRUE</code> to the database URL (example: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;IGNORECASE=TRUE</code>). 

@features_1468_h3
Compatibility Modes

@features_1469_p
 For certain features, this database can emulate the behavior of specific databases. However, only a small subset of the differences between databases are implemented in this way. Here is the list of currently supported modes and the differences to the regular mode: 

@features_1470_h3
DB2 Compatibility Mode

@features_1471_p
 To use the IBM DB2 mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=DB2</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE DB2</code>. 

@features_1472_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1473_li
Support for the syntax <code>[OFFSET .. ROW] [FETCH ... ONLY]</code> as an alternative for <code>LIMIT .. OFFSET</code>. 

@features_1474_li
Concatenating <code>NULL</code> with another value results in the other value. 

@features_1475_li
Support the pseudo-table SYSIBM.SYSDUMMY1. 

@features_1476_h3
Derby Compatibility Mode

@features_1477_p
 To use the Apache Derby mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=Derby</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE Derby</code>. 

@features_1478_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1479_li
For unique indexes, <code>NULL</code> is distinct. That means only one row with <code>NULL</code> in one of the columns is allowed. 

@features_1480_li
Concatenating <code>NULL</code> with another value results in the other value. 

@features_1481_li
Support the pseudo-table SYSIBM.SYSDUMMY1. 

@features_1482_h3
HSQLDB Compatibility Mode

@features_1483_p
 To use the HSQLDB mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=HSQLDB</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE HSQLDB</code>. 

@features_1484_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1485_li
When converting the scale of decimal data, the number is only converted if the new scale is smaller than the current scale. Usually, the scale is converted and 0s are added if required. 

@features_1486_li
For unique indexes, <code>NULL</code> is distinct. That means only one row with <code>NULL</code> in one of the columns is allowed. 

@features_1487_li
Text can be concatenated using '+'. 

@features_1488_h3
MS SQL Server Compatibility Mode

@features_1489_p
 To use the MS SQL Server mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=MSSQLServer</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE MSSQLServer</code>. 

@features_1490_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1491_li
Identifiers may be quoted using square brackets as in <code>[Test]</code>. 

@features_1492_li
For unique indexes, <code>NULL</code> is distinct. That means only one row with <code>NULL</code> in one of the columns is allowed. 

@features_1493_li
Concatenating <code>NULL</code> with another value results in the other value. 

@features_1494_li
Text can be concatenated using '+'. 

@features_1495_h3
MySQL Compatibility Mode

@features_1496_p
 To use the MySQL mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=MySQL</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE MySQL</code>. 

@features_1497_li
When inserting data, if a column is defined to be <code>NOT NULL</code> and <code>NULL</code> is inserted, then a 0 (or empty string, or the current timestamp for timestamp columns) value is used. Usually, this operation is not allowed and an exception is thrown. 

@features_1498_li
Creating indexes in the <code>CREATE TABLE</code> statement is allowed using <code>INDEX(..)</code> or <code>KEY(..)</code>. Example: <code>create table test(id int primary key, name varchar(255), key idx_name(name));</code> 

@features_1499_li
Meta data calls return identifiers in lower case. 

@features_1500_li
When converting a floating point number to an integer, the fractional digits are not truncated, but the value is rounded. 

@features_1501_li
Concatenating <code>NULL</code> with another value results in the other value. 

@features_1502_p
 Text comparison in MySQL is case insensitive by default, while in H2 it is case sensitive (as in most other databases). H2 does support case insensitive text comparison, but it needs to be set separately, using <code>SET IGNORECASE TRUE</code>. This affects comparison using <code>=, LIKE, REGEXP</code>. 

@features_1503_h3
Oracle Compatibility Mode

@features_1504_p
 To use the Oracle mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=Oracle</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE Oracle</code>. 

@features_1505_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1506_li
When using unique indexes, multiple rows with <code>NULL</code> in all columns are allowed, however it is not allowed to have multiple rows with the same values otherwise. 

@features_1507_li
Concatenating <code>NULL</code> with another value results in the other value. 

@features_1508_li
Empty strings are treated like <code>NULL</code> values. 

@features_1509_h3
PostgreSQL Compatibility Mode

@features_1510_p
 To use the PostgreSQL mode, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;MODE=PostgreSQL</code> or the SQL statement <code>SET MODE PostgreSQL</code>. 

@features_1511_li
For aliased columns, <code>ResultSetMetaData.getColumnName()</code> returns the alias name and <code>getTableName()</code> returns <code>null</code>. 

@features_1512_li
When converting a floating point number to an integer, the fractional digits are not be truncated, but the value is rounded. 

@features_1513_li
The system columns <code>CTID</code> and <code>OID</code> are supported. 

@features_1514_li
LOG(x) is base 10 in this mode. 

@features_1515_h2
Auto-Reconnect

@features_1516_p
 The auto-reconnect feature causes the JDBC driver to reconnect to the database if the connection is lost. The automatic re-connect only occurs when auto-commit is enabled; if auto-commit is disabled, an exception is thrown. To enable this mode, append <code>;AUTO_RECONNECT=TRUE</code> to the database URL. 

@features_1517_p
 Re-connecting will open a new session. After an automatic re-connect, variables and local temporary tables definitions (excluding data) are re-created. The contents of the system table <code>INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SESSION_STATE</code> contains all client side state that is re-created. 

@features_1518_p
 If another connection uses the database in exclusive mode (enabled using <code>SET EXCLUSIVE 1</code> or <code>SET EXCLUSIVE 2</code>), then this connection will try to re-connect until the exclusive mode ends. 

@features_1519_h2
Automatic Mixed Mode

@features_1520_p
 Multiple processes can access the same database without having to start the server manually. To do that, append <code>;AUTO_SERVER=TRUE</code> to the database URL. You can use the same database URL independent of whether the database is already open or not. This feature doesn't work with in-memory databases. Example database URL: 

@features_1521_p
 Use the same URL for all connections to this database. Internally, when using this mode, the first connection to the database is made in embedded mode, and additionally a server is started internally (as a daemon thread). If the database is already open in another process, the server mode is used automatically. The IP address and port of the server are stored in the file <code>.lock.db</code>, that's why in-memory databases can't be supported. 

@features_1522_p
 The application that opens the first connection to the database uses the embedded mode, which is faster than the server mode. Therefore the main application should open the database first if possible. The first connection automatically starts a server on a random port. This server allows remote connections, however only to this database (to ensure that, the client reads <code>.lock.db</code> file and sends the the random key that is stored there to the server). When the first connection is closed, the server stops. If other (remote) connections are still open, one of them will then start a server (auto-reconnect is enabled automatically). 

@features_1523_p
 All processes need to have access to the database files. If the first connection is closed (the connection that started the server), open transactions of other connections will be rolled back (this may not be a problem if you don't disable autocommit). Explicit client/server connections (using <code>jdbc:h2:tcp://</code> or <code>ssl://</code>) are not supported. This mode is not supported for in-memory databases. 

@features_1524_p
 Here is an example how to use this mode. Application 1 and 2 are not necessarily started on the same computer, but they need to have access to the database files. Application 1 and 2 are typically two different processes (however they could run within the same process). 

@features_1525_p
 When using this feature, by default the server uses any free TCP port. The port can be set manually using <code>AUTO_SERVER_PORT=9090</code>. 

@features_1526_h2
Page Size

@features_1527_p
 The page size for new databases is 2 KB (2048), unless the page size is set explicitly in the database URL using <code>PAGE_SIZE=</code> when the database is created. The page size of existing databases can not be changed, so this property needs to be set when the database is created. 

@features_1528_h2
Using the Trace Options

@features_1529_p
 To find problems in an application, it is sometimes good to see what database operations where executed. This database offers the following trace features: 

@features_1530_li
Trace to <code>System.out</code> and/or to a file 

@features_1531_li
Support for trace levels <code>OFF, ERROR, INFO, DEBUG</code> 

@features_1532_li
The maximum size of the trace file can be set 

@features_1533_li
It is possible to generate Java source code from the trace file 

@features_1534_li
Trace can be enabled at runtime by manually creating a file 

@features_1535_h3
Trace Options

@features_1536_p
 The simplest way to enable the trace option is setting it in the database URL. There are two settings, one for <code>System.out</code> (<code>TRACE_LEVEL_SYSTEM_OUT</code>) tracing, and one for file tracing (<code>TRACE_LEVEL_FILE</code>). The trace levels are 0 for <code>OFF</code>, 1 for <code>ERROR</code> (the default), 2 for <code>INFO</code>, and 3 for <code>DEBUG</code>. A database URL with both levels set to <code>DEBUG</code> is: 

@features_1537_p
 The trace level can be changed at runtime by executing the SQL command <code>SET TRACE_LEVEL_SYSTEM_OUT level</code> (for <code>System.out</code> tracing) or <code>SET TRACE_LEVEL_FILE level</code> (for file tracing). Example: 

@features_1538_h3
Setting the Maximum Size of the Trace File

@features_1539_p
 When using a high trace level, the trace file can get very big quickly. The default size limit is 16 MB, if the trace file exceeds this limit, it is renamed to <code>.old</code> and a new file is created. If another such file exists, it is deleted. To limit the size to a certain number of megabytes, use <code>SET TRACE_MAX_FILE_SIZE mb</code>. Example: 

@features_1540_h3
Java Code Generation

@features_1541_p
 When setting the trace level to <code>INFO</code> or <code>DEBUG</code>, Java source code is generated as well. This simplifies reproducing problems. The trace file looks like this: 

@features_1542_p
 To filter the Java source code, use the <code>ConvertTraceFile</code> tool as follows: 

@features_1543_p
 The generated file <code>Test.java</code> will contain the Java source code. The generated source code may be too large to compile (the size of a Java method is limited). If this is the case, the source code needs to be split in multiple methods. The password is not listed in the trace file and therefore not included in the source code. 

@features_1544_h2
Using Other Logging APIs

@features_1545_p
 By default, this database uses its own native 'trace' facility. This facility is called 'trace' and not 'log' within this database to avoid confusion with the transaction log. Trace messages can be written to both file and <code>System.out</code>. In most cases, this is sufficient, however sometimes it is better to use the same facility as the application, for example Log4j. To do that, this database support SLF4J. 

@features_1546_a
SLF4J

@features_1547_p
 is a simple facade for various logging APIs and allows to plug in the desired implementation at deployment time. SLF4J supports implementations such as Logback, Log4j, Jakarta Commons Logging (JCL), Java logging, x4juli, and Simple Log. 

@features_1548_p
 To enable SLF4J, set the file trace level to 4 in the database URL: 

@features_1549_p
 Changing the log mechanism is not possible after the database is open, that means executing the SQL statement <code>SET TRACE_LEVEL_FILE 4</code> when the database is already open will not have the desired effect. To use SLF4J, all required jar files need to be in the classpath. The logger name is <code>h2database</code>. If it does not work, check the file <code>&lt;database&gt;.trace.db</code> for error messages. 

@features_1550_h2
Read Only Databases

@features_1551_p
 If the database files are read-only, then the database is read-only as well. It is not possible to create new tables, add or modify data in this database. Only <code>SELECT</code> and <code>CALL</code> statements are allowed. To create a read-only database, close the database. Then, make the database file read-only. When you open the database now, it is read-only. There are two ways an application can find out whether database is read-only: by calling <code>Connection.isReadOnly()</code> or by executing the SQL statement <code>CALL READONLY()</code>. 

@features_1552_p
 Using the <a href="#custom_access_mode">Custom Access Mode</a> <code>r</code> the database can also be opened in read-only mode, even if the database file is not read only. 

@features_1553_h2
Read Only Databases in Zip or Jar File

@features_1554_p
 To create a read-only database in a zip file, first create a regular persistent database, and then create a backup. The database must not have pending changes, that means you need to close all connections to the database first. To speed up opening the read-only database and running queries, the database should be closed using <code>SHUTDOWN DEFRAG</code>. If you are using a database named <code>test</code>, an easy way to create a zip file is using the <code>Backup</code> tool. You can start the tool from the command line, or from within the H2 Console (Tools - Backup). Please note that the database must be closed when the backup is created. Therefore, the SQL statement <code>BACKUP TO</code> can not be used. 

@features_1555_p
 When the zip file is created, you can open the database in the zip file using the following database URL: 

@features_1556_p
 Databases in zip files are read-only. The performance for some queries will be slower than when using a regular database, because random access in zip files is not supported (only streaming). How much this affects the performance depends on the queries and the data. The database is not read in memory; therefore large databases are supported as well. The same indexes are used as when using a regular database. 

@features_1557_p
 If the database is larger than a few megabytes, performance is much better if the database file is split into multiple smaller files, because random access in compressed files is not possible. See also the sample application <a href="http://code.google.com/p/h2database/source/browse/trunk/h2/src/test/org/h2/samples/ReadOnlyDatabaseInZip.java">ReadOnlyDatabaseInZip</a>. 

@features_1558_h3
Opening a Corrupted Database

@features_1559_p
 If a database cannot be opened because the boot info (the SQL script that is run at startup) is corrupted, then the database can be opened by specifying a database event listener. The exceptions are logged, but opening the database will continue. 

@features_1560_h2
Computed Columns / Function Based Index

@features_1561_p
 A computed column is a column whose value is calculated before storing. The formula is evaluated when the row is inserted, and re-evaluated every time the row is updated. One use case is to automatically update the last-modification time: 

@features_1562_p
 Function indexes are not directly supported by this database, but they can be emulated by using computed columns. For example, if an index on the upper-case version of a column is required, create a computed column with the upper-case version of the original column, and create an index for this column: 

@features_1563_p
 When inserting data, it is not required (and not allowed) to specify a value for the upper-case version of the column, because the value is generated. But you can use the column when querying the table: 

@features_1564_h2
Multi-Dimensional Indexes

@features_1565_p
 A tool is provided to execute efficient multi-dimension (spatial) range queries. This database does not support a specialized spatial index (R-Tree or similar). Instead, the B-Tree index is used. For each record, the multi-dimensional key is converted (mapped) to a single dimensional (scalar) value. This value specifies the location on a space-filling curve. 

@features_1566_p
 Currently, Z-order (also called N-order or Morton-order) is used; Hilbert curve could also be used, but the implementation is more complex. The algorithm to convert the multi-dimensional value is called bit-interleaving. The scalar value is indexed using a B-Tree index (usually using a computed column). 

@features_1567_p
 The method can result in a drastic performance improvement over just using an index on the first column. Depending on the data and number of dimensions, the improvement is usually higher than factor 5. The tool generates a SQL query from a specified multi-dimensional range. The method used is not database dependent, and the tool can easily be ported to other databases. For an example how to use the tool, please have a look at the sample code provided in <code>TestMultiDimension.java</code>. 

@features_1568_h2
User-Defined Functions and Stored Procedures

@features_1569_p
 In addition to the built-in functions, this database supports user-defined Java functions. In this database, Java functions can be used as stored procedures as well. A function must be declared (registered) before it can be used. A function can be defined using source code, or as a reference to a compiled class that is available in the classpath. By default, the function aliases are stored in the current schema. 

@features_1570_h3
Referencing a Compiled Method

@features_1571_p
 When referencing a method, the class must already be compiled and included in the classpath where the database is running. Only static Java methods are supported; both the class and the method must be public. Example Java class: 

@features_1572_p
 The Java function must be registered in the database by calling <code>CREATE ALIAS ... FOR</code>: 

@features_1573_p
 For a complete sample application, see <code>src/test/org/h2/samples/Function.java</code>. 

@features_1574_h3
Declaring Functions as Source Code

@features_1575_p
 When defining a function alias with source code, the database tries to compile the source code using the Sun Java compiler (the class <code>com.sun.tools.javac.Main</code>) if the <code>tools.jar</code> is in the classpath. If not, <code>javac</code> is run as a separate process. Only the source code is stored in the database; the class is compiled each time the database is re-opened. Source code is usually passed as dollar quoted text to avoid escaping problems, however single quotes can be used as well. Example: 

@features_1576_p
 By default, the three packages <code>java.util, java.math, java.sql</code> are imported. The method name (<code>nextPrime</code> in the example above) is ignored. Method overloading is not supported when declaring functions as source code, that means only one method may be declared for an alias. If different import statements are required, they must be declared at the beginning and separated with the tag <code>@CODE</code>: 

@features_1577_p
 The following template is used to create a complete Java class: 

@features_1578_h3
Method Overloading

@features_1579_p
 Multiple methods may be bound to a SQL function if the class is already compiled and included in the classpath. Each Java method must have a different number of arguments. Method overloading is not supported when declaring functions as source code. 

@features_1580_h3
Function Data Type Mapping

@features_1581_p
 Functions that accept non-nullable parameters such as <code>int</code> will not be called if one of those parameters is <code>NULL</code>. Instead, the result of the function is <code>NULL</code>. If the function should be called if a parameter is <code>NULL</code>, you need to use <code>java.lang.Integer</code> instead. 

@features_1582_p
 SQL types are mapped to Java classes and vice-versa as in the JDBC API. For details, see <a href="datatypes.html">Data Types</a>. There are a few special cases: <code>java.lang.Object</code> is mapped to <code>OTHER</code> (a serialized object). Therefore, <code>java.lang.Object</code> can not be used to match all SQL types (matching all SQL types is not supported). The second special case is <code>Object[]</code>: arrays of any class are mapped to <code>ARRAY</code>. Objects of type <code>org.h2.value.Value</code> (the internal value class) are passed through without conversion. 

@features_1583_h3
Functions That Require a Connection

@features_1584_p
 If the first parameter of a Java function is a <code>java.sql.Connection</code>, then the connection to database is provided. This connection does not need to be closed before returning. When calling the method from within the SQL statement, this connection parameter does not need to be (can not be) specified. 

@features_1585_h3
Functions Throwing an Exception

@features_1586_p
 If a function throws an exception, then the current statement is rolled back and the exception is thrown to the application. SQLException are directly re-thrown to the calling application; all other exceptions are first converted to a SQLException. 

@features_1587_h3
Functions Returning a Result Set

@features_1588_p
 Functions may returns a result set. Such a function can be called with the <code>CALL</code> statement: 

@features_1589_h3
Using SimpleResultSet

@features_1590_p
 A function can create a result set using the <code>SimpleResultSet</code> tool: 

@features_1591_h3
Using a Function as a Table

@features_1592_p
 A function that returns a result set can be used like a table. However, in this case the function is called at least twice: first while parsing the statement to collect the column names (with parameters set to <code>null</code> where not known at compile time). And then, while executing the statement to get the data (maybe multiple times if this is a join). If the function is called just to get the column list, the URL of the connection passed to the function is <code>jdbc:columnlist:connection</code>. Otherwise, the URL of the connection is <code>jdbc:default:connection</code>. 

@features_1593_h2
Pluggable or User-Defined Tables

@features_1594_p
 For situations where you need to expose other data-sources to the SQL engine as a table, there are "pluggable tables". For some examples, have a look at the code in <code>org.h2.test.db.TestTableEngines</code>. 

@features_1595_p
 In order to create your own TableEngine, you need to implement the <code>org.h2.api.TableEngine</code> interface e.g. something like this: 

@features_1596_p
 and then create the table from SQL like this: 

@features_1597_p
 It is also possible to pass in parameters to the table engine, like so: 

@features_1598_p
 In which case the parameters are passed down in the tableEngineParams field of the CreateTableData object. 

@features_1599_h2
Triggers

@features_1600_p
 This database supports Java triggers that are called before or after a row is updated, inserted or deleted. Triggers can be used for complex consistency checks, or to update related data in the database. It is also possible to use triggers to simulate materialized views. For a complete sample application, see <code>src/test/org/h2/samples/TriggerSample.java</code>. A Java trigger must implement the interface <code>org.h2.api.Trigger</code>. The trigger class must be available in the classpath of the database engine (when using the server mode, it must be in the classpath of the server). 

@features_1601_p
 The connection can be used to query or update data in other tables. The trigger then needs to be defined in the database: 

@features_1602_p
 The trigger can be used to veto a change by throwing a <code>SQLException</code>. 

@features_1603_p
 As an alternative to implementing the <code>Trigger</code> interface, an application can extend the abstract class <code>org.h2.tools.TriggerAdapter</code>. This will allows to use the <code>ResultSet</code> interface within trigger implementations. In this case, only the <code>fire</code> method needs to be implemented: 

@features_1604_h2
Compacting a Database

@features_1605_p
 Empty space in the database file re-used automatically. When closing the database, the database is automatically compacted for up to 200 milliseconds by default. To compact more, use the SQL statement SHUTDOWN COMPACT. However re-creating the database may further reduce the database size because this will re-build the indexes. Here is a sample function to do this: 

@features_1606_p
 See also the sample application <code>org.h2.samples.Compact</code>. The commands <code>SCRIPT / RUNSCRIPT</code> can be used as well to create a backup of a database and re-build the database from the script. 

@features_1607_h2
Cache Settings

@features_1608_p
 The database keeps most frequently used data in the main memory. The amount of memory used for caching can be changed using the setting <code>CACHE_SIZE</code>. This setting can be set in the database connection URL (<code>jdbc:h2:~/test;CACHE_SIZE=131072</code>), or it can be changed at runtime using <code>SET CACHE_SIZE size</code>. The size of the cache, as represented by <code>CACHE_SIZE</code> is measured in KB, with each KB being 1024 bytes. This setting has no effect for in-memory databases. For persistent databases, the setting is stored in the database and re-used when the database is opened the next time. However, when opening an existing database, the cache size is set to at most half the amount of memory available for the virtual machine (Runtime.getRuntime().maxMemory()), even if the cache size setting stored in the database is larger; however the setting stored in the database is kept. Setting the cache size in the database URL or explicitly using <code>SET CACHE_SIZE</code> overrides this value (even if larger than the physical memory). To get the current used maximum cache size, use the query <code>SELECT * FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SETTINGS WHERE NAME = 'info.CACHE_MAX_SIZE'</code> 

@features_1609_p
 An experimental scan-resistant cache algorithm "Two Queue" (2Q) is available. To enable it, append <code>;CACHE_TYPE=TQ</code> to the database URL. The cache might not actually improve performance. If you plan to use it, please run your own test cases first. 

@features_1610_p
 Also included is an experimental second level soft reference cache. Rows in this cache are only garbage collected on low memory. By default the second level cache is disabled. To enable it, use the prefix <code>SOFT_</code>. Example: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;CACHE_TYPE=SOFT_LRU</code>. The cache might not actually improve performance. If you plan to use it, please run your own test cases first. 

@features_1611_p
 To get information about page reads and writes, and the current caching algorithm in use, call <code>SELECT * FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SETTINGS</code>. The number of pages read / written is listed. 

@fragments_1000_div
 &nbsp;&nbsp;<span id = "goTop" onclick="window.scrollTo(0,0)" style="color: #fff; position:fixed; font-size: 20px; cursor: pointer;">&#x25b2;</span> 

@fragments_1001_label
Search:

@fragments_1002_label
Highlight keyword(s)

@fragments_1003_a
Home

@fragments_1004_a
Download

@fragments_1005_a
Cheat Sheet

@fragments_1006_b
Documentation

@fragments_1007_a
Quickstart

@fragments_1008_a
Installation

@fragments_1009_a
Tutorial

@fragments_1010_a
Features

@fragments_1011_a
Performance

@fragments_1012_a
Advanced

@fragments_1013_b
Reference

@fragments_1014_a
SQL Grammar

@fragments_1015_a
Functions

@fragments_1016_a
Data Types

@fragments_1017_a
Javadoc

@fragments_1018_a
PDF (1 MB)

@fragments_1019_b
Support

@fragments_1020_a
FAQ

@fragments_1021_a
Error Analyzer

@fragments_1022_a
Google Group (English)

@fragments_1023_a
Google Group (Japanese)

@fragments_1024_a
Google Group (Chinese)

@fragments_1025_b
Appendix

@fragments_1026_a
History &amp; Roadmap

@fragments_1027_a
License

@fragments_1028_a
Build

@fragments_1029_a
Links

@fragments_1030_a
JaQu

@fragments_1031_a
MVStore

@fragments_1032_a
Architecture

@fragments_1033_td
&nbsp;

@frame_1000_h1
H2 Database Engine

@frame_1001_p
 Welcome to H2, the free SQL database. The main feature of H2 are: 

@frame_1002_li
It is free to use for everybody, source code is included 

@frame_1003_li
Written in Java, but also available as native executable 

@frame_1004_li
JDBC and (partial) ODBC API 

@frame_1005_li
Embedded and client/server modes 

@frame_1006_li
Clustering is supported 

@frame_1007_li
A web client is included 

@frame_1008_h2
No Javascript

@frame_1009_p
 If you are not automatically redirected to the main page, then Javascript is currently disabled or your browser does not support Javascript. Some features (for example the integrated search) require Javascript. 

@frame_1010_p
 Please enable Javascript, or go ahead without it: <a href="main.html" style="font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold">H2 Database Engine</a> 

@history_1000_h1
History and Roadmap

@history_1001_a
 Change Log

@history_1002_a
 Roadmap

@history_1003_a
 History of this Database Engine

@history_1004_a
 Why Java

@history_1005_a
 Supporters

@history_1006_h2
Change Log

@history_1007_p
 The up-to-date change log is available at <a href="http://www.h2database.com/html/changelog.html"> http://www.h2database.com/html/changelog.html </a> 

@history_1008_h2
Roadmap

@history_1009_p
 The current roadmap is available at <a href="http://www.h2database.com/html/roadmap.html"> http://www.h2database.com/html/roadmap.html </a> 

@history_1010_h2
History of this Database Engine

@history_1011_p
 The development of H2 was started in May 2004, but it was first published on December 14th 2005. The main author of H2, Thomas Mueller, is also the original developer of Hypersonic SQL. In 2001, he joined PointBase Inc. where he wrote PointBase Micro, a commercial Java SQL database. At that point, he had to discontinue Hypersonic SQL. The HSQLDB Group was formed to continued to work on the Hypersonic SQL codebase. The name H2 stands for Hypersonic 2, however H2 does not share code with Hypersonic SQL or HSQLDB. H2 is built from scratch. 

@history_1012_h2
Why Java

@history_1013_p
 The main reasons to use a Java database are: 

@history_1014_li
Very simple to integrate in Java applications 

@history_1015_li
Support for many different platforms 

@history_1016_li
More secure than native applications (no buffer overflows) 

@history_1017_li
User defined functions (or triggers) run very fast 

@history_1018_li
Unicode support 

@history_1019_p
 Some think Java is too slow for low level operations, but this is no longer true. Garbage collection for example is now faster than manual memory management. 

@history_1020_p
 Developing Java code is faster than developing C or C++ code. When using Java, most time can be spent on improving the algorithms instead of porting the code to different platforms or doing memory management. Features such as Unicode and network libraries are already built-in. In Java, writing secure code is easier because buffer overflows can not occur. Features such as reflection can be used for randomized testing. 

@history_1021_p
 Java is future proof: a lot of companies support Java. Java is now open source. 

@history_1022_p
 To increase the portability and ease of use, this software depends on very few libraries. Features that are not available in open source Java implementations (such as Swing) are not used, or only used for optional features. 

@history_1023_h2
Supporters

@history_1024_p
 Many thanks for those who reported bugs, gave valuable feedback, spread the word, and translated this project. Also many thanks to the donors. To become a donor, use PayPal (at the very bottom of the main web page). 

@history_1025_a
xso; xBase Software Ontwikkeling, Netherlands

@history_1026_a
Cognitect, USA

@history_1027_a
Code 42 Software, Inc., Minneapolis

@history_1028_li
Martin Wildam, Austria 

@history_1029_a
Code Lutin, France

@history_1030_a
NetSuxxess GmbH, Germany

@history_1031_a
Poker Copilot, Steve McLeod, Germany

@history_1032_a
SkyCash, Poland

@history_1033_a
Lumber-mill, Inc., Japan

@history_1034_a
StockMarketEye, USA

@history_1035_a
Eckenfelder GmbH & Co.KG, Germany

@history_1036_li
Anthony Goubard, Netherlands 

@history_1037_li
Richard Hickey, USA 

@history_1038_li
Alessio Jacopo D'Adamo, Italy 

@history_1039_li
Ashwin Jayaprakash, USA 

@history_1040_li
Donald Bleyl, USA 

@history_1041_li
Frank Berger, Germany 

@history_1042_li
Florent Ramiere, France 

@history_1043_li
Jun Iyama, Japan 

@history_1044_li
Antonio Casqueiro, Portugal 

@history_1045_li
Oliver Computing LLC, USA 

@history_1046_li
Harpal Grover Consulting Inc., USA 

@history_1047_li
Elisabetta Berlini, Italy 

@history_1048_li
William Gilbert, USA 

@history_1049_li
Antonio Dieguez Rojas, Chile 

@history_1050_a
Ontology Works, USA

@history_1051_li
Pete Haidinyak, USA 

@history_1052_li
William Osmond, USA 

@history_1053_li
Joachim Ansorg, Germany 

@history_1054_li
Oliver Soerensen, Germany 

@history_1055_li
Christos Vasilakis, Greece 

@history_1056_li
Fyodor Kupolov, Denmark 

@history_1057_li
Jakob Jenkov, Denmark 

@history_1058_li
St&eacute;phane Chartrand, Switzerland 

@history_1059_li
Glenn Kidd, USA 

@history_1060_li
Gustav Trede, Sweden 

@history_1061_li
Joonas Pulakka, Finland 

@history_1062_li
Bjorn Darri Sigurdsson, Iceland 

@history_1063_li
Iyama Jun, Japan 

@history_1064_li
Gray Watson, USA 

@history_1065_li
Erik Dick, Germany 

@history_1066_li
Pengxiang Shao, China 

@history_1067_li
Bilingual Marketing Group, USA 

@history_1068_li
Philippe Marschall, Switzerland 

@history_1069_li
Knut Staring, Norway 

@history_1070_li
Theis Borg, Denmark 

@history_1071_li
Mark De Mendonca Duske, USA 

@history_1072_li
Joel A. Garringer, USA 

@history_1073_li
Olivier Chafik, France 

@history_1074_li
Rene Schwietzke, Germany 

@history_1075_li
Jalpesh Patadia, USA 

@history_1076_li
Takanori Kawashima, Japan 

@history_1077_li
Terrence JC Huang, China 

@history_1078_a
JiaDong Huang, Australia

@history_1079_li
Laurent van Roy, Belgium 

@history_1080_li
Qian Chen, China 

@history_1081_li
Clinton Hyde, USA 

@history_1082_li
Kritchai Phromros, Thailand 

@history_1083_li
Alan Thompson, USA 

@history_1084_li
Ladislav Jech, Czech Republic 

@history_1085_li
Dimitrijs Fedotovs, Latvia 

@history_1086_li
Richard Manley-Reeve, United Kingdom 

@installation_1000_h1
Installation

@installation_1001_a
 Requirements

@installation_1002_a
 Supported Platforms

@installation_1003_a
 Installing the Software

@installation_1004_a
 Directory Structure

@installation_1005_h2
Requirements

@installation_1006_p
 To run this database, the following software stack is known to work. Other software most likely also works, but is not tested as much. 

@installation_1007_h3
Database Engine

@installation_1008_li
Windows XP or Vista, Mac OS X, or Linux 

@installation_1009_li
Sun Java 6 or newer 

@installation_1010_li
Recommended Windows file system: NTFS (FAT32 only supports files up to 4 GB) 

@installation_1011_h3
H2 Console

@installation_1012_li
Mozilla Firefox 

@installation_1013_h2
Supported Platforms

@installation_1014_p
 As this database is written in Java, it can run on many different platforms. It is tested with Java 6 and 7. Currently, the database is developed and tested on Windows 8 and Mac OS X using Java 6, but it also works in many other operating systems and using other Java runtime environments. All major operating systems (Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Mac OS, Ubuntu,...) are supported. 

@installation_1015_h2
Installing the Software

@installation_1016_p
 To install the software, run the installer or unzip it to a directory of your choice. 

@installation_1017_h2
Directory Structure

@installation_1018_p
 After installing, you should get the following directory structure: 

@installation_1019_th
Directory

@installation_1020_th
Contents

@installation_1021_td
bin

@installation_1022_td
JAR and batch files

@installation_1023_td
docs

@installation_1024_td
Documentation

@installation_1025_td
docs/html

@installation_1026_td
HTML pages

@installation_1027_td
docs/javadoc

@installation_1028_td
Javadoc files

@installation_1029_td
ext

@installation_1030_td
External dependencies (downloaded when building)

@installation_1031_td
service

@installation_1032_td
Tools to run the database as a Windows Service

@installation_1033_td
src

@installation_1034_td
Source files

@installation_1035_td
src/docsrc

@installation_1036_td
Documentation sources

@installation_1037_td
src/installer

@installation_1038_td
Installer, shell, and release build script

@installation_1039_td
src/main

@installation_1040_td
Database engine source code

@installation_1041_td
src/test

@installation_1042_td
Test source code

@installation_1043_td
src/tools

@installation_1044_td
Tools and database adapters source code

@jaqu_1000_h1
JaQu

@jaqu_1001_a
 What is JaQu

@jaqu_1002_a
 Differences to Other Data Access Tools

@jaqu_1003_a
 Current State

@jaqu_1004_a
 Building the JaQu Library

@jaqu_1005_a
 Requirements

@jaqu_1006_a
 Example Code

@jaqu_1007_a
 Configuration

@jaqu_1008_a
 Natural Syntax

@jaqu_1009_a
 Other Ideas

@jaqu_1010_a
 Similar Projects

@jaqu_1011_h2
What is JaQu

@jaqu_1012_p
 Note: This project is currently in maintenance mode. A friendly fork of JaQu is <a href="http://iciql.com">available under the name iciql</a>. 

@jaqu_1013_p
 JaQu stands for Java Query and allows to access databases using pure Java. JaQu provides a fluent interface (or internal DSL). JaQu is something like LINQ for Java (LINQ stands for "language integrated query" and is a Microsoft .NET technology). The following JaQu code: 

@jaqu_1014_p
 stands for the SQL statement: 

@jaqu_1015_h2
Differences to Other Data Access Tools

@jaqu_1016_p
 Unlike SQL, JaQu can be easily integrated in Java applications. Because JaQu is pure Java, auto-complete in the IDE is supported. Type checking is performed by the compiler. JaQu fully protects against SQL injection. 

@jaqu_1017_p
 JaQu is meant as replacement for JDBC and SQL and not as much as a replacement for tools like Hibernate. With JaQu, you don't write SQL statements as strings. JaQu is much smaller and simpler than other persistence frameworks such as Hibernate, but it also does not provide all the features of those. Unlike iBatis and Hibernate, no XML or annotation based configuration is required; instead the configuration (if required at all) is done in pure Java, within the application. 

@jaqu_1018_p
 JaQu does not require or contain any data caching mechanism. Like JDBC and iBatis, JaQu provides full control over when and what SQL statements are executed (but without having to write SQL statements as strings). 

@jaqu_1019_h3
Restrictions

@jaqu_1020_p
 Primitive types (eg. <code>boolean, int, long, double</code>) are not supported. Use <code>java.lang.Boolean, Integer, Long, Double</code> instead. 

@jaqu_1021_h3
Why in Java?

@jaqu_1022_p
 Most applications are written in Java. Mixing Java and another language (for example Scala or Groovy) in the same application is complicated: you would need to split the application and database code, and write adapter / wrapper code. 

@jaqu_1023_h2
Current State

@jaqu_1024_p
 Currently, JaQu is only tested with the H2 database. The API may change in future versions. JaQu is not part of the h2 jar file, however the source code is included in H2, under: 

@jaqu_1025_code
src/test/org/h2/test/jaqu/*

@jaqu_1026_li
 (samples and tests) 

@jaqu_1027_code
src/tools/org/h2/jaqu/*

@jaqu_1028_li
 (framework) 

@jaqu_1029_h2
Building the JaQu Library

@jaqu_1030_p
 To create the JaQu jar file, run: <code>build jarJaqu</code>. This will create the file <code>bin/h2jaqu.jar</code>. 

@jaqu_1031_h2
Requirements

@jaqu_1032_p
 JaQu requires Java 6. Annotations are not need. Currently, JaQu is only tested with the H2 database engine, however in theory it should work with any database that supports the JDBC API. 

@jaqu_1033_h2
Example Code

@jaqu_1034_h2
Configuration

@jaqu_1035_p
 JaQu does not require any configuration when using the default field to column mapping. To define table indices, or if you want to map a class to a table with a different name, or a field to a column with another name, create a function called <code>define</code> in the data class. Example: 

@jaqu_1036_p
 The method <code>define()</code> contains the mapping definition. It is called once when the class is used for the first time. Like annotations, the mapping is defined in the class itself. Unlike when using annotations, the compiler can check the syntax even for multi-column objects (multi-column indexes, multi-column primary keys and so on). Because the definition is written in Java, the configuration can be set at runtime, which is not possible using annotations. Unlike XML mapping configuration, the configuration is integrated in the class itself. 

@jaqu_1037_h2
Natural Syntax

@jaqu_1038_p
The plan is to support more natural (pure Java) syntax in conditions. To do that, the condition class is de-compiled to a SQL condition. A proof of concept decompiler is included (but it doesn't fully work yet; patches are welcome). The planned syntax is: 

@jaqu_1039_h2
Other Ideas

@jaqu_1040_p
 This project has just been started, and nothing is fixed yet. Some ideas are: 

@jaqu_1041_li
Support queries on collections (instead of using a database). 

@jaqu_1042_li
Provide API level compatibility with JPA (so that JaQu can be used as an extension of JPA). 

@jaqu_1043_li
Internally use a JPA implementation (for example Hibernate) instead of SQL directly. 

@jaqu_1044_li
Use PreparedStatements and cache them. 

@jaqu_1045_h2
Similar Projects

@jaqu_1046_a
iciql (a friendly fork of JaQu)

@jaqu_1047_a
Cement Framework

@jaqu_1048_a
Dreamsource ORM

@jaqu_1049_a
Empire-db

@jaqu_1050_a
JEQUEL: Java Embedded QUEry Language

@jaqu_1051_a
Joist

@jaqu_1052_a
jOOQ

@jaqu_1053_a
JoSQL

@jaqu_1054_a
LIQUidFORM

@jaqu_1055_a
Quaere (Alias implementation)

@jaqu_1056_a
Quaere

@jaqu_1057_a
Querydsl

@jaqu_1058_a
Squill

@license_1000_h1
License

@license_1001_a
 Summary and License FAQ

@license_1002_a
 Mozilla Public License Version 2.0

@license_1003_a
 Eclipse Public License - Version 1.0

@license_1004_a
 Export Control Classification Number (ECCN)

@license_1005_h2
Summary and License FAQ

@license_1006_p
 H2 is dual licensed and available under the MPL 2.0 (<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/2.0">Mozilla Public License Version 2.0</a>) or under the EPL 1.0 (<a href="http://opensource.org/licenses/eclipse-1.0.php">Eclipse Public License</a>). There is a license FAQ for both the MPL and the EPL. 

@license_1007_li
You can use H2 for free. 

@license_1008_li
You can integrate it into your applications (including in commercial applications) and distribute it. 

@license_1009_li
Files containing only your code are not covered by this license (it is 'commercial friendly'). 

@license_1010_li
Modifications to the H2 source code must be published. 

@license_1011_li
You don't need to provide the source code of H2 if you did not modify anything. 

@license_1012_li
If you distribute a binary that includes H2, you need to add a disclaimer of liability - see the example below. 

@license_1013_p
 However, nobody is allowed to rename H2, modify it a little, and sell it as a database engine without telling the customers it is in fact H2. This happened to HSQLDB: a company called 'bungisoft' copied HSQLDB, renamed it to 'RedBase', and tried to sell it, hiding the fact that it was in fact just HSQLDB. It seems 'bungisoft' does not exist any more, but you can use the <a href="http://www.archive.org">Wayback Machine</a> and visit old web pages of <code>http://www.bungisoft.com</code>. 

@license_1014_p
 About porting the source code to another language (for example C# or C++): converted source code (even if done manually) stays under the same copyright and license as the original code. The copyright of the ported source code does not (automatically) go to the person who ported the code. 

@license_1015_p
 If you distribute a binary that includes H2, you need to add the license and a disclaimer of liability (as you should do for your own code). You should add a disclaimer for each open source library you use. For example, add a file <code>3rdparty_license.txt</code> in the directory where the jar files are, and list all open source libraries, each one with its license and disclaimer. For H2, a simple solution is to copy the following text below. You may also include a copy of the complete license. 

@license_1016_h2
Mozilla Public License Version 2.0

@license_1017_h3
1. Definitions

@license_1018_p
1.1. "Contributor" means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the creation of, or owns Covered Software.

@license_1019_p
1.2. "Contributor Version" means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.

@license_1020_p
1.3. "Contribution" means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.

@license_1021_p
1.4. "Covered Software" means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions thereof.

@license_1022_p
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" means

@license_1023_p
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or

@license_1024_p
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a Secondary License.

@license_1025_p
1.6. "Executable Form" means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.

@license_1026_p
1.7. "Larger Work" means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.

@license_1027_p
1.8. "License" means this document.

@license_1028_p
1.9. "Licensable" means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by this License.

@license_1029_p
1.10. "Modifications" means any of the following:

@license_1030_p
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or

@license_1031_p
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.

@license_1032_p
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.

@license_1033_p
1.12. "Secondary License" means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.

@license_1034_p
1.13. "Source Code Form" means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.

@license_1035_p
1.14. "You" (or "Your") means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.

@license_1036_h3
2. License Grants and Conditions

@license_1037_h4
2.1. Grants

@license_1038_p
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license:

@license_1039_p
under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as part of a Larger Work; and

@license_1040_p
under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.

@license_1041_h4
2.2. Effective Date

@license_1042_p
The licenses granted in Section&nbsp;2.1 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution.

@license_1043_h4
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope

@license_1044_p
The licenses granted in this Section&nbsp;2 are the only rights granted under this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section&nbsp;2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:

@license_1045_p
for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or

@license_1046_p
for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor Version); or

@license_1047_p
under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions.

@license_1048_p
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section&nbsp;3.4).

@license_1049_h4
2.4. Subsequent Licenses

@license_1050_p
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License (see Section&nbsp;10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted under the terms of Section&nbsp;3.3).

@license_1051_h4
2.5. Representation

@license_1052_p
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.

@license_1053_h4
2.6. Fair Use

@license_1054_p
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.

@license_1055_h4
2.7. Conditions

@license_1056_p
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section&nbsp;2.1.

@license_1057_h3
3. Responsibilities

@license_1058_h4
3.1. Distribution of Source Form

@license_1059_p
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form.

@license_1060_h4
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form

@license_1061_p
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:

@license_1062_p
such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, as described in Section&nbsp;3.1, and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and

@license_1063_p
You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.

@license_1064_h4
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work

@license_1065_p
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary License(s).

@license_1066_h4
3.4. Notices

@license_1067_p
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.

@license_1068_h4
3.5. Application of Additional Terms

@license_1069_p
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any jurisdiction.

@license_1070_h3
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation

@license_1071_p
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.

@license_1072_h3
5. Termination

@license_1073_p
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.

@license_1074_p
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section&nbsp;2.1 of this License shall terminate.

@license_1075_p
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections&nbsp;5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to termination shall survive termination.

@license_1076_h3
6. Disclaimer of Warranty

@license_1077_p
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License except under this disclaimer.

@license_1078_h3
7. Limitation of Liability

@license_1079_p
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.

@license_1080_h3
8. Litigation

@license_1081_p
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.

@license_1082_h3
9. Miscellaneous

@license_1083_p
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor.

@license_1084_h3
10. Versions of the License

@license_1085_h4
10.1. New Versions

@license_1086_p
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section&nbsp;10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a distinguishing version number.

@license_1087_h4
10.2. Effect of New Versions

@license_1088_p
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license steward.

@license_1089_h4
10.3. Modified Versions

@license_1090_p
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from this License).

@license_1091_h4
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses

@license_1092_p
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.

@license_1093_h3
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice

@license_1094_p
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.

@license_1095_p
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.

@license_1096_h3
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice

@license_1097_h2
Eclipse Public License - Version 1.0

@license_1098_p
 THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS ECLIPSE PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. 

@license_1099_h3
1. DEFINITIONS

@license_1100_p
 "Contribution" means: 

@license_1101_p
 a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial code and documentation distributed under this Agreement, and 

@license_1102_p
 b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor: 

@license_1103_p
 i) changes to the Program, and 

@license_1104_p
 ii) additions to the Program; 

@license_1105_p
 where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution 'originates' from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include additions to the Program which: (i) are separate modules of software distributed in conjunction with the Program under their own license agreement, and (ii) are not derivative works of the Program. 

@license_1106_p
 "Contributor" means any person or entity that distributes the Program. 

@license_1107_p
 "Licensed Patents " mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program. 

@license_1108_p
 "Program" means the Contributions distributed in accordance with this Agreement. 

@license_1109_p
 "Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement, including all Contributors. 

@license_1110_h3
2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

@license_1111_p
 a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such derivative works, in source code and object code form. 

@license_1112_p
 b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in source code and object code form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder. 

@license_1113_p
 c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program. 

@license_1114_p
 d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement. 

@license_1115_h3
3. REQUIREMENTS

@license_1116_p
 A Contributor may choose to distribute the Program in object code form under its own license agreement, provided that: 

@license_1117_p
 a) it complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and 

@license_1118_p
 b) its license agreement: 

@license_1119_p
 i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose; 

@license_1120_p
 ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits; 

@license_1121_p
 iii) states that any provisions which differ from this Agreement are offered by that Contributor alone and not by any other party; and 

@license_1122_p
 iv) states that source code for the Program is available from such Contributor, and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange. 

@license_1123_p
 When the Program is made available in source code form: 

@license_1124_p
 a) it must be made available under this Agreement; and 

@license_1125_p
 b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program. 

@license_1126_p
 Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright notices contained within the Program. 

@license_1127_p
 Each Contributor must identify itself as the originator of its Contribution, if any, in a manner that reasonably allows subsequent Recipients to identify the originator of the Contribution. 

@license_1128_h3
4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

@license_1129_p
 Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense. 

@license_1130_p
 For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages. 

@license_1131_h3
5. NO WARRANTY

@license_1132_p
 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations. 

@license_1133_h3
6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

@license_1134_p
 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 

@license_1135_h3
7. GENERAL

@license_1136_p
 If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable. 

@license_1137_p
 If Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 

@license_1138_p
 All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive. 

@license_1139_p
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. The Eclipse Foundation is the initial Agreement Steward. The Eclipse Foundation may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version. Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved. 

@license_1140_p
 This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York and the intellectual property laws of the United States of America. No party to this Agreement will bring a legal action under this Agreement more than one year after the cause of action arose. Each party waives its rights to a jury trial in any resulting litigation. 

@license_1141_h2
Export Control Classification Number (ECCN)

@license_1142_p
 As far as we know, the <a href="http://www.bis.doc.gov/licensing/exportingbasics.htm">U.S. Export Control Classification Number (ECCN)</a> for this software is <code>5D002</code>. However, for legal reasons, we can make no warranty that this information is correct. For details, see also the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/exports/">Apache Software Foundation Export Classifications page</a>. 

@links_1000_h1
Links

@links_1001_p
 If you want to add a link, please send it to the support email address or post it to the group. 

@links_1002_a
 Commercial Support

@links_1003_a
 Quotes

@links_1004_a
 Books

@links_1005_a
 Extensions

@links_1006_a
 Blog Articles, Videos

@links_1007_a
 Database Frontends / Tools

@links_1008_a
 Products and Projects

@links_1009_h2
Commercial Support

@links_1010_a
Commercial support for H2 is available

@links_1011_p
 from Steve McLeod (steve dot mcleod at gmail dot com). Please note he is not one of the main developers of H2. He describes himself as follows: 

@links_1012_li
I'm a long time user of H2, routinely working with H2 databases several gigabytes in size. 

@links_1013_li
I'm the creator of popular commercial desktop software that uses H2. 

@links_1014_li
I'm a certified Java developer (SCJP). 

@links_1015_li
I have a decade and more of IT consulting experience with large and small clients in Australia, the UK, and Germany. 

@links_1016_li
I'm based in Germany, and willing to travel within Europe. I can work remotely with teams in the USA and other locations." 

@links_1017_h2
Quotes

@links_1018_a
 Quote

@links_1019_p
: "This is by far the easiest and fastest database that I have ever used. Originally the web application that I am working on is using SQL server. But, in less than 15 minutes I had H2 up and working with little recoding of the SQL. Thanks..... " 

@links_1020_h2
Books

@links_1021_a
 Seam In Action

@links_1022_h2
Extensions

@links_1023_a
 Grails H2 Database Plugin

@links_1024_a
 h2osgi: OSGi for the H2 Database

@links_1025_a
 H2Sharp: ADO.NET interface for the H2 database engine

@links_1026_a
 A spatial extension of the H2 database.

@links_1027_h2
Blog Articles, Videos

@links_1028_a
 Youtube: Minecraft 1.7.3 / How to install Bukkit Server with xAuth and H2

@links_1029_a
 Analyzing CSVs with H2 in under 10 minutes (2009-12-07)

@links_1030_a
 Efficient sorting and iteration on large databases (2009-06-15)

@links_1031_a
 Porting Flexive to the H2 Database (2008-12-05)

@links_1032_a
 H2 Database with GlassFish (2008-11-24)

@links_1033_a
 H2 Database - Performance Tracing (2008-04-30)

@links_1034_a
 Open Source Databases Comparison (2007-09-11)

@links_1035_a
 The Codist: The Open Source Frameworks I Use (2007-07-23)

@links_1036_a
 The Codist: SQL Injections: How Not To Get Stuck (2007-05-08)

@links_1037_a
 David Coldrick's Weblog: New Version of H2 Database Released (2007-01-06)

@links_1038_a
 The Codist: Write Your Own Database, Again (2006-11-13)

@links_1039_h2
Project Pages

@links_1040_a
 Ohloh

@links_1041_a
 Freshmeat Project Page

@links_1042_a
 Wikipedia

@links_1043_a
 Java Source Net

@links_1044_a
 Linux Package Manager

@links_1045_h2
Database Frontends / Tools

@links_1046_a
 Dataflyer

@links_1047_p
 A tool to browse databases and export data. 

@links_1048_a
 DB Solo

@links_1049_p
 SQL query tool. 

@links_1050_a
 DbVisualizer

@links_1051_p
 Database tool. 

@links_1052_a
 Execute Query

@links_1053_p
 Database utility written in Java. 

@links_1054_a
 Flyway

@links_1055_p
 The agile database migration framework for Java. 

@links_1056_a
 [fleXive]

@links_1057_p
 JavaEE 5 open source framework for the development of complex and evolving (web-)applications. 

@links_1058_a
 JDBC Console

@links_1059_p
 This small webapp gives an ability to execute SQL against datasources bound in container's JNDI. Based on H2 Console. 

@links_1060_a
 HenPlus

@links_1061_p
 HenPlus is a SQL shell written in Java. 

@links_1062_a
 JDBC lint

@links_1063_p
 Helps write correct and efficient code when using the JDBC API. 

@links_1064_a
 OpenOffice

@links_1065_p
 Base is OpenOffice.org's database application. It provides access to relational data sources. 

@links_1066_a
 RazorSQL

@links_1067_p
 An SQL query tool, database browser, SQL editor, and database administration tool. 

@links_1068_a
 SQL Developer

@links_1069_p
 Universal Database Frontend. 

@links_1070_a
 SQL Workbench/J

@links_1071_p
 Free DBMS-independent SQL tool. 

@links_1072_a
 SQuirreL SQL Client

@links_1073_p
 Graphical tool to view the structure of a database, browse the data, issue SQL commands etc. 

@links_1074_a
 SQuirreL DB Copy Plugin

@links_1075_p
 Tool to copy data from one database to another. 

@links_1076_h2
Products and Projects

@links_1077_a
 AccuProcess

@links_1078_p
 Visual business process modeling and simulation software for business users. 

@links_1079_a
 Adeptia BPM

@links_1080_p
 A Business Process Management (BPM) suite to quickly and easily automate business processes and workflows. 

@links_1081_a
 Adeptia Integration

@links_1082_p
 Process-centric, services-based application integration suite. 

@links_1083_a
 Aejaks

@links_1084_p
 A server-side scripting environment to build AJAX enabled web applications. 

@links_1085_a
 Axiom Stack

@links_1086_p
 A web framework that let's you write dynamic web applications with Zen-like simplicity. 

@links_1087_a
 Apache Cayenne

@links_1088_p
 Open source persistence framework providing object-relational mapping (ORM) and remoting services. 

@links_1089_a
 Apache Jackrabbit

@links_1090_p
 Open source implementation of the Java Content Repository API (JCR). 

@links_1091_a
 Apache OpenJPA

@links_1092_p
 Open source implementation of the Java Persistence API (JPA). 

@links_1093_a
 AppFuse

@links_1094_p
 Helps building web applications. 

@links_1095_a
 BGBlitz

@links_1096_p
 The Swiss army knife of Backgammon. 

@links_1097_a
 Bonita

@links_1098_p
 Open source workflow solution for handing long-running, user-oriented processes providing out of the box workflow and business process management features. 

@links_1099_a
 Bookmarks Portlet

@links_1100_p
 JSR 168 compliant bookmarks management portlet application. 

@links_1101_a
 Claros inTouch

@links_1102_p
 Ajax communication suite with mail, addresses, notes, IM, and rss reader. 

@links_1103_a
 CrashPlan PRO Server

@links_1104_p
 Easy and cross platform backup solution for business and service providers. 

@links_1105_a
 DataNucleus

@links_1106_p
 Java persistent objects. 

@links_1107_a
 DbUnit

@links_1108_p
 A JUnit extension (also usable with Ant) targeted for database-driven projects. 

@links_1109_a
 DiffKit

@links_1110_p
 DiffKit is a tool for comparing two tables of data, field-by-field. DiffKit is like the Unix diff utility, but for tables instead of lines of text. 

@links_1111_a
 Dinamica Framework

@links_1112_p
 Ajax/J2EE framework for RAD development (mainly oriented toward hispanic markets). 

@links_1113_a
 District Health Information Software 2 (DHIS)

@links_1114_p
 The DHIS 2 is a tool for collection, validation, analysis, and presentation of aggregate statistical data, tailored (but not limited) to integrated health information management activities. 

@links_1115_a
 Ebean ORM Persistence Layer

@links_1116_p
 Open source Java Object Relational Mapping tool. 

@links_1117_a
 Eclipse CDO

@links_1118_p
 The CDO (Connected Data Objects) Model Repository is a distributed shared model framework for EMF models, and a fast server-based O/R mapping solution. 

@links_1119_a
 Fabric3

@links_1120_p
 Fabric3 is a project implementing a federated service network based on the Service Component Architecture specification (http://www.osoa.org). 

@links_1121_a
 FIT4Data

@links_1122_p
 A testing framework for data management applications built on the Java implementation of FIT. 

@links_1123_a
 Flux

@links_1124_p
 Java job scheduler, file transfer, workflow, and BPM. 

@links_1125_a
 GeoServer

@links_1126_p
 GeoServer is a Java-based software server that allows users to view and edit geospatial data. Using open standards set forth by the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC), GeoServer allows for great flexibility in map creation and data sharing. 

@links_1127_a
 GBIF Integrated Publishing Toolkit (IPT)

@links_1128_p
 The GBIF IPT is an open source, Java based web application that connects and serves three types of biodiversity data: taxon primary occurrence data, taxon checklists and general resource metadata. 

@links_1129_a
 GNU Gluco Control

@links_1130_p
 Helps you to manage your diabetes. 

@links_1131_a
 Golden T Studios

@links_1132_p
 Fun-to-play games with a simple interface. 

@links_1133_a
 GridGain

@links_1134_p
 GridGain is easy to use Cloud Application Platform that enables development of highly scalable distributed Java and Scala applications that auto-scale on any grid or cloud infrastructure. 

@links_1135_a
 Group Session

@links_1136_p
 Open source web groupware. 

@links_1137_a
 HA-JDBC

@links_1138_p
 High-Availability JDBC: A JDBC proxy that provides light-weight, transparent, fault tolerant clustering capability to any underlying JDBC driver. 

@links_1139_a
 Hibernate

@links_1140_p
 Relational persistence for idiomatic Java (O-R mapping tool). 

@links_1141_a
 Hibicius

@links_1142_p
 Online Banking Client for the HBCI protocol. 

@links_1143_a
 ImageMapper

@links_1144_p
 ImageMapper frees users from having to use file browsers to view their images. They get fast access to images and easy cataloguing of them via a user friendly interface. 

@links_1145_a
 JAMWiki

@links_1146_p
 Java-based Wiki engine. 

@links_1147_a
 Jaspa

@links_1148_p
 Java Spatial. Jaspa potentially brings around 200 spatial functions. 

@links_1149_a
 Java Simon

@links_1150_p
 Simple Monitoring API. 

@links_1151_a
 JBoss jBPM

@links_1152_p
 A platform for executable process languages ranging from business process management (BPM) over workflow to service orchestration. 

@links_1153_a
 JBoss Jopr

@links_1154_p
 An enterprise management solution for JBoss middleware projects and other application technologies. 

@links_1155_a
 JGeocoder

@links_1156_p
 Free Java geocoder. Geocoding is the process of estimating a latitude and longitude for a given location. 

@links_1157_a
 JGrass

@links_1158_p
 Java Geographic Resources Analysis Support System. Free, multi platform, open source GIS based on the GIS framework of uDig. 

@links_1159_a
 Jena

@links_1160_p
 Java framework for building Semantic Web applications. 

@links_1161_a
 JMatter

@links_1162_p
 Framework for constructing workgroup business applications based on the Naked Objects Architectural Pattern. 

@links_1163_a
 jOOQ (Java Object Oriented Querying)

@links_1164_p
 jOOQ is a fluent API for typesafe SQL query construction and execution 

@links_1165_a
 Liftweb

@links_1166_p
 A Scala-based, secure, developer friendly web framework. 

@links_1167_a
 LiquiBase

@links_1168_p
 A tool to manage database changes and refactorings. 

@links_1169_a
 Luntbuild

@links_1170_p
 Build automation and management tool. 

@links_1171_a
 localdb

@links_1172_p
 A tool that locates the full file path of the folder containing the database files. 

@links_1173_a
 Magnolia

@links_1174_p
 Microarray Data Management and Export System for PFGRC (Pathogen Functional Genomics Resource Center) Microarrays. 

@links_1175_a
 MiniConnectionPoolManager

@links_1176_p
 A lightweight standalone JDBC connection pool manager. 

@links_1177_a
 Mr. Persister

@links_1178_p
 Simple, small and fast object relational mapping. 

@links_1179_a
 Myna Application Server

@links_1180_p
 Java web app that provides dynamic web content and Java libraries access from JavaScript. 

@links_1181_a
 MyTunesRss

@links_1182_p
 MyTunesRSS lets you listen to your music wherever you are. 

@links_1183_a
 NCGC CurveFit

@links_1184_p
 From: NIH Chemical Genomics Center, National Institutes of Health, USA. An open source application in the life sciences research field. This application handles chemical structures and biological responses of thousands of compounds with the potential to handle million+ compounds. It utilizes an embedded H2 database to enable flexible query/retrieval of all data including advanced chemical substructure and similarity searching. The application highlights an automated curve fitting and classification algorithm that outperforms commercial packages in the field. Commercial alternatives are typically small desktop software that handle a few dose response curves at a time. A couple of commercial packages that do handle several thousand curves are very expensive tools (&gt;60k USD) that require manual curation of analysis by the user; require a license to Oracle; lack advanced query/retrieval; and the ability to handle chemical structures. 

@links_1185_a
 Nuxeo

@links_1186_p
 Standards-based, open source platform for building ECM applications. 

@links_1187_a
 nWire

@links_1188_p
 Eclipse plug-in which expedites Java development. It's main purpose is to help developers find code quicker and easily understand how it relates to the rest of the application, thus, understand the application structure. 

@links_1189_a
 Ontology Works

@links_1190_p
 This company provides semantic technologies including deductive information repositories (the Ontology Works Knowledge Servers), semantic information fusion and semantic federation of legacy databases, ontology-based domain modeling, and management of the distributed enterprise. 

@links_1191_a
 Ontoprise OntoBroker

@links_1192_p
 SemanticWeb-Middleware. It supports all W3C Semantic Web recommendations: OWL, RDF, RDFS, SPARQL, and F-Logic. 

@links_1193_a
 Open Anzo

@links_1194_p
 Semantic Application Server. 

@links_1195_a
 OpenGroove

@links_1196_p
 OpenGroove is a groupware program that allows users to synchronize data. 

@links_1197_a
 OpenSocial Development Environment (OSDE)

@links_1198_p
 Development tool for OpenSocial application. 

@links_1199_a
 Orion

@links_1200_p
 J2EE Application Server. 

@links_1201_a
 P5H2

@links_1202_p
 A library for the <a href="http://www.processing.org">Processing</a> programming language and environment. 

@links_1203_a
 Phase-6

@links_1204_p
 A computer based learning software. 

@links_1205_a
 Pickle

@links_1206_p
 Pickle is a Java library containing classes for persistence, concurrency, and logging. 

@links_1207_a
 Piman

@links_1208_p
 Water treatment projects data management. 

@links_1209_a
 PolePosition

@links_1210_p
 Open source database benchmark. 

@links_1211_a
 Poormans

@links_1212_p
 Very basic CMS running as a SWT application and generating static html pages. 

@links_1213_a
 Railo

@links_1214_p
 Railo is an alternative engine for the Cold Fusion Markup Language, that compiles code programmed in CFML into Java bytecode and executes it on a servlet engine. 

@links_1215_a
 Razuna

@links_1216_p
 Open source Digital Asset Management System with integrated Web Content Management. 

@links_1217_a
 RIFE

@links_1218_p
 A full-stack web application framework with tools and APIs to implement most common web features. 

@links_1219_a
 Sava

@links_1220_p
 Open-source web-based content management system. 

@links_1221_a
 Scriptella

@links_1222_p
 ETL (Extract-Transform-Load) and script execution tool. 

@links_1223_a
 Sesar

@links_1224_p
 Dependency Injection Container with Aspect Oriented Programming. 

@links_1225_a
 SemmleCode

@links_1226_p
 Eclipse plugin to help you improve software quality. 

@links_1227_a
 SeQuaLite

@links_1228_p
 A free, light-weight, java data access framework. 

@links_1229_a
 ShapeLogic

@links_1230_p
 Toolkit for declarative programming, image processing and computer vision. 

@links_1231_a
 Shellbook

@links_1232_p
 Desktop publishing application. 

@links_1233_a
 Signsoft intelliBO

@links_1234_p
 Persistence middleware supporting the JDO specification. 

@links_1235_a
 SimpleORM

@links_1236_p
 Simple Java Object Relational Mapping. 

@links_1237_a
 SymmetricDS

@links_1238_p
 A web-enabled, database independent, data synchronization/replication software. 

@links_1239_a
 SmartFoxServer

@links_1240_p
 Platform for developing multiuser applications and games with Macromedia Flash. 

@links_1241_a
 Social Bookmarks Friend Finder

@links_1242_p
 A GUI application that allows you to find users with similar bookmarks to the user specified (for delicious.com). 

@links_1243_a
 sormula

@links_1244_p
 Simple object relational mapping. 

@links_1245_a
 Springfuse

@links_1246_p
 Code generation For Spring, Spring MVC &amp; Hibernate. 

@links_1247_a
 SQLOrm

@links_1248_p
 Java Object Relation Mapping. 

@links_1249_a
 StelsCSV and StelsXML

@links_1250_p
 StelsCSV is a CSV JDBC type 4 driver that allows to perform SQL queries and other JDBC operations on text files. StelsXML is a XML JDBC type 4 driver that allows to perform SQL queries and other JDBC operations on XML files. Both use H2 as the SQL engine. 

@links_1251_a
 StorYBook

@links_1252_p
 A summary-based tool for novelist and script writers. It helps to keep the overview over the various traces a story has. 

@links_1253_a
 StreamCruncher

@links_1254_p
 Event (stream) processing kernel. 

@links_1255_a
 SUSE Manager, part of Linux Enterprise Server 11

@links_1256_p
 The SUSE Manager <a href="http://www.suse.com/blogs/suse-manager-eases-the-buden-of-compliance"> eases the burden of compliance</a> with regulatory requirements and corporate policies. 

@links_1257_a
 Tune Backup

@links_1258_p
 Easy-to-use backup solution for your iTunes library. 

@links_1259_a
 weblica

@links_1260_p
 Desktop CMS. 

@links_1261_a
 Web of Web

@links_1262_p
 Collaborative and realtime interactive media platform for the web. 

@links_1263_a
 Werkzeugkasten

@links_1264_p
 Minimum Java Toolset. 

@links_1265_a
 VPDA

@links_1266_p
 View providers driven applications is a Java based application framework for building applications composed from server components - view providers. 

@links_1267_a
 Volunteer database

@links_1268_p
 A database front end to register volunteers, partnership and donation for a Non Profit organization. 

@mainWeb_1000_h1
H2 Database Engine

@mainWeb_1001_p
 Welcome to H2, the Java SQL database. The main features of H2 are: 

@mainWeb_1002_li
Very fast, open source, JDBC API 

@mainWeb_1003_li
Embedded and server modes; in-memory databases 

@mainWeb_1004_li
Browser based Console application 

@mainWeb_1005_li
Small footprint: around 1.5 MB jar file size 

@mainWeb_1006_h2
Download

@mainWeb_1007_td
 Version 1.4.185 (2015-01-16), Beta 

@mainWeb_1008_a
Windows Installer (5 MB)

@mainWeb_1009_a
All Platforms (zip, 8 MB)

@mainWeb_1010_a
All Downloads

@mainWeb_1011_td
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

@mainWeb_1012_h2
Support

@mainWeb_1013_a
Stack Overflow (tag H2)

@mainWeb_1014_a
Google Group English

@mainWeb_1015_p
, <a href="http://groups.google.co.jp/group/h2-database-jp">Japanese</a>

@mainWeb_1016_p
 For non-technical issues, use: 

@mainWeb_1017_h2
Features

@mainWeb_1018_th
H2

@mainWeb_1019_a
Derby

@mainWeb_1020_a
HSQLDB

@mainWeb_1021_a
MySQL

@mainWeb_1022_a
PostgreSQL

@mainWeb_1023_td
Pure Java

@mainWeb_1024_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1025_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1026_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1027_td
No

@mainWeb_1028_td
No

@mainWeb_1029_td
Memory Mode

@mainWeb_1030_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1031_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1032_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1033_td
No

@mainWeb_1034_td
No

@mainWeb_1035_td
Encrypted Database

@mainWeb_1036_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1037_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1038_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1039_td
No

@mainWeb_1040_td
No

@mainWeb_1041_td
ODBC Driver

@mainWeb_1042_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1043_td
No

@mainWeb_1044_td
No

@mainWeb_1045_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1046_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1047_td
Fulltext Search

@mainWeb_1048_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1049_td
No

@mainWeb_1050_td
No

@mainWeb_1051_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1052_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1053_td
Multi Version Concurrency

@mainWeb_1054_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1055_td
No

@mainWeb_1056_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1057_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1058_td
Yes

@mainWeb_1059_td
Footprint (jar/dll size)

@mainWeb_1060_td
~1 MB

@mainWeb_1061_td
~2 MB

@mainWeb_1062_td
~1 MB

@mainWeb_1063_td
~4 MB

@mainWeb_1064_td
~6 MB

@mainWeb_1065_p
 See also the <a href="features.html#comparison">detailed comparison</a>. 

@mainWeb_1066_h2
News

@mainWeb_1067_b
Newsfeeds:

@mainWeb_1068_a
Full text (Atom)

@mainWeb_1069_p
 or <a href="http://www.h2database.com/html/newsfeed-rss.xml">Header only (RSS)</a>. 

@mainWeb_1070_b
Email Newsletter:

@mainWeb_1071_p
 Subscribe to <a href="http://groups.google.com/group/h2database-news/subscribe"> H2 Database News (Google account required)</a> to get informed about new releases. Your email address is only used in this context. 

@mainWeb_1072_td
&nbsp;

@mainWeb_1073_h2
Contribute

@mainWeb_1074_p
 You can contribute to the development of H2 by sending feedback and bug reports, or translate the H2 Console application (for details, start the H2 Console and select Options / Translate). To donate money, click on the PayPal button below. You will be listed as a supporter: 

@main_1000_h1
H2 Database Engine

@main_1001_p
 Welcome to H2, the free Java SQL database engine. 

@main_1002_a
Quickstart

@main_1003_p
 Get a fast overview. 

@main_1004_a
Tutorial

@main_1005_p
 Go through the samples. 

@main_1006_a
Features

@main_1007_p
 See what this database can do and how to use these features. 

@mvstore_1000_h1
MVStore

@mvstore_1001_a
 Overview

@mvstore_1002_a
 Example Code

@mvstore_1003_a
 Store Builder

@mvstore_1004_a
 R-Tree

@mvstore_1005_a
 Features

@mvstore_1006_a
- Maps

@mvstore_1007_a
- Versions

@mvstore_1008_a
- Transactions

@mvstore_1009_a
- In-Memory Performance and Usage

@mvstore_1010_a
- Pluggable Data Types

@mvstore_1011_a
- BLOB Support

@mvstore_1012_a
- R-Tree and Pluggable Map Implementations

@mvstore_1013_a
- Concurrent Operations and Caching

@mvstore_1014_a
- Log Structured Storage

@mvstore_1015_a
- Off-Heap and Pluggable Storage

@mvstore_1016_a
- File System Abstraction, File Locking and Online Backup

@mvstore_1017_a
- Encrypted Files

@mvstore_1018_a
- Tools

@mvstore_1019_a
- Exception Handling

@mvstore_1020_a
- Storage Engine for H2

@mvstore_1021_a
 File Format

@mvstore_1022_a
 Similar Projects and Differences to Other Storage Engines

@mvstore_1023_a
 Current State

@mvstore_1024_a
 Requirements

@mvstore_1025_h2
Overview

@mvstore_1026_p
 The MVStore is a persistent, log structured key-value store. It is planned to be the next storage subsystem of H2, but it can also be used directly within an application, without using JDBC or SQL. 

@mvstore_1027_li
MVStore stands for "multi-version store". 

@mvstore_1028_li
Each store contains a number of maps that can be accessed using the <code>java.util.Map</code> interface. 

@mvstore_1029_li
Both file-based persistence and in-memory operation are supported. 

@mvstore_1030_li
It is intended to be fast, simple to use, and small. 

@mvstore_1031_li
Concurrent read and write operations are supported. 

@mvstore_1032_li
Transactions are supported (including concurrent transactions and 2-phase commit). 

@mvstore_1033_li
The tool is very modular. It supports pluggable data types and serialization, pluggable storage (to a file, to off-heap memory), pluggable map implementations (B-tree, R-tree, concurrent B-tree currently), BLOB storage, and a file system abstraction to support encrypted files and zip files. 

@mvstore_1034_h2
Example Code

@mvstore_1035_p
 The following sample code shows how to use the tool: 

@mvstore_1036_h2
Store Builder

@mvstore_1037_p
 The <code>MVStore.Builder</code> provides a fluid interface to build a store if configuration options are needed. Example usage: 

@mvstore_1038_p
 The list of available options is: 

@mvstore_1039_li
autoCommitBufferSize: the size of the write buffer. 

@mvstore_1040_li
autoCommitDisabled: to disable auto-commit. 

@mvstore_1041_li
backgroundExceptionHandler: a handler for exceptions that could occur while writing in the background. 

@mvstore_1042_li
cacheSize: the cache size in MB. 

@mvstore_1043_li
compress: compress the data when storing using a fast algorithm (LZF). 

@mvstore_1044_li
compressHigh: compress the data when storing using a slower algorithm (Deflate). 

@mvstore_1045_li
encryptionKey: the key for file encryption. 

@mvstore_1046_li
fileName: the name of the file, for file based stores. 

@mvstore_1047_li
fileStore: the storage implementation to use. 

@mvstore_1048_li
pageSplitSize: the point where pages are split. 

@mvstore_1049_li
readOnly: open the file in read-only mode. 

@mvstore_1050_h2
R-Tree

@mvstore_1051_p
 The <code>MVRTreeMap</code> is an R-tree implementation that supports fast spatial queries. It can be used as follows: 

@mvstore_1052_p
 The default number of dimensions is 2. To use a different number of dimensions, call <code>new MVRTreeMap.Builder&lt;String&gt;().dimensions(3)</code>. The minimum number of dimensions is 1, the maximum is 32. 

@mvstore_1053_h2
Features

@mvstore_1054_h3
Maps

@mvstore_1055_p
 Each store contains a set of named maps. A map is sorted by key, and supports the common lookup operations, including access to the first and last key, iterate over some or all keys, and so on. 

@mvstore_1056_p
 Also supported, and very uncommon for maps, is fast index lookup: the entries of the map can be be efficiently accessed like a random-access list (get the entry at the given index), and the index of a key can be calculated efficiently. That also means getting the median of two keys is very fast, and a range of keys can be counted very quickly. The iterator supports fast skipping. This is possible because internally, each map is organized in the form of a counted B+-tree. 

@mvstore_1057_p
 In database terms, a map can be used like a table, where the key of the map is the primary key of the table, and the value is the row. A map can also represent an index, where the key of the map is the key of the index, and the value of the map is the primary key of the table (for non-unique indexes, the key of the map must also contain the primary key). 

@mvstore_1058_h3
Versions

@mvstore_1059_p
 A version is a snapshot of all the data of all maps at a given point in time. Creating a snapshot is fast: only those pages that are changed after a snapshot are copied. This behavior is also called COW (copy on write). Old versions are readable. Rollback to an old version is supported. 

@mvstore_1060_p
 The following sample code show how to create a store, open a map, add some data, and access the current and an old version: 

@mvstore_1061_h3
Transactions

@mvstore_1062_p
 To support multiple concurrent open transactions, a transaction utility is included, the <code>TransactionStore</code>. The tool supports PostgreSQL style "read committed" transaction isolation with savepoints, two-phase commit, and other features typically available in a database. There is no limit on the size of a transaction (the log is written to disk for large or long running transactions). 

@mvstore_1063_p
 Internally, this utility stores the old versions of changed entries in a separate map, similar to a transaction log, except that entries of a closed transaction are removed, and the log is usually not stored for short transactions. For common use cases, the storage overhead of this utility is very small compared to the overhead of a regular transaction log. 

@mvstore_1064_h3
In-Memory Performance and Usage

@mvstore_1065_p
 Performance of in-memory operations is about 50% slower than <code>java.util.TreeMap</code>. 

@mvstore_1066_p
 The memory overhead for large maps is slightly better than for the regular map implementations, but there is a higher overhead per map. For maps with less than about 25 entries, the regular map implementations need less memory. 

@mvstore_1067_p
 If no file name is specified, the store operates purely in memory. Except for persisting data, all features are supported in this mode (multi-versioning, index lookup, R-tree and so on). If a file name is specified, all operations occur in memory (with the same performance characteristics) until data is persisted. 

@mvstore_1068_p
 As in all map implementations, keys need to be immutable, that means changing the key object after an entry has been added is not allowed. If a file name is specified, the value may also not be changed after adding an entry, because it might be serialized (which could happen at any time when autocommit is enabled). 

@mvstore_1069_h3
Pluggable Data Types

@mvstore_1070_p
 Serialization is pluggable. The default serialization currently supports many common data types, and uses Java serialization for other objects. The following classes are currently directly supported: <code>Boolean, Byte, Short, Character, Integer, Long, Float, Double, BigInteger, BigDecimal, String, UUID, Date</code> and arrays (both primitive arrays and object arrays). For serialized objects, the size estimate is adjusted using an exponential moving average. 

@mvstore_1071_p
 Parameterized data types are supported (for example one could build a string data type that limits the length). 

@mvstore_1072_p
 The storage engine itself does not have any length limits, so that keys, values, pages, and chunks can be very big (as big as fits in memory). Also, there is no inherent limit to the number of maps and chunks. Due to using a log structured storage, there is no special case handling for large keys or pages. 

@mvstore_1073_h3
BLOB Support

@mvstore_1074_p
 There is a mechanism that stores large binary objects by splitting them into smaller blocks. This allows to store objects that don't fit in memory. Streaming as well as random access reads on such objects are supported. This tool is written on top of the store, using only the map interface. 

@mvstore_1075_h3
R-Tree and Pluggable Map Implementations

@mvstore_1076_p
 The map implementation is pluggable. In addition to the default <code>MVMap</code> (multi-version map), there is a map that supports concurrent write operations, and a multi-version R-tree map implementation for spatial operations. 

@mvstore_1077_h3
Concurrent Operations and Caching

@mvstore_1078_p
 Concurrent reads and writes are supported. All such read operations can occur in parallel. Concurrent reads from the page cache, as well as concurrent reads from the file system are supported. Write operations first read the relevant pages from disk to memory (this can happen concurrently), and only then modify the data. The in-memory parts of write operations are synchronized. Writing changes to the file can occur concurrently to modifying the data, as writing operates on a snapshot. 

@mvstore_1079_p
 Caching is done on the page level. The page cache is a concurrent LIRS cache, which should be resistant against scan operations. 

@mvstore_1080_p
 For fully scalable concurrent write operations to a map (in-memory and to disk), the map could be split into multiple maps in different stores ('sharding'). The plan is to add such a mechanism later when needed. 

@mvstore_1081_h3
Log Structured Storage

@mvstore_1082_p
 Internally, changes are buffered in memory, and once enough changes have accumulated, they are written in one continuous disk write operation. Compared to traditional database storage engines, this should improve write performance for file systems and storage systems that do not efficiently support small random writes, such as Btrfs, as well as SSDs. (According to a test, write throughput of a common SSD increases with write block size, until a block size of 2 MB, and then does not further increase.) By default, changes are automatically written when more than a number of pages are modified, and once every second in a background thread, even if only little data was changed. Changes can also be written explicitly by calling <code>commit()</code>. 

@mvstore_1083_p
 When storing, all changed pages are serialized, optionally compressed using the LZF algorithm, and written sequentially to a free area of the file. Each such change set is called a chunk. All parent pages of the changed B-trees are stored in this chunk as well, so that each chunk also contains the root of each changed map (which is the entry point for reading this version of the data). There is no separate index: all data is stored as a list of pages. Per store, there is one additional map that contains the metadata (the list of maps, where the root page of each map is stored, and the list of chunks). 

@mvstore_1084_p
 There are usually two write operations per chunk: one to store the chunk data (the pages), and one to update the file header (so it points to the latest chunk). If the chunk is appended at the end of the file, the file header is only written at the end of the chunk. There is no transaction log, no undo log, and there are no in-place updates (however, unused chunks are overwritten by default). 

@mvstore_1085_p
 Old data is kept for at least 45 seconds (configurable), so that there are no explicit sync operations required to guarantee data consistency. An application can also sync explicitly when needed. To reuse disk space, the chunks with the lowest amount of live data are compacted (the live data is stored again in the next chunk). To improve data locality and disk space usage, the plan is to automatically defragment and compact data. 

@mvstore_1086_p
 Compared to traditional storage engines (that use a transaction log, undo log, and main storage area), the log structured storage is simpler, more flexible, and typically needs less disk operations per change, as data is only written once instead of twice or 3 times, and because the B-tree pages are always full (they are stored next to each other) and can be easily compressed. But temporarily, disk space usage might actually be a bit higher than for a regular database, as disk space is not immediately re-used (there are no in-place updates). 

@mvstore_1087_h3
Off-Heap and Pluggable Storage

@mvstore_1088_p
 Storage is pluggable. Unless pure in-memory operation is used, the default storage is to a single file. 

@mvstore_1089_p
 An off-heap storage implementation is available. This storage keeps the data in the off-heap memory, meaning outside of the regular garbage collected heap. This allows to use very large in-memory stores without having to increase the JVM heap, which would increase Java garbage collection pauses a lot. Memory is allocated using <code>ByteBuffer.allocateDirect</code>. One chunk is allocated at a time (each chunk is usually a few MB large), so that allocation cost is low. To use the off-heap storage, call: 

@mvstore_1090_h3
File System Abstraction, File Locking and Online Backup

@mvstore_1091_p
 The file system is pluggable. The same file system abstraction is used as H2 uses. The file can be encrypted using a encrypting file system wrapper. Other file system implementations support reading from a compressed zip or jar file. The file system abstraction closely matches the Java 7 file system API. 

@mvstore_1092_p
 Each store may only be opened once within a JVM. When opening a store, the file is locked in exclusive mode, so that the file can only be changed from within one process. Files can be opened in read-only mode, in which case a shared lock is used. 

@mvstore_1093_p
 The persisted data can be backed up at any time, even during write operations (online backup). To do that, automatic disk space reuse needs to be first disabled, so that new data is always appended at the end of the file. Then, the file can be copied. The file handle is available to the application. It is recommended to use the utility class <code>FileChannelInputStream</code> to do this. For encrypted databases, both the encrypted (raw) file content, as well as the clear text content, can be backed up. 

@mvstore_1094_h3
Encrypted Files

@mvstore_1095_p
 File encryption ensures the data can only be read with the correct password. Data can be encrypted as follows: 

@mvstore_1096_p
 The following algorithms and settings are used: 

@mvstore_1097_li
The password char array is cleared after use, to reduce the risk that the password is stolen even if the attacker has access to the main memory. 

@mvstore_1098_li
The password is hashed according to the PBKDF2 standard, using the SHA-256 hash algorithm. 

@mvstore_1099_li
The length of the salt is 64 bits, so that an attacker can not use a pre-calculated password hash table (rainbow table). It is generated using a cryptographically secure random number generator. 

@mvstore_1100_li
To speed up opening an encrypted stores on Android, the number of PBKDF2 iterations is 10. The higher the value, the better the protection against brute-force password cracking attacks, but the slower is opening a file. 

@mvstore_1101_li
The file itself is encrypted using the standardized disk encryption mode XTS-AES. Only little more than one AES-128 round per block is needed. 

@mvstore_1102_h3
Tools

@mvstore_1103_p
 There is a tool, the <code>MVStoreTool</code>, to dump the contents of a file. 

@mvstore_1104_h3
Exception Handling

@mvstore_1105_p
 This tool does not throw checked exceptions. Instead, unchecked exceptions are thrown if needed. The error message always contains the version of the tool. The following exceptions can occur: 

@mvstore_1106_code
IllegalStateException

@mvstore_1107_li
 if a map was already closed or an IO exception occurred, for example if the file was locked, is already closed, could not be opened or closed, if reading or writing failed, if the file is corrupt, or if there is an internal error in the tool. For such exceptions, an error code is added so that the application can distinguish between different error cases. 

@mvstore_1108_code
IllegalArgumentException

@mvstore_1109_li
 if a method was called with an illegal argument. 

@mvstore_1110_code
UnsupportedOperationException

@mvstore_1111_li
 if a method was called that is not supported, for example trying to modify a read-only map. 

@mvstore_1112_code
ConcurrentModificationException

@mvstore_1113_li
 if a map is modified concurrently. 

@mvstore_1114_h3
Storage Engine for H2

@mvstore_1115_p
 For H2 version 1.4 and newer, the MVStore is the default storage engine (supporting SQL, JDBC, transactions, MVCC, and so on). For older versions, append <code>;MV_STORE=TRUE</code> to the database URL. Even though it can be used with the default table level locking, by default the MVCC mode is enabled when using the MVStore. 

@mvstore_1116_h2
File Format

@mvstore_1117_p
 The data is stored in one file. The file contains two file headers (for safety), and a number of chunks. The file headers are one block each; a block is 4096 bytes. Each chunk is at least one block, but typically 200 blocks or more. Data is stored in the chunks in the form of a <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Log-structured_file_system">log structured storage</a>. There is one chunk for every version. 

@mvstore_1118_p
 Each chunk contains a number of B-tree pages. As an example, the following code: 

@mvstore_1119_p
 will result in the following two chunks (excluding metadata): 

@mvstore_1120_b
Chunk 1:

@mvstore_1121_p
 - Page 1: (root) node with 2 entries pointing to page 2 and 3

@mvstore_1122_p
 - Page 2: leaf with 140 entries (keys 0 - 139)

@mvstore_1123_p
 - Page 3: leaf with 260 entries (keys 140 - 399)

@mvstore_1124_b
Chunk 2:

@mvstore_1125_p
 - Page 4: (root) node with 2 entries pointing to page 3 and 5

@mvstore_1126_p
 - Page 5: leaf with 140 entries (keys 0 - 139)

@mvstore_1127_p
 That means each chunk contains the changes of one version: the new version of the changed pages and the parent pages, recursively, up to the root page. Pages in subsequent chunks refer to pages in earlier chunks. 

@mvstore_1128_h3
File Header

@mvstore_1129_p
 There are two file headers, which normally contain the exact same data. But once in a while, the file headers are updated, and writing could partially fail, which could corrupt a header. That's why there is a second header. Only the file headers are updated in this way (called "in-place update"). The headers contain the following data: 

@mvstore_1130_p
 The data is stored in the form of a key-value pair. Each value is stored as a hexadecimal number. The entries are: 

@mvstore_1131_li
H: The entry "H:2" stands for the the H2 database. 

@mvstore_1132_li
block: The block number where one of the newest chunks starts (but not necessarily the newest). 

@mvstore_1133_li
blockSize: The block size of the file; currently always hex 1000, which is decimal 4096, to match the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disk_sector">disk sector</a> length of modern hard disks. 

@mvstore_1134_li
chunk: The chunk id, which is normally the same value as the version; however, the chunk id might roll over to 0, while the version doesn't. 

@mvstore_1135_li
created: The number of milliseconds since 1970 when the file was created. 

@mvstore_1136_li
format: The file format number. Currently 1. 

@mvstore_1137_li
version: The version number of the chunk. 

@mvstore_1138_li
fletcher: The <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fletcher's_checksum"> Fletcher-32 checksum</a> of the header. 

@mvstore_1139_p
 When opening the file, both headers are read and the checksum is verified. If both headers are valid, the one with the newer version is used. The chunk with the latest version is then detected (details about this see below), and the rest of the metadata is read from there. If the chunk id, block and version are not stored in the file header, then the latest chunk lookup starts with the last chunk in the file. 

@mvstore_1140_h3
Chunk Format

@mvstore_1141_p
 There is one chunk per version. Each chunk consists of a header, the pages that were modified in this version, and a footer. The pages contain the actual data of the maps. The pages inside a chunk are stored right after the header, next to each other (unaligned). The size of a chunk is a multiple of the block size. The footer is stored in the last 128 bytes of the chunk. 

@mvstore_1142_p
 The footer allows to verify that the chunk is completely written (a chunk is written as one write operation), and allows to find the start position of the very last chunk in the file. The chunk header and footer contain the following data: 

@mvstore_1143_p
 The fields of the chunk header and footer are: 

@mvstore_1144_li
chunk: The chunk id. 

@mvstore_1145_li
block: The first block of the chunk (multiply by the block size to get the position in the file). 

@mvstore_1146_li
len: The size of the chunk in number of blocks. 

@mvstore_1147_li
map: The id of the newest map; incremented when a new map is created. 

@mvstore_1148_li
max: The sum of all maximum page sizes (see page format). 

@mvstore_1149_li
next: The predicted start block of the next chunk. 

@mvstore_1150_li
pages: The number of pages in the chunk. 

@mvstore_1151_li
root: The position of the metadata root page (see page format). 

@mvstore_1152_li
time: The time the chunk was written, in milliseconds after the file was created. 

@mvstore_1153_li
version: The version this chunk represents. 

@mvstore_1154_li
fletcher: The checksum of the footer. 

@mvstore_1155_p
 Chunks are never updated in-place. Each chunk contains the pages that were changed in that version (there is one chunk per version, see above), plus all the parent nodes of those pages, recursively, up to the root page. If an entry in a map is changed, removed, or added, then the respective page is copied, modified, and stored in the next chunk, and the number of live pages in the old chunk is decremented. This mechanism is called copy-on-write, and is similar to how the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Btrfs">Btrfs</a> file system works. Chunks without live pages are marked as free, so the space can be re-used by more recent chunks. Because not all chunks are of the same size, there can be a number of free blocks in front of a chunk for some time (until a small chunk is written or the chunks are compacted). There is a <a href="http://stackoverflow.com/questions/13650134/after-how-many-seconds-are-file-system-write-buffers-typically-flushed"> delay of 45 seconds</a> (by default) before a free chunk is overwritten, to ensure new versions are persisted first. 

@mvstore_1156_p
 How the newest chunk is located when opening a store: The file header contains the position of a recent chunk, but not always the newest one. This is to reduce the number of file header updates. After opening the file, the file headers, and the chunk footer of the very last chunk (at the end of the file) are read. From those candidates, the header of the most recent chunk is read. If it contains a "next" pointer (see above), those chunk's header and footer are read as well. If it turned out to be a newer valid chunk, this is repeated, until the newest chunk was found. Before writing a chunk, the position of the next chunk is predicted based on the assumption that the next chunk will be of the same size as the current one. When the next chunk is written, and the previous prediction turned out to be incorrect, the file header is updated as well. In any case, the file header is updated if the next chain gets longer than 20 hops. 

@mvstore_1157_h3
Page Format

@mvstore_1158_p
 Each map is a <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/B-tree">B-tree</a>, and the map data is stored in (B-tree-) pages. There are leaf pages that contain the key-value pairs of the map, and internal nodes, which only contain keys and pointers to leaf pages. The root of a tree is either a leaf or an internal node. Unlike file header and chunk header and footer, the page data is not human readable. Instead, it is stored as byte arrays, with long (8 bytes), int (4 bytes), short (2 bytes), and <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Variable-length_quantity">variable size int and long</a> (1 to 5 / 10 bytes). The page format is: 

@mvstore_1159_li
length (int): Length of the page in bytes. 

@mvstore_1160_li
checksum (short): Checksum (chunk id xor offset within the chunk xor page length). 

@mvstore_1161_li
mapId (variable size int): The id of the map this page belongs to. 

@mvstore_1162_li
len (variable size int): The number of keys in the page. 

@mvstore_1163_li
type (byte): The page type (0 for leaf page, 1 for internal node; plus 2 if the keys and values are compressed with the LZF algorithm, or plus 6 if the keys and values are compressed with the Deflate algorithm). 

@mvstore_1164_li
children (array of long; internal nodes only): The position of the children. 

@mvstore_1165_li
childCounts (array of variable size long; internal nodes only): The total number of entries for the given child page. 

@mvstore_1166_li
keys (byte array): All keys, stored depending on the data type. 

@mvstore_1167_li
values (byte array; leaf pages only): All values, stored depending on the data type. 

@mvstore_1168_p
 Even though this is not required by the file format, pages are stored in the following order: For each map, the root page is stored first, then the internal nodes (if there are any), and then the leaf pages. This should speed up reads for media where sequential reads are faster than random access reads. The metadata map is stored at the end of a chunk. 

@mvstore_1169_p
 Pointers to pages are stored as a long, using a special format: 26 bits for the chunk id, 32 bits for the offset within the chunk, 5 bits for the length code, 1 bit for the page type (leaf or internal node). The page type is encoded so that when clearing or removing a map, leaf pages don't have to be read (internal nodes do have to be read in order to know where all the pages are; but in a typical B-tree the vast majority of the pages are leaf pages). The absolute file position is not included so that chunks can be moved within the file without having to change page pointers; only the chunk metadata needs to be changed. The length code is a number from 0 to 31, where 0 means the maximum length of the page is 32 bytes, 1 means 48 bytes, 2: 64, 3: 96, 4: 128, 5: 192, and so on until 31 which means longer than 1 MB. That way, reading a page only requires one read operation (except for very large pages). The sum of the maximum length of all pages is stored in the chunk metadata (field "max"), and when a page is marked as removed, the live maximum length is adjusted. This allows to estimate the amount of free space within a block, in addition to the number of free pages. 

@mvstore_1170_p
 The total number of entries in child pages are kept to allow efficient range counting, lookup by index, and skip operations. The pages form a <a href="http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/algorithms/cbtree.html">counted B-tree</a>. 

@mvstore_1171_p
 Data compression: The data after the page type are optionally compressed using the LZF algorithm. 

@mvstore_1172_h3
Metadata Map

@mvstore_1173_p
 In addition to the user maps, there is one metadata map that contains names and positions of user maps, and chunk metadata. The very last page of a chunk contains the root page of that metadata map. The exact position of this root page is stored in the chunk header. This page (directly or indirectly) points to the root pages of all other maps. The metadata map of a store with a map named "data", and one chunk, contains the following entries: 

@mvstore_1174_li
chunk.1: The metadata of chunk 1. This is the same data as the chunk header, plus the number of live pages, and the maximum live length. 

@mvstore_1175_li
map.1: The metadata of map 1. The entries are: name, createVersion, and type. 

@mvstore_1176_li
name.data: The map id of the map named "data". The value is "1". 

@mvstore_1177_li
root.1: The root position of map 1. 

@mvstore_1178_li
setting.storeVersion: The store version (a user defined value). 

@mvstore_1179_h2
Similar Projects and Differences to Other Storage Engines

@mvstore_1180_p
 Unlike similar storage engines like LevelDB and Kyoto Cabinet, the MVStore is written in Java and can easily be embedded in a Java and Android application. 

@mvstore_1181_p
 The MVStore is somewhat similar to the Berkeley DB Java Edition because it is also written in Java, and is also a log structured storage, but the H2 license is more liberal. 

@mvstore_1182_p
 Like SQLite 3, the MVStore keeps all data in one file. Unlike SQLite 3, the MVStore uses is a log structured storage. The plan is to make the MVStore both easier to use as well as faster than SQLite 3. In a recent (very simple) test, the MVStore was about twice as fast as SQLite 3 on Android. 

@mvstore_1183_p
 The API of the MVStore is similar to MapDB (previously known as JDBM) from Jan Kotek, and some code is shared between MVStore and MapDB. However, unlike MapDB, the MVStore uses is a log structured storage. The MVStore does not have a record size limit. 

@mvstore_1184_h2
Current State

@mvstore_1185_p
 The code is still experimental at this stage. The API as well as the behavior may partially change. Features may be added and removed (even though the main features will stay). 

@mvstore_1186_h2
Requirements

@mvstore_1187_p
 The MVStore is included in the latest H2 jar file. 

@mvstore_1188_p
 There are no special requirements to use it. The MVStore should run on any JVM as well as on Android. 

@mvstore_1189_p
 To build just the MVStore (without the database engine), run: 

@mvstore_1190_p
 This will create the file <code>bin/h2mvstore-1.4.185.jar</code> (about 200 KB). 

@performance_1000_h1
Performance

@performance_1001_a
 Performance Comparison

@performance_1002_a
 PolePosition Benchmark

@performance_1003_a
 Database Performance Tuning

@performance_1004_a
 Using the Built-In Profiler

@performance_1005_a
 Application Profiling

@performance_1006_a
 Database Profiling

@performance_1007_a
 Statement Execution Plans

@performance_1008_a
 How Data is Stored and How Indexes Work

@performance_1009_a
 Fast Database Import

@performance_1010_h2
Performance Comparison

@performance_1011_p
 In many cases H2 is faster than other (open source and not open source) database engines. Please note this is mostly a single connection benchmark run on one computer, with many very simple operations running against the database. This benchmark does not include very complex queries. The embedded mode of H2 is faster than the client-server mode because the per-statement overhead is greatly reduced. 

@performance_1012_h3
Embedded

@performance_1013_th
Test Case

@performance_1014_th
Unit

@performance_1015_th
H2

@performance_1016_th
HSQLDB

@performance_1017_th
Derby

@performance_1018_td
Simple: Init

@performance_1019_td
ms

@performance_1020_td
1019

@performance_1021_td
1907

@performance_1022_td
8280

@performance_1023_td
Simple: Query (random)

@performance_1024_td
ms

@performance_1025_td
1304

@performance_1026_td
873

@performance_1027_td
1912

@performance_1028_td
Simple: Query (sequential)

@performance_1029_td
ms

@performance_1030_td
835

@performance_1031_td
1839

@performance_1032_td
5415

@performance_1033_td
Simple: Update (sequential)

@performance_1034_td
ms

@performance_1035_td
961

@performance_1036_td
2333

@performance_1037_td
21759

@performance_1038_td
Simple: Delete (sequential)

@performance_1039_td
ms

@performance_1040_td
950

@performance_1041_td
1922

@performance_1042_td
32016

@performance_1043_td
Simple: Memory Usage

@performance_1044_td
MB

@performance_1045_td
21

@performance_1046_td
10

@performance_1047_td
8

@performance_1048_td
BenchA: Init

@performance_1049_td
ms

@performance_1050_td
919

@performance_1051_td
2133

@performance_1052_td
7528

@performance_1053_td
BenchA: Transactions

@performance_1054_td
ms

@performance_1055_td
1219

@performance_1056_td
2297

@performance_1057_td
8541

@performance_1058_td
BenchA: Memory Usage

@performance_1059_td
MB

@performance_1060_td
12

@performance_1061_td
15

@performance_1062_td
7

@performance_1063_td
BenchB: Init

@performance_1064_td
ms

@performance_1065_td
905

@performance_1066_td
1993

@performance_1067_td
8049

@performance_1068_td
BenchB: Transactions

@performance_1069_td
ms

@performance_1070_td
1091

@performance_1071_td
583

@performance_1072_td
1165

@performance_1073_td
BenchB: Memory Usage

@performance_1074_td
MB

@performance_1075_td
17

@performance_1076_td
11

@performance_1077_td
8

@performance_1078_td
BenchC: Init

@performance_1079_td
ms

@performance_1080_td
2491

@performance_1081_td
4003

@performance_1082_td
8064

@performance_1083_td
BenchC: Transactions

@performance_1084_td
ms

@performance_1085_td
1979

@performance_1086_td
803

@performance_1087_td
2840

@performance_1088_td
BenchC: Memory Usage

@performance_1089_td
MB

@performance_1090_td
19

@performance_1091_td
22

@performance_1092_td
9

@performance_1093_td
Executed statements

@performance_1094_td
#

@performance_1095_td
1930995

@performance_1096_td
1930995

@performance_1097_td
1930995

@performance_1098_td
Total time

@performance_1099_td
ms

@performance_1100_td
13673

@performance_1101_td
20686

@performance_1102_td
105569

@performance_1103_td
Statements per second

@performance_1104_td
#

@performance_1105_td
141226

@performance_1106_td
93347

@performance_1107_td
18291

@performance_1108_h3
Client-Server

@performance_1109_th
Test Case

@performance_1110_th
Unit

@performance_1111_th
H2 (Server)

@performance_1112_th
HSQLDB

@performance_1113_th
Derby

@performance_1114_th
PostgreSQL

@performance_1115_th
MySQL

@performance_1116_td
Simple: Init

@performance_1117_td
ms

@performance_1118_td
16338

@performance_1119_td
17198

@performance_1120_td
27860

@performance_1121_td
30156

@performance_1122_td
29409

@performance_1123_td
Simple: Query (random)

@performance_1124_td
ms

@performance_1125_td
3399

@performance_1126_td
2582

@performance_1127_td
6190

@performance_1128_td
3315

@performance_1129_td
3342

@performance_1130_td
Simple: Query (sequential)

@performance_1131_td
ms

@performance_1132_td
21841

@performance_1133_td
18699

@performance_1134_td
42347

@performance_1135_td
30774

@performance_1136_td
32611

@performance_1137_td
Simple: Update (sequential)

@performance_1138_td
ms

@performance_1139_td
6913

@performance_1140_td
7745

@performance_1141_td
28576

@performance_1142_td
32698

@performance_1143_td
11350

@performance_1144_td
Simple: Delete (sequential)

@performance_1145_td
ms

@performance_1146_td
8051

@performance_1147_td
9751

@performance_1148_td
42202

@performance_1149_td
44480

@performance_1150_td
16555

@performance_1151_td
Simple: Memory Usage

@performance_1152_td
MB

@performance_1153_td
22

@performance_1154_td
11

@performance_1155_td
9

@performance_1156_td
0

@performance_1157_td
1

@performance_1158_td
BenchA: Init

@performance_1159_td
ms

@performance_1160_td
12996

@performance_1161_td
14720

@performance_1162_td
24722

@performance_1163_td
26375

@performance_1164_td
26060

@performance_1165_td
BenchA: Transactions

@performance_1166_td
ms

@performance_1167_td
10134

@performance_1168_td
10250

@performance_1169_td
18452

@performance_1170_td
21453

@performance_1171_td
15877

@performance_1172_td
BenchA: Memory Usage

@performance_1173_td
MB

@performance_1174_td
13

@performance_1175_td
15

@performance_1176_td
9

@performance_1177_td
0

@performance_1178_td
1

@performance_1179_td
BenchB: Init

@performance_1180_td
ms

@performance_1181_td
15264

@performance_1182_td
16889

@performance_1183_td
28546

@performance_1184_td
31610

@performance_1185_td
29747

@performance_1186_td
BenchB: Transactions

@performance_1187_td
ms

@performance_1188_td
3017

@performance_1189_td
3376

@performance_1190_td
1842

@performance_1191_td
2771

@performance_1192_td
1433

@performance_1193_td
BenchB: Memory Usage

@performance_1194_td
MB

@performance_1195_td
17

@performance_1196_td
12

@performance_1197_td
11

@performance_1198_td
1

@performance_1199_td
1

@performance_1200_td
BenchC: Init

@performance_1201_td
ms

@performance_1202_td
14020

@performance_1203_td
10407

@performance_1204_td
17655

@performance_1205_td
19520

@performance_1206_td
17532

@performance_1207_td
BenchC: Transactions

@performance_1208_td
ms

@performance_1209_td
5076

@performance_1210_td
3160

@performance_1211_td
6411

@performance_1212_td
6063

@performance_1213_td
4530

@performance_1214_td
BenchC: Memory Usage

@performance_1215_td
MB

@performance_1216_td
19

@performance_1217_td
21

@performance_1218_td
11

@performance_1219_td
1

@performance_1220_td
1

@performance_1221_td
Executed statements

@performance_1222_td
#

@performance_1223_td
1930995

@performance_1224_td
1930995

@performance_1225_td
1930995

@performance_1226_td
1930995

@performance_1227_td
1930995

@performance_1228_td
Total time

@performance_1229_td
ms

@performance_1230_td
117049

@performance_1231_td
114777

@performance_1232_td
244803

@performance_1233_td
249215

@performance_1234_td
188446

@performance_1235_td
Statements per second

@performance_1236_td
#

@performance_1237_td
16497

@performance_1238_td
16823

@performance_1239_td
7887

@performance_1240_td
7748

@performance_1241_td
10246

@performance_1242_h3
Benchmark Results and Comments

@performance_1243_h4
H2

@performance_1244_p
 Version 1.4.177 (2014-04-12) was used for the test. For most operations, the performance of H2 is about the same as for HSQLDB. One situation where H2 is slow is large result sets, because they are buffered to disk if more than a certain number of records are returned. The advantage of buffering is: there is no limit on the result set size. 

@performance_1245_h4
HSQLDB

@performance_1246_p
 Version 2.3.2 was used for the test. Cached tables are used in this test (<code>hsqldb.default_table_type=cached</code>), and the write delay is 1 second (<code>SET WRITE_DELAY 1</code>). 

@performance_1247_h4
Derby

@performance_1248_p
 Version 10.10.1.1 was used for the test. Derby is clearly the slowest embedded database in this test. This seems to be a structural problem, because all operations are really slow. It will be hard for the developers of Derby to improve the performance to a reasonable level. A few problems have been identified: leaving autocommit on is a problem for Derby. If it is switched off during the whole test, the results are about 20% better for Derby. Derby calls <code>FileChannel.force(false)</code>, but only twice per log file (not on each commit). Disabling this call improves performance for Derby by about 2%. Unlike H2, Derby does not call <code>FileDescriptor.sync()</code> on each checkpoint. Derby supports a testing mode (system property <code>derby.system.durability=test</code>) where durability is disabled. According to the documentation, this setting should be used for testing only, as the database may not recover after a crash. Enabling this setting improves performance by a factor of 2.6 (embedded mode) or 1.4 (server mode). Even if enabled, Derby is still less than half as fast as H2 in default mode. 

@performance_1249_h4
PostgreSQL

@performance_1250_p
 Version 9.1.5 was used for the test. The following options where changed in <code>postgresql.conf: fsync = off, commit_delay = 1000</code>. PostgreSQL is run in server mode. The memory usage number is incorrect, because only the memory usage of the JDBC driver is measured. 

@performance_1251_h4
MySQL

@performance_1252_p
 Version 5.1.65-log was used for the test. MySQL was run with the InnoDB backend. The setting <code>innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit</code> (found in the <code>my.ini / my.cnf</code> file) was set to 0. Otherwise (and by default), MySQL is slow (around 140 statements per second in this test) because it tries to flush the data to disk for each commit. For small transactions (when autocommit is on) this is really slow. But many use cases use small or relatively small transactions. Too bad this setting is not listed in the configuration wizard, and it always overwritten when using the wizard. You need to change this setting manually in the file <code>my.ini / my.cnf</code>, and then restart the service. The memory usage number is incorrect, because only the memory usage of the JDBC driver is measured. 

@performance_1253_h4
Firebird

@performance_1254_p
 Firebird 1.5 (default installation) was tested, but the results are not published currently. It is possible to run the performance test with the Firebird database, and any information on how to configure Firebird for higher performance are welcome. 

@performance_1255_h4
Why Oracle / MS SQL Server / DB2 are Not Listed

@performance_1256_p
 The license of these databases does not allow to publish benchmark results. This doesn't mean that they are fast. They are in fact quite slow, and need a lot of memory. But you will need to test this yourself. SQLite was not tested because the JDBC driver doesn't support transactions. 

@performance_1257_h3
About this Benchmark

@performance_1258_h4
How to Run

@performance_1259_p
 This test was as follows: 

@performance_1260_h4
Separate Process per Database

@performance_1261_p
 For each database, a new process is started, to ensure the previous test does not impact the current test. 

@performance_1262_h4
Number of Connections

@performance_1263_p
 This is mostly a single-connection benchmark. BenchB uses multiple connections; the other tests use one connection. 

@performance_1264_h4
Real-World Tests

@performance_1265_p
 Good benchmarks emulate real-world use cases. This benchmark includes 4 test cases: BenchSimple uses one table and many small updates / deletes. BenchA is similar to the TPC-A test, but single connection / single threaded (see also: www.tpc.org). BenchB is similar to the TPC-B test, using multiple connections (one thread per connection). BenchC is similar to the TPC-C test, but single connection / single threaded. 

@performance_1266_h4
Comparing Embedded with Server Databases

@performance_1267_p
 This is mainly a benchmark for embedded databases (where the application runs in the same virtual machine as the database engine). However MySQL and PostgreSQL are not Java databases and cannot be embedded into a Java application. For the Java databases, both embedded and server modes are tested. 

@performance_1268_h4
Test Platform

@performance_1269_p
 This test is run on Mac OS X 10.6. No virus scanner was used, and disk indexing was disabled. The JVM used is Sun JDK 1.6. 

@performance_1270_h4
Multiple Runs

@performance_1271_p
 When a Java benchmark is run first, the code is not fully compiled and therefore runs slower than when running multiple times. A benchmark should always run the same test multiple times and ignore the first run(s). This benchmark runs three times, but only the last run is measured. 

@performance_1272_h4
Memory Usage

@performance_1273_p
 It is not enough to measure the time taken, the memory usage is important as well. Performance can be improved by using a bigger cache, but the amount of memory is limited. HSQLDB tables are kept fully in memory by default; this benchmark uses 'disk based' tables for all databases. Unfortunately, it is not so easy to calculate the memory usage of PostgreSQL and MySQL, because they run in a different process than the test. This benchmark currently does not print memory usage of those databases. 

@performance_1274_h4
Delayed Operations

@performance_1275_p
 Some databases delay some operations (for example flushing the buffers) until after the benchmark is run. This benchmark waits between each database tested, and each database runs in a different process (sequentially). 

@performance_1276_h4
Transaction Commit / Durability

@performance_1277_p
 Durability means transaction committed to the database will not be lost. Some databases (for example MySQL) try to enforce this by default by calling <code>fsync()</code> to flush the buffers, but most hard drives don't actually flush all data. Calling the method slows down transaction commit a lot, but doesn't always make data durable. When comparing the results, it is important to think about the effect. Many database suggest to 'batch' operations when possible. This benchmark switches off autocommit when loading the data, and calls commit after each 1000 inserts. However many applications need 'short' transactions at runtime (a commit after each update). This benchmark commits after each update / delete in the simple benchmark, and after each business transaction in the other benchmarks. For databases that support delayed commits, a delay of one second is used. 

@performance_1278_h4
Using Prepared Statements

@performance_1279_p
 Wherever possible, the test cases use prepared statements. 

@performance_1280_h4
Currently Not Tested: Startup Time

@performance_1281_p
 The startup time of a database engine is important as well for embedded use. This time is not measured currently. Also, not tested is the time used to create a database and open an existing database. Here, one (wrapper) connection is opened at the start, and for each step a new connection is opened and then closed. 

@performance_1282_h2
PolePosition Benchmark

@performance_1283_p
 The PolePosition is an open source benchmark. The algorithms are all quite simple. It was developed / sponsored by db4o. This test was not run for a longer time, so please be aware that the results below are for older database versions (H2 version 1.1, HSQLDB 1.8, Java 1.4). 

@performance_1284_th
Test Case

@performance_1285_th
Unit

@performance_1286_th
H2

@performance_1287_th
HSQLDB

@performance_1288_th
MySQL

@performance_1289_td
Melbourne write

@performance_1290_td
ms

@performance_1291_td
369

@performance_1292_td
249

@performance_1293_td
2022

@performance_1294_td
Melbourne read

@performance_1295_td
ms

@performance_1296_td
47

@performance_1297_td
49

@performance_1298_td
93

@performance_1299_td
Melbourne read_hot

@performance_1300_td
ms

@performance_1301_td
24

@performance_1302_td
43

@performance_1303_td
95

@performance_1304_td
Melbourne delete

@performance_1305_td
ms

@performance_1306_td
147

@performance_1307_td
133

@performance_1308_td
176

@performance_1309_td
Sepang write

@performance_1310_td
ms

@performance_1311_td
965

@performance_1312_td
1201

@performance_1313_td
3213

@performance_1314_td
Sepang read

@performance_1315_td
ms

@performance_1316_td
765

@performance_1317_td
948

@performance_1318_td
3455

@performance_1319_td
Sepang read_hot

@performance_1320_td
ms

@performance_1321_td
789

@performance_1322_td
859

@performance_1323_td
3563

@performance_1324_td
Sepang delete

@performance_1325_td
ms

@performance_1326_td
1384

@performance_1327_td
1596

@performance_1328_td
6214

@performance_1329_td
Bahrain write

@performance_1330_td
ms

@performance_1331_td
1186

@performance_1332_td
1387

@performance_1333_td
6904

@performance_1334_td
Bahrain query_indexed_string

@performance_1335_td
ms

@performance_1336_td
336

@performance_1337_td
170

@performance_1338_td
693

@performance_1339_td
Bahrain query_string

@performance_1340_td
ms

@performance_1341_td
18064

@performance_1342_td
39703

@performance_1343_td
41243

@performance_1344_td
Bahrain query_indexed_int

@performance_1345_td
ms

@performance_1346_td
104

@performance_1347_td
134

@performance_1348_td
678

@performance_1349_td
Bahrain update

@performance_1350_td
ms

@performance_1351_td
191

@performance_1352_td
87

@performance_1353_td
159

@performance_1354_td
Bahrain delete

@performance_1355_td
ms

@performance_1356_td
1215

@performance_1357_td
729

@performance_1358_td
6812

@performance_1359_td
Imola retrieve

@performance_1360_td
ms

@performance_1361_td
198

@performance_1362_td
194

@performance_1363_td
4036

@performance_1364_td
Barcelona write

@performance_1365_td
ms

@performance_1366_td
413

@performance_1367_td
832

@performance_1368_td
3191

@performance_1369_td
Barcelona read

@performance_1370_td
ms

@performance_1371_td
119

@performance_1372_td
160

@performance_1373_td
1177

@performance_1374_td
Barcelona query

@performance_1375_td
ms

@performance_1376_td
20

@performance_1377_td
5169

@performance_1378_td
101

@performance_1379_td
Barcelona delete

@performance_1380_td
ms

@performance_1381_td
388

@performance_1382_td
319

@performance_1383_td
3287

@performance_1384_td
Total

@performance_1385_td
ms

@performance_1386_td
26724

@performance_1387_td
53962

@performance_1388_td
87112

@performance_1389_p
 There are a few problems with the PolePosition test: 

@performance_1390_li
 HSQLDB uses in-memory tables by default while H2 uses persistent tables. The HSQLDB version included in PolePosition does not support changing this, so you need to replace <code>poleposition-0.20/lib/hsqldb.jar</code> with a newer version (for example <code>hsqldb-1.8.0.7.jar</code>), and then use the setting <code>hsqldb.connecturl=jdbc:hsqldb:file:data/hsqldb/dbbench2;hsqldb.default_table_type=cached;sql.enforce_size=true</code> in the file <code>Jdbc.properties</code>. 

@performance_1391_li
HSQLDB keeps the database open between tests, while H2 closes the database (losing all the cache). To change that, use the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:file:data/h2/dbbench;DB_CLOSE_DELAY=-1</code> 

@performance_1392_li
The amount of cache memory is quite important, specially for the PolePosition test. Unfortunately, the PolePosition test does not take this into account. 

@performance_1393_h2
Database Performance Tuning

@performance_1394_h3
Keep Connections Open or Use a Connection Pool

@performance_1395_p
 If your application opens and closes connections a lot (for example, for each request), you should consider using a <a href="tutorial.html#connection_pool">connection pool</a>. Opening a connection using <code>DriverManager.getConnection</code> is specially slow if the database is closed. By default the database is closed if the last connection is closed. 

@performance_1396_p
 If you open and close connections a lot but don't want to use a connection pool, consider keeping a 'sentinel' connection open for as long as the application runs, or use delayed database closing. See also <a href="features.html#closing_a_database">Closing a database</a>. 

@performance_1397_h3
Use a Modern JVM

@performance_1398_p
 Newer JVMs are faster. Upgrading to the latest version of your JVM can provide a "free" boost to performance. Switching from the default Client JVM to the Server JVM using the <code>-server</code> command-line option improves performance at the cost of a slight increase in start-up time. 

@performance_1399_h3
Virus Scanners

@performance_1400_p
 Some virus scanners scan files every time they are accessed. It is very important for performance that database files are not scanned for viruses. The database engine never interprets the data stored in the files as programs, that means even if somebody would store a virus in a database file, this would be harmless (when the virus does not run, it cannot spread). Some virus scanners allow to exclude files by suffix. Ensure files ending with <code>.db</code> are not scanned. 

@performance_1401_h3
Using the Trace Options

@performance_1402_p
 If the performance hot spots are in the database engine, in many cases the performance can be optimized by creating additional indexes, or changing the schema. Sometimes the application does not directly generate the SQL statements, for example if an O/R mapping tool is used. To view the SQL statements and JDBC API calls, you can use the trace options. For more information, see <a href="features.html#trace_options">Using the Trace Options</a>. 

@performance_1403_h3
Index Usage

@performance_1404_p
 This database uses indexes to improve the performance of <code>SELECT, UPDATE, DELETE</code>. If a column is used in the <code>WHERE</code> clause of a query, and if an index exists on this column, then the index can be used. Multi-column indexes are used if all or the first columns of the index are used. Both equality lookup and range scans are supported. Indexes are used to order result sets, but only if the condition uses the same index or no index at all. The results are sorted in memory if required. Indexes are created automatically for primary key and unique constraints. Indexes are also created for foreign key constraints, if required. For other columns, indexes need to be created manually using the <code>CREATE INDEX</code> statement. 

@performance_1405_h3
How Data is Stored Internally

@performance_1406_p
 For persistent databases, if a table is created with a single column primary key of type <code>BIGINT, INT, SMALLINT, TINYINT</code>, then the data of the table is organized in this way. This is sometimes also called a "clustered index" or "index organized table". 

@performance_1407_p
 H2 internally stores table data and indexes in the form of b-trees. Each b-tree stores entries as a list of unique keys (one or more columns) and data (zero or more columns). The table data is always organized in the form of a "data b-tree" with a single column key of type <code>long</code>. If a single column primary key of type <code>BIGINT, INT, SMALLINT, TINYINT</code> is specified when creating the table (or just after creating the table, but before inserting any rows), then this column is used as the key of the data b-tree. If no primary key has been specified, if the primary key column is of another data type, or if the primary key contains more than one column, then a hidden auto-increment column of type <code>BIGINT</code> is added to the table, which is used as the key for the data b-tree. All other columns of the table are stored within the data area of this data b-tree (except for large <code>BLOB, CLOB</code> columns, which are stored externally). 

@performance_1408_p
 For each additional index, one new "index b-tree" is created. The key of this b-tree consists of the indexed columns, plus the key of the data b-tree. If a primary key is created after the table has been created, or if the primary key contains multiple column, or if the primary key is not of the data types listed above, then the primary key is stored in a new index b-tree. 

@performance_1409_h3
Optimizer

@performance_1410_p
 This database uses a cost based optimizer. For simple and queries and queries with medium complexity (less than 7 tables in the join), the expected cost (running time) of all possible plans is calculated, and the plan with the lowest cost is used. For more complex queries, the algorithm first tries all possible combinations for the first few tables, and the remaining tables added using a greedy algorithm (this works well for most joins). Afterwards a genetic algorithm is used to test at most 2000 distinct plans. Only left-deep plans are evaluated. 

@performance_1411_h3
Expression Optimization

@performance_1412_p
 After the statement is parsed, all expressions are simplified automatically if possible. Operations are evaluated only once if all parameters are constant. Functions are also optimized, but only if the function is constant (always returns the same result for the same parameter values). If the <code>WHERE</code> clause is always false, then the table is not accessed at all. 

@performance_1413_h3
COUNT(*) Optimization

@performance_1414_p
 If the query only counts all rows of a table, then the data is not accessed. However, this is only possible if no <code>WHERE</code> clause is used, that means it only works for queries of the form <code>SELECT COUNT(*) FROM table</code>. 

@performance_1415_h3
Updating Optimizer Statistics / Column Selectivity

@performance_1416_p
 When executing a query, at most one index per join can be used. If the same table is joined multiple times, for each join only one index is used (the same index could be used for both joins, or each join could use a different index). Example: for the query <code>SELECT * FROM TEST T1, TEST T2 WHERE T1.NAME='A' AND T2.ID=T1.ID</code>, two index can be used, in this case the index on NAME for T1 and the index on ID for T2. 

@performance_1417_p
 If a table has multiple indexes, sometimes more than one index could be used. Example: if there is a table <code>TEST(ID, NAME, FIRSTNAME)</code> and an index on each column, then two indexes could be used for the query <code>SELECT * FROM TEST WHERE NAME='A' AND FIRSTNAME='B'</code>, the index on NAME or the index on FIRSTNAME. It is not possible to use both indexes at the same time. Which index is used depends on the selectivity of the column. The selectivity describes the 'uniqueness' of values in a column. A selectivity of 100 means each value appears only once, and a selectivity of 1 means the same value appears in many or most rows. For the query above, the index on NAME should be used if the table contains more distinct names than first names. 

@performance_1418_p
 The SQL statement <code>ANALYZE</code> can be used to automatically estimate the selectivity of the columns in the tables. This command should be run from time to time to improve the query plans generated by the optimizer. 

@performance_1419_h3
In-Memory (Hash) Indexes

@performance_1420_p
 Using in-memory indexes, specially in-memory hash indexes, can speed up queries and data manipulation. 

@performance_1421_p
In-memory indexes are automatically used for in-memory databases, but can also be created for persistent databases using <code>CREATE MEMORY TABLE</code>. In many cases, the rows itself will also be kept in-memory. Please note this may cause memory problems for large tables. 

@performance_1422_p
 In-memory hash indexes are backed by a hash table and are usually faster than regular indexes. However, hash indexes only supports direct lookup (<code>WHERE ID = ?</code>) but not range scan (<code>WHERE ID &lt; ?</code>). To use hash indexes, use HASH as in: <code>CREATE UNIQUE HASH INDEX</code> and <code>CREATE TABLE ...(ID INT PRIMARY KEY HASH,...)</code>. 

@performance_1423_h3
Use Prepared Statements

@performance_1424_p
 If possible, use prepared statements with parameters. 

@performance_1425_h3
Prepared Statements and IN(...)

@performance_1426_p
 Avoid generating SQL statements with a variable size IN(...) list. Instead, use a prepared statement with arrays as in the following example: 

@performance_1427_h3
Optimization Examples

@performance_1428_p
 See <code>src/test/org/h2/samples/optimizations.sql</code> for a few examples of queries that benefit from special optimizations built into the database. 

@performance_1429_h3
Cache Size and Type

@performance_1430_p
 By default the cache size of H2 is quite small. Consider using a larger cache size, or enable the second level soft reference cache. See also <a href="features.html#cache_settings">Cache Settings</a>. 

@performance_1431_h3
Data Types

@performance_1432_p
 Each data type has different storage and performance characteristics: 

@performance_1433_li
The <code>DECIMAL/NUMERIC</code> type is slower and requires more storage than the <code>REAL</code> and <code>DOUBLE</code> types. 

@performance_1434_li
Text types are slower to read, write, and compare than numeric types and generally require more storage. 

@performance_1435_li
See <a href="advanced.html#large_objects">Large Objects</a> for information on <code>BINARY</code> vs. <code>BLOB</code> and <code>VARCHAR</code> vs. <code>CLOB</code> performance. 

@performance_1436_li
Parsing and formatting takes longer for the <code>TIME</code>, <code>DATE</code>, and <code>TIMESTAMP</code> types than the numeric types. 

@performance_1437_code
SMALLINT/TINYINT/BOOLEAN

@performance_1438_li
 are not significantly smaller or faster to work with than <code>INTEGER</code> in most modes. 

@performance_1439_h3
Sorted Insert Optimization

@performance_1440_p
 To reduce disk space usage and speed up table creation, an optimization for sorted inserts is available. When used, b-tree pages are split at the insertion point. To use this optimization, add <code>SORTED</code> before the <code>SELECT</code> statement: 

@performance_1441_h2
Using the Built-In Profiler

@performance_1442_p
 A very simple Java profiler is built-in. To use it, use the following template: 

@performance_1443_h2
Application Profiling

@performance_1444_h3
Analyze First

@performance_1445_p
 Before trying to optimize performance, it is important to understand where the problem is (what part of the application is slow). Blind optimization or optimization based on guesses should be avoided, because usually it is not an efficient strategy. There are various ways to analyze an application. Sometimes two implementations can be compared using <code>System.currentTimeMillis()</code>. But this does not work for complex applications with many modules, and for memory problems. 

@performance_1446_p
 A simple way to profile an application is to use the built-in profiling tool of java. Example: 

@performance_1447_p
 Unfortunately, it is only possible to profile the application from start to end. Another solution is to create a number of full thread dumps. To do that, first run <code>jps -l</code> to get the process id, and then run <code>jstack &lt;pid&gt;</code> or <code>kill -QUIT &lt;pid&gt;</code> (Linux) or press Ctrl+C (Windows). 

@performance_1448_p
 A simple profiling tool is included in H2. To use it, the application needs to be changed slightly. Example: 

@performance_1449_p
 The profiler is built into the H2 Console tool, to analyze databases that open slowly. To use it, run the H2 Console, and then click on 'Test Connection'. Afterwards, click on "Test successful" and you get the most common stack traces, which helps to find out why it took so long to connect. You will only get the stack traces if opening the database took more than a few seconds. 

@performance_1450_h2
Database Profiling

@performance_1451_p
 The <code>ConvertTraceFile</code> tool generates SQL statement statistics at the end of the SQL script file. The format used is similar to the profiling data generated when using <code>java -Xrunhprof</code>. For this to work, the trace level needs to be 2 or higher (<code>TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=2</code>). The easiest way to set the trace level is to append the setting to the database URL, for example: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=2</code> or <code>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test;TRACE_LEVEL_FILE=2</code>. As an example, execute the the following script using the H2 Console: 

@performance_1452_p
 After running the test case, convert the <code>.trace.db</code> file using the <code>ConvertTraceFile</code> tool. The trace file is located in the same directory as the database file. 

@performance_1453_p
 The generated file <code>test.sql</code> will contain the SQL statements as well as the following profiling data (results vary): 

@performance_1454_h2
Statement Execution Plans

@performance_1455_p
 The SQL statement <code>EXPLAIN</code> displays the indexes and optimizations the database uses for a statement. The following statements support <code>EXPLAIN</code>: <code>SELECT, UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, INSERT</code>. The following query shows that the database uses the primary key index to search for rows: 

@performance_1456_p
 For joins, the tables in the execution plan are sorted in the order they are processed. The following query shows the database first processes the table <code>INVOICE</code> (using the primary key). For each row, it will additionally check that the value of the column <code>AMOUNT</code> is larger than zero, and for those rows the database will search in the table <code>CUSTOMER</code> (using the primary key). The query plan contains some redundancy so it is a valid statement. 

@performance_1457_h3
Displaying the Scan Count

@performance_1458_code
EXPLAIN ANALYZE

@performance_1459_p
 additionally shows the scanned rows per table and pages read from disk per table or index. This will actually execute the query, unlike <code>EXPLAIN</code> which only prepares it. The following query scanned 1000 rows, and to do that had to read 85 pages from the data area of the table. Running the query twice will not list the pages read from disk, because they are now in the cache. The <code>tableScan</code> means this query doesn't use an index. 

@performance_1460_p
 The cache will prevent the pages are read twice. H2 reads all columns of the row unless only the columns in the index are read. Except for large CLOB and BLOB, which are not store in the table. 

@performance_1461_h3
Special Optimizations

@performance_1462_p
 For certain queries, the database doesn't need to read all rows, or doesn't need to sort the result even if <code>ORDER BY</code> is used. 

@performance_1463_p
 For queries of the form <code>SELECT COUNT(*), MIN(ID), MAX(ID) FROM TEST</code>, the query plan includes the line <code>/* direct lookup */</code> if the data can be read from an index. 

@performance_1464_p
 For queries of the form <code>SELECT DISTINCT CUSTOMER_ID FROM INVOICE</code>, the query plan includes the line <code>/* distinct */</code> if there is an non-unique or multi-column index on this column, and if this column has a low selectivity. 

@performance_1465_p
 For queries of the form <code>SELECT * FROM TEST ORDER BY ID</code>, the query plan includes the line <code>/* index sorted */</code> to indicate there is no separate sorting required. 

@performance_1466_p
 For queries of the form <code>SELECT * FROM TEST GROUP BY ID ORDER BY ID</code>, the query plan includes the line <code>/* group sorted */</code> to indicate there is no separate sorting required. 

@performance_1467_h2
How Data is Stored and How Indexes Work

@performance_1468_p
 Internally, each row in a table is identified by a unique number, the row id. The rows of a table are stored with the row id as the key. The row id is a number of type long. If a table has a single column primary key of type <code>INT</code> or <code>BIGINT</code>, then the value of this column is the row id, otherwise the database generates the row id automatically. There is a (non-standard) way to access the row id: using the <code>_ROWID_</code> pseudo-column: 

@performance_1469_p
 The data is stored in the database as follows: 

@performance_1470_th
_ROWID_

@performance_1471_th
FIRST_NAME

@performance_1472_th
NAME

@performance_1473_th
CITY

@performance_1474_th
PHONE

@performance_1475_td
1

@performance_1476_td
John

@performance_1477_td
Miller

@performance_1478_td
Berne

@performance_1479_td
123 456 789

@performance_1480_td
2

@performance_1481_td
Philip

@performance_1482_td
Jones

@performance_1483_td
Berne

@performance_1484_td
123 012 345

@performance_1485_p
 Access by row id is fast because the data is sorted by this key. Please note the row id is not available until after the row was added (that means, it can not be used in computed columns or constraints). If the query condition does not contain the row id (and if no other index can be used), then all rows of the table are scanned. A table scan iterates over all rows in the table, in the order of the row id. To find out what strategy the database uses to retrieve the data, use <code>EXPLAIN SELECT</code>: 

@performance_1486_h3
Indexes

@performance_1487_p
 An index internally is basically just a table that contains the indexed column(s), plus the row id: 

@performance_1488_p
 In the index, the data is sorted by the indexed columns. So this index contains the following data: 

@performance_1489_th
CITY

@performance_1490_th
NAME

@performance_1491_th
FIRST_NAME

@performance_1492_th
_ROWID_

@performance_1493_td
Berne

@performance_1494_td
Jones

@performance_1495_td
Philip

@performance_1496_td
2

@performance_1497_td
Berne

@performance_1498_td
Miller

@performance_1499_td
John

@performance_1500_td
1

@performance_1501_p
 When the database uses an index to query the data, it searches the index for the given data, and (if required) reads the remaining columns in the main data table (retrieved using the row id). An index on city, name, and first name (multi-column index) allows to quickly search for rows when the city, name, and first name are known. If only the city and name, or only the city is known, then this index is also used (so creating an additional index on just the city is not needed). This index is also used when reading all rows, sorted by the indexed columns. However, if only the first name is known, then this index is not used: 

@performance_1502_p
 If your application often queries the table for a phone number, then it makes sense to create an additional index on it: 

@performance_1503_p
 This index contains the phone number, and the row id: 

@performance_1504_th
PHONE

@performance_1505_th
_ROWID_

@performance_1506_td
123 012 345

@performance_1507_td
2

@performance_1508_td
123 456 789

@performance_1509_td
1

@performance_1510_h3
Using Multiple Indexes

@performance_1511_p
 Within a query, only one index per logical table is used. Using the condition <code>PHONE = '123 567 789' OR CITY = 'Berne'</code> would use a table scan instead of first using the index on the phone number and then the index on the city. It makes sense to write two queries and combine then using <code>UNION</code>. In this case, each individual query uses a different index: 

@performance_1512_h2
Fast Database Import

@performance_1513_p
 To speed up large imports, consider using the following options temporarily: 

@performance_1514_code
SET LOG 0

@performance_1515_li
 (disabling the transaction log) 

@performance_1516_code
SET CACHE_SIZE

@performance_1517_li
 (a large cache is faster) 

@performance_1518_code
SET LOCK_MODE 0

@performance_1519_li
 (disable locking) 

@performance_1520_code
SET UNDO_LOG 0

@performance_1521_li
 (disable the session undo log) 

@performance_1522_p
 These options can be set in the database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test;LOG=0;CACHE_SIZE=65536;LOCK_MODE=0;UNDO_LOG=0</code>. Most of those options are not recommended for regular use, that means you need to reset them after use. 

@performance_1523_p
 If you have to import a lot of rows, use a PreparedStatement or use CSV import. Please note that <code>CREATE TABLE(...) ... AS SELECT ...</code> is faster than <code>CREATE TABLE(...); INSERT INTO ... SELECT ...</code>. 

@quickstart_1000_h1
Quickstart

@quickstart_1001_a
 Embedding H2 in an Application

@quickstart_1002_a
 The H2 Console Application

@quickstart_1003_h2
Embedding H2 in an Application

@quickstart_1004_p
 This database can be used in embedded mode, or in server mode. To use it in embedded mode, you need to: 

@quickstart_1005_li
Add the <code>h2*.jar</code> to the classpath (H2 does not have any dependencies) 

@quickstart_1006_li
Use the JDBC driver class: <code>org.h2.Driver</code> 

@quickstart_1007_li
The database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code> opens the database <code>test</code> in your user home directory 

@quickstart_1008_li
A new database is automatically created 

@quickstart_1009_h2
The H2 Console Application

@quickstart_1010_p
 The Console lets you access a SQL database using a browser interface. 

@quickstart_1011_p
 If you don't have Windows XP, or if something does not work as expected, please see the detailed description in the <a href="tutorial.html">Tutorial</a>. 

@quickstart_1012_h3
Step-by-Step

@quickstart_1013_h4
Installation

@quickstart_1014_p
 Install the software using the Windows Installer (if you did not yet do that). 

@quickstart_1015_h4
Start the Console

@quickstart_1016_p
 Click [Start], [All Programs], [H2], and [H2 Console (Command Line)]:

@quickstart_1017_p
 A new console window appears:

@quickstart_1018_p
 Also, a new browser page should open with the URL <a href="http://localhost:8082" class="notranslate">http://localhost:8082</a>. You may get a security warning from the firewall. If you don't want other computers in the network to access the database on your machine, you can let the firewall block these connections. Only local connections are required at this time. 

@quickstart_1019_h4
Login

@quickstart_1020_p
 Select [Generic H2] and click [Connect]:

@quickstart_1021_p
 You are now logged in. 

@quickstart_1022_h4
Sample

@quickstart_1023_p
 Click on the [Sample SQL Script]:

@quickstart_1024_p
 The SQL commands appear in the command area.

@quickstart_1025_h4
Execute

@quickstart_1026_p
 Click [Run]

@quickstart_1027_p
 On the left side, a new entry TEST is added below the database icon. The operations and results of the statements are shown below the script.

@quickstart_1028_h4
Disconnect

@quickstart_1029_p
 Click on [Disconnect]:

@quickstart_1030_p
 to close the connection. 

@quickstart_1031_h4
End

@quickstart_1032_p
 Close the console window. For more information, see the <a href="tutorial.html">Tutorial</a>. 

@roadmap_1000_h1
Roadmap

@roadmap_1001_p
 New (feature) requests will usually be added at the very end of the list. The priority is increased for important and popular requests. Of course, patches are always welcome, but are not always applied as is. See also <a href="build.html#providing_patches">Providing Patches</a>. 

@roadmap_1002_h2
Version 1.5.x: Planned Changes

@roadmap_1003_li
Replace file password hash with file encryption key; validate encryption key when connecting. 

@roadmap_1004_li
Remove "set binary collation" feature. 

@roadmap_1005_li
Remove the encryption algorithm XTEA. 

@roadmap_1006_li
Disallow referencing other tables in a table (via constraints for example). 

@roadmap_1007_li
Remove PageStore features like compress_lob. 

@roadmap_1008_h2
Version 1.4.x: Planned Changes

@roadmap_1009_li
Change license to MPL 2.0. 

@roadmap_1010_li
Automatic migration from 1.3 databases to 1.4. 

@roadmap_1011_li
Option to disable the file name suffix somehow (issue 447). 

@roadmap_1012_h2
Priority 1

@roadmap_1013_li
Bugfixes. 

@roadmap_1014_li
More tests with MULTI_THREADED=1 (and MULTI_THREADED with MVCC): Online backup (using the 'backup' statement). 

@roadmap_1015_li
Server side cursors. 

@roadmap_1016_h2
Priority 2

@roadmap_1017_li
Support hints for the optimizer (which index to use, enforce the join order). 

@roadmap_1018_li
Full outer joins. 

@roadmap_1019_li
Access rights: remember the owner of an object. Create, alter and drop privileges. COMMENT: allow owner of object to change it. Issue 208: Access rights for schemas. 

@roadmap_1020_li
Test multi-threaded in-memory db access. 

@roadmap_1021_li
MySQL, MS SQL Server compatibility: support case sensitive (mixed case) identifiers without quotes. 

@roadmap_1022_li
Support GRANT SELECT, UPDATE ON [schemaName.] *. 

@roadmap_1023_li
Migrate database tool (also from other database engines). For Oracle, maybe use DBMS_METADATA.GET_DDL / GET_DEPENDENT_DDL. 

@roadmap_1024_li
Clustering: support mixed clustering mode (one embedded, others in server mode). 

@roadmap_1025_li
Clustering: reads should be randomly distributed (optional) or to a designated database on RAM (parameter: READ_FROM=3). 

@roadmap_1026_li
Window functions: RANK() and DENSE_RANK(), partition using OVER(). select *, count(*) over() as fullCount from ... limit 4; 

@roadmap_1027_li
PostgreSQL catalog: use BEFORE SELECT triggers instead of views over metadata tables. 

@roadmap_1028_li
Compatibility: automatically load functions from a script depending on the mode - see FunctionsMySQL.java, issue 211. 

@roadmap_1029_li
Test very large databases and LOBs (up to 256 GB). 

@roadmap_1030_li
Store all temp files in the temp directory. 

@roadmap_1031_li
Don't use temp files, specially not deleteOnExit (bug 4513817: File.deleteOnExit consumes memory). Also to allow opening client / server (remote) connections when using LOBs. 

@roadmap_1032_li
Make DDL (Data Definition) operations transactional. 

@roadmap_1033_li
Deferred integrity checking (DEFERRABLE INITIALLY DEFERRED). 

@roadmap_1034_li
Groovy Stored Procedures: http://groovy.codehaus.org/GSQL 

@roadmap_1035_li
Add a migration guide (list differences between databases). 

@roadmap_1036_li
Optimization: automatic index creation suggestion using the trace file? 

@roadmap_1037_li
Fulltext search Lucene: analyzer configuration, mergeFactor. 

@roadmap_1038_li
Compression performance: don't allocate buffers, compress / expand in to out buffer. 

@roadmap_1039_li
Rebuild index functionality to shrink index size and improve performance. 

@roadmap_1040_li
Console: add accesskey to most important commands (A, AREA, BUTTON, INPUT, LABEL, LEGEND, TEXTAREA). 

@roadmap_1041_li
Test performance again with SQL Server, Oracle, DB2. 

@roadmap_1042_li
Test with Spatial DB in a box / JTS: http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/sfs - OpenGIS Implementation Specification. 

@roadmap_1043_li
Write more tests and documentation for MVCC (Multi Version Concurrency Control). 

@roadmap_1044_li
Find a tool to view large text file (larger than 100 MB), with find, page up and down (like less), truncate before / after. 

@roadmap_1045_li
Implement, test, document XAConnection and so on. 

@roadmap_1046_li
Pluggable data type (for streaming, hashing, compression, validation, conversion, encryption). 

@roadmap_1047_li
CHECK: find out what makes CHECK=TRUE slow, move to CHECK2. 

@roadmap_1048_li
Drop with invalidate views (so that source code is not lost). Check what other databases do exactly. 

@roadmap_1049_li
Index usage for (ID, NAME)=(1, 'Hi'); document. 

@roadmap_1050_li
Set a connection read only (Connection.setReadOnly) or using a connection parameter. 

@roadmap_1051_li
Access rights: finer grained access control (grant access for specific functions). 

@roadmap_1052_li
ROW_NUMBER() OVER([PARTITION BY columnName][ORDER BY columnName]). 

@roadmap_1053_li
Version check: docs / web console (using Javascript), and maybe in the library (using TCP/IP). 

@roadmap_1054_li
Web server classloader: override findResource / getResourceFrom. 

@roadmap_1055_li
Cost for embedded temporary view is calculated wrong, if result is constant. 

@roadmap_1056_li
Count index range query (count(*) where id between 10 and 20). 

@roadmap_1057_li
Performance: update in-place. 

@roadmap_1058_li
Clustering: when a database is back alive, automatically synchronize with the master (requires readable transaction log). 

@roadmap_1059_li
Database file name suffix: a way to use no or a different suffix (for example using a slash). 

@roadmap_1060_li
Eclipse plugin. 

@roadmap_1061_li
Asynchronous queries to support publish/subscribe: SELECT ... FOR READ WAIT [maxMillisToWait]. See also MS SQL Server "Query Notification". 

@roadmap_1062_li
Fulltext search (native): reader / tokenizer / filter. 

@roadmap_1063_li
Linked schema using CSV files: one schema for a directory of files; support indexes for CSV files. 

@roadmap_1064_li
iReport to support H2. 

@roadmap_1065_li
Include SMTP (mail) client (alert on cluster failure, low disk space,...). 

@roadmap_1066_li
Option for SCRIPT to only process one or a set of schemas or tables, and append to a file. 

@roadmap_1067_li
JSON parser and functions. 

@roadmap_1068_li
Copy database: tool with config GUI and batch mode, extensible (example: compare). 

@roadmap_1069_li
Document, implement tool for long running transactions using user-defined compensation statements. 

@roadmap_1070_li
Support SET TABLE DUAL READONLY. 

@roadmap_1071_li
GCJ: what is the state now? 

@roadmap_1072_li
Events for: database Startup, Connections, Login attempts, Disconnections, Prepare (after parsing), Web Server. See http://docs.openlinksw.com/virtuoso/fn_dbev_startup.html 

@roadmap_1073_li
Optimization: simpler log compression. 

@roadmap_1074_li
Support standard INFORMATION_SCHEMA tables, as defined in http://www.contrib.andrew.cmu.edu/~shadow/sql/sql1992.txt - specially KEY_COLUMN_USAGE: http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/information-schema.html, http://www.xcdsql.org/Misc/INFORMATION_SCHEMA%20With%20Rolenames.gif 

@roadmap_1075_li
Compatibility: in MySQL, HSQLDB, /0.0 is NULL; in PostgreSQL, Derby: division by zero. HSQLDB: 0.0e1 / 0.0e1 is NaN. 

@roadmap_1076_li
Functional tables should accept parameters from other tables (see FunctionMultiReturn) SELECT * FROM TEST T, P2C(T.A, T.R). 

@roadmap_1077_li
Custom class loader to reload functions on demand. 

@roadmap_1078_li
Test http://mysql-je.sourceforge.net/ 

@roadmap_1079_li
H2 Console: the webclient could support more features like phpMyAdmin. 

@roadmap_1080_li
Support Oracle functions: TO_DATE, TO_NUMBER. 

@roadmap_1081_li
Work on the Java to C converter. 

@roadmap_1082_li
The HELP information schema can be directly exposed in the Console. 

@roadmap_1083_li
Maybe use the 0x1234 notation for binary fields, see MS SQL Server. 

@roadmap_1084_li
Support Oracle CONNECT BY in some way: http://www.adp-gmbh.ch/ora/sql/connect_by.html http://philip.greenspun.com/sql/trees.html 

@roadmap_1085_li
SQL Server 2005, Oracle: support COUNT(*) OVER(). See http://www.orafusion.com/art_anlytc.htm 

@roadmap_1086_li
SQL 2003: http://www.wiscorp.com/sql_2003_standard.zip 

@roadmap_1087_li
Version column (number/sequence and timestamp based). 

@roadmap_1088_li
Optimize getGeneratedKey: send last identity after each execute (server). 

@roadmap_1089_li
Test and document UPDATE TEST SET (ID, NAME) = (SELECT ID*10, NAME || '!' FROM TEST T WHERE T.ID=TEST.ID). 

@roadmap_1090_li
Max memory rows / max undo log size: use block count / row size not row count. 

@roadmap_1091_li
Implement point-in-time recovery. 

@roadmap_1092_li
Support PL/SQL (programming language / control flow statements). 

@roadmap_1093_li
LIKE: improved version for larger texts (currently using naive search). 

@roadmap_1094_li
Throw an exception when the application calls getInt on a Long (optional). 

@roadmap_1095_li
Default date format for input and output (local date constants). 

@roadmap_1096_li
Document ROWNUM usage for reports: SELECT ROWNUM, * FROM (subquery). 

@roadmap_1097_li
File system that writes to two file systems (replication, replicating file system). 

@roadmap_1098_li
Standalone tool to get relevant system properties and add it to the trace output. 

@roadmap_1099_li
Support 'call proc(1=value)' (PostgreSQL, Oracle). 

@roadmap_1100_li
Console: improve editing data (Tab, Shift-Tab, Enter, Up, Down, Shift+Del?). 

@roadmap_1101_li
Console: autocomplete Ctrl+Space inserts template. 

@roadmap_1102_li
Option to encrypt .trace.db file. 

@roadmap_1103_li
Auto-Update feature for database, .jar file. 

@roadmap_1104_li
ResultSet SimpleResultSet.readFromURL(String url): id varchar, state varchar, released timestamp. 

@roadmap_1105_li
Partial indexing (see PostgreSQL). 

@roadmap_1106_li
Add GUI to build a custom version (embedded, fulltext,...) using build flags. 

@roadmap_1107_li
http://rubyforge.org/projects/hypersonic/ 

@roadmap_1108_li
Add a sample application that runs the H2 unit test and writes the result to a file (so it can be included in the user app). 

@roadmap_1109_li
Table order: ALTER TABLE TEST ORDER BY NAME DESC (MySQL compatibility). 

@roadmap_1110_li
Backup tool should work with other databases as well. 

@roadmap_1111_li
Console: -ifExists doesn't work for the console. Add a flag to disable other dbs. 

@roadmap_1112_li
Check if 'FSUTIL behavior set disablelastaccess 1' improves the performance (fsutil behavior query disablelastaccess). 

@roadmap_1113_li
Java static code analysis: http://pmd.sourceforge.net/ 

@roadmap_1114_li
Java static code analysis: http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/ 

@roadmap_1115_li
Compatibility for CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION. 

@roadmap_1116_li
Implement Clob / Blob truncate and the remaining functionality. 

@roadmap_1117_li
Add multiple columns at the same time with ALTER TABLE .. ADD .. ADD ... 

@roadmap_1118_li
File locking: writing a system property to detect concurrent access from the same VM (different classloaders). 

@roadmap_1119_li
Pure SQL triggers (example: update parent table if the child table is changed). 

@roadmap_1120_li
Add H2 to Gem (Ruby install system). 

@roadmap_1121_li
Support linked JCR tables. 

@roadmap_1122_li
Native fulltext search: min word length; store word positions. 

@roadmap_1123_li
Add an option to the SCRIPT command to generate only portable / standard SQL. 

@roadmap_1124_li
Updatable views: create 'instead of' triggers automatically if possible (simple cases first). 

@roadmap_1125_li
Improve create index performance. 

@roadmap_1126_li
Compact databases without having to close the database (vacuum). 

@roadmap_1127_li
Implement more JDBC 4.0 features. 

@roadmap_1128_li
Support TRANSFORM / PIVOT as in MS Access. 

@roadmap_1129_li
SELECT * FROM (VALUES (...), (...), ....) AS alias(f1, ...). 

@roadmap_1130_li
Support updatable views with join on primary keys (to extend a table). 

@roadmap_1131_li
Public interface for functions (not public static). 

@roadmap_1132_li
Support reading the transaction log. 

@roadmap_1133_li
Feature matrix as in <a href="http://www.inetsoftware.de/products/jdbc/mssql/features/default.asp">i-net software</a>. 

@roadmap_1134_li
Updatable result set on table without primary key or unique index. 

@roadmap_1135_li
Compatibility with Derby and PostgreSQL: VALUES(1), (2); SELECT * FROM (VALUES (1), (2)) AS myTable(c1). Issue 221. 

@roadmap_1136_li
Allow execution time prepare for SELECT * FROM CSVREAD(?, 'columnNameString') 

@roadmap_1137_li
Support data type INTERVAL 

@roadmap_1138_li
Support nested transactions (possibly using savepoints internally). 

@roadmap_1139_li
Add a benchmark for bigger databases, and one for many users. 

@roadmap_1140_li
Compression in the result set over TCP/IP. 

@roadmap_1141_li
Support curtimestamp (like curtime, curdate). 

@roadmap_1142_li
Support ANALYZE {TABLE|INDEX} tableName COMPUTE|ESTIMATE|DELETE STATISTICS ptnOption options. 

@roadmap_1143_li
Release locks (shared or exclusive) on demand 

@roadmap_1144_li
Support OUTER UNION 

@roadmap_1145_li
Support parameterized views (similar to CSVREAD, but using just SQL for the definition) 

@roadmap_1146_li
A way (JDBC driver) to map an URL (jdbc:h2map:c1) to a connection object 

@roadmap_1147_li
Support dynamic linked schema (automatically adding/updating/removing tables) 

@roadmap_1148_li
Clustering: adding a node should be very fast and without interrupting clients (very short lock) 

@roadmap_1149_li
Compatibility: # is the start of a single line comment (MySQL) but date quote (Access). Mode specific 

@roadmap_1150_li
Run benchmarks with Android, Java 7, java -server 

@roadmap_1151_li
Optimizations: faster hash function for strings. 

@roadmap_1152_li
DatabaseEventListener: callback for all operations (including expected time, RUNSCRIPT) and cancel functionality 

@roadmap_1153_li
Benchmark: add a graph to show how databases scale (performance/database size) 

@roadmap_1154_li
Implement a SQLData interface to map your data over to a custom object 

@roadmap_1155_li
In the MySQL and PostgreSQL mode, use lower case identifiers by default (DatabaseMetaData.storesLowerCaseIdentifiers = true) 

@roadmap_1156_li
Support multiple directories (on different hard drives) for the same database 

@roadmap_1157_li
Server protocol: use challenge response authentication, but client sends hash(user+password) encrypted with response 

@roadmap_1158_li
Support EXEC[UTE] (doesn't return a result set, compatible to MS SQL Server) 

@roadmap_1159_li
Support native XML data type - see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SQL/XML 

@roadmap_1160_li
Support triggers with a string property or option: SpringTrigger, OSGITrigger 

@roadmap_1161_li
MySQL compatibility: update test1 t1, test2 t2 set t1.id = t2.id where t1.id = t2.id; 

@roadmap_1162_li
Ability to resize the cache array when resizing the cache 

@roadmap_1163_li
Time based cache writing (one second after writing the log) 

@roadmap_1164_li
Check state of H2 driver for DDLUtils: http://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DDLUTILS-185 

@roadmap_1165_li
Index usage for REGEXP LIKE. 

@roadmap_1166_li
Compatibility: add a role DBA (like ADMIN). 

@roadmap_1167_li
Better support multiple processors for in-memory databases. 

@roadmap_1168_li
Support N'text' 

@roadmap_1169_li
Support compatibility for jdbc:hsqldb:res: 

@roadmap_1170_li
HSQLDB compatibility: automatically convert to the next 'higher' data type. Example: cast(2000000000 as int) + cast(2000000000 as int); (HSQLDB: long; PostgreSQL: integer out of range) 

@roadmap_1171_li
Provide an Java SQL builder with standard and H2 syntax 

@roadmap_1172_li
Trace: write OS, file system, JVM,... when opening the database 

@roadmap_1173_li
Support indexes for views (probably requires materialized views) 

@roadmap_1174_li
Document SET SEARCH_PATH, BEGIN, EXECUTE, parameters 

@roadmap_1175_li
Server: use one listener (detect if the request comes from an PG or TCP client) 

@roadmap_1176_li
Optimize SELECT MIN(ID), MAX(ID), COUNT(*) FROM TEST WHERE ID BETWEEN 100 AND 200 

@roadmap_1177_li
Sequence: PostgreSQL compatibility (rename, create) http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.2/static/sql-altersequence.html 

@roadmap_1178_li
DISTINCT: support large result sets by sorting on all columns (additionally) and then removing duplicates. 

@roadmap_1179_li
Support a special trigger on all tables to allow building a transaction log reader. 

@roadmap_1180_li
File system with a background writer thread; test if this is faster 

@roadmap_1181_li
Better document the source code (high level documentation). 

@roadmap_1182_li
Support select * from dual a left join dual b on b.x=(select max(x) from dual) 

@roadmap_1183_li
Optimization: don't lock when the database is read-only 

@roadmap_1184_li
Issue 146: Support merge join. 

@roadmap_1185_li
Integrate spatial functions from http://geosysin.iict.ch/irstv-trac/wiki/H2spatial/Download 

@roadmap_1186_li
Cluster: hot deploy (adding a node at runtime). 

@roadmap_1187_li
Support DatabaseMetaData.insertsAreDetected: updatable result sets should detect inserts. 

@roadmap_1188_li
Oracle: support DECODE method (convert to CASE WHEN). 

@roadmap_1189_li
Native search: support "phrase search", wildcard search (* and ?), case-insensitive search, boolean operators, and grouping 

@roadmap_1190_li
Improve documentation of access rights. 

@roadmap_1191_li
Support opening a database that is in the classpath, maybe using a new file system. Workaround: detect jar file using getClass().getProtectionDomain().getCodeSource().getLocation(). 

@roadmap_1192_li
Support ENUM data type (see MySQL, PostgreSQL, MS SQL Server, maybe others). 

@roadmap_1193_li
Remember the user defined data type (domain) of a column. 

@roadmap_1194_li
MVCC: support multi-threaded kernel with multi-version concurrency. 

@roadmap_1195_li
Auto-server: add option to define the port range or list. 

@roadmap_1196_li
Support Jackcess (MS Access databases) 

@roadmap_1197_li
Built-in methods to write large objects (BLOB and CLOB): FILE_WRITE('test.txt', 'Hello World') 

@roadmap_1198_li
Improve time to open large databases (see mail 'init time for distributed setup') 

@roadmap_1199_li
Move Maven 2 repository from hsql.sf.net to h2database.sf.net 

@roadmap_1200_li
Java 1.5 tool: JdbcUtils.closeSilently(s1, s2,...) 

@roadmap_1201_li
Optimize A=? OR B=? to UNION if the cost is lower. 

@roadmap_1202_li
Javadoc: document design patterns used 

@roadmap_1203_li
Support custom collators, for example for natural sort (for text that contains numbers). 

@roadmap_1204_li
Write an article about SQLInjection (h2/src/docsrc/html/images/SQLInjection.txt) 

@roadmap_1205_li
Convert SQL-injection-2.txt to html document, include SQLInjection.java sample 

@roadmap_1206_li
Support OUT parameters in user-defined procedures. 

@roadmap_1207_li
Web site design: http://www.igniterealtime.org/projects/openfire/index.jsp 

@roadmap_1208_li
HSQLDB compatibility: Openfire server uses: CREATE SCHEMA PUBLIC AUTHORIZATION DBA; CREATE USER SA PASSWORD ""; GRANT DBA TO SA; SET SCHEMA PUBLIC 

@roadmap_1209_li
Translation: use ?? in help.csv 

@roadmap_1210_li
Translated .pdf 

@roadmap_1211_li
Recovery tool: bad blocks should be converted to INSERT INTO SYSTEM_ERRORS(...), and things should go into the .trace.db file 

@roadmap_1212_li
Issue 357: support getGeneratedKeys to return multiple rows when used with batch updates. This is supported by MySQL, but not Derby. Both PostgreSQL and HSQLDB don't support getGeneratedKeys. Also support it when using INSERT ... SELECT. 

@roadmap_1213_li
RECOVER=2 to backup the database, run recovery, open the database 

@roadmap_1214_li
Recovery should work with encrypted databases 

@roadmap_1215_li
Corruption: new error code, add help 

@roadmap_1216_li
Space reuse: after init, scan all storages and free those that don't belong to a live database object 

@roadmap_1217_li
Access rights: add missing features (users should be 'owner' of objects; missing rights for sequences; dropping objects) 

@roadmap_1218_li
Support NOCACHE table option (Oracle). 

@roadmap_1219_li
Support table partitioning. 

@roadmap_1220_li
Add regular javadocs (using the default doclet, but another css) to the homepage. 

@roadmap_1221_li
The database should be kept open for a longer time when using the server mode. 

@roadmap_1222_li
Javadocs: for each tool, add a copy &amp; paste sample in the class level. 

@roadmap_1223_li
Javadocs: add @author tags. 

@roadmap_1224_li
Fluent API for tools: Server.createTcpServer().setPort(9081).setPassword(password).start(); 

@roadmap_1225_li
MySQL compatibility: real SQL statement for DESCRIBE TEST 

@roadmap_1226_li
Use a default delay of 1 second before closing a database. 

@roadmap_1227_li
Write (log) to system table before adding to internal data structures. 

@roadmap_1228_li
Support direct lookup for MIN and MAX when using WHERE (see todo.txt / Direct Lookup). 

@roadmap_1229_li
Support other array types (String[], double[]) in PreparedStatement.setObject(int, Object) (with test case). 

@roadmap_1230_li
MVCC should not be memory bound (uncommitted data is kept in memory in the delta index; maybe using a regular b-tree index solves the problem). 

@roadmap_1231_li
Oracle compatibility: support NLS_DATE_FORMAT. 

@roadmap_1232_li
Support for Thread.interrupt to cancel running statements. 

@roadmap_1233_li
Cluster: add feature to make sure cluster nodes can not get out of sync (for example by stopping one process). 

@roadmap_1234_li
H2 Console: support CLOB/BLOB download using a link. 

@roadmap_1235_li
Support flashback queries as in Oracle. 

@roadmap_1236_li
Import / Export of fixed with text files. 

@roadmap_1237_li
HSQLDB compatibility: automatic data type for SUM if value is the value is too big (by default use the same type as the data). 

@roadmap_1238_li
Improve the optimizer to select the right index for special cases: where id between 2 and 4 and booleanColumn 

@roadmap_1239_li
Linked tables: make hidden columns available (Oracle: rowid and ora_rowscn columns). 

@roadmap_1240_li
H2 Console: in-place autocomplete. 

@roadmap_1241_li
Support large databases: split database files to multiple directories / disks (similar to tablespaces). 

@roadmap_1242_li
H2 Console: support configuration option for fixed width (monospace) font. 

@roadmap_1243_li
Native fulltext search: support analyzers (specially for Chinese, Japanese). 

@roadmap_1244_li
Automatically compact databases from time to time (as a background process). 

@roadmap_1245_li
Test Eclipse DTP. 

@roadmap_1246_li
H2 Console: autocomplete: keep the previous setting 

@roadmap_1247_li
executeBatch: option to stop at the first failed statement. 

@roadmap_1248_li
Implement OLAP features as described here: http://www.devx.com/getHelpOn/10MinuteSolution/16573/0/page/5 

@roadmap_1249_li
Support Oracle ROWID (unique identifier for each row). 

@roadmap_1250_li
MySQL compatibility: alter table add index i(c), add constraint c foreign key(c) references t(c); 

@roadmap_1251_li
Server mode: improve performance for batch updates. 

@roadmap_1252_li
Applets: support read-only databases in a zip file (accessed as a resource). 

@roadmap_1253_li
Long running queries / errors / trace system table. 

@roadmap_1254_li
H2 Console should support JaQu directly. 

@roadmap_1255_li
Better document FTL_SEARCH, FTL_SEARCH_DATA. 

@roadmap_1256_li
Sequences: CURRVAL should be session specific. Compatibility with PostgreSQL. 

@roadmap_1257_li
Index creation using deterministic functions. 

@roadmap_1258_li
ANALYZE: for unique indexes that allow null, count the number of null. 

@roadmap_1259_li
MySQL compatibility: multi-table delete: DELETE .. FROM .. [,...] USING - See http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/delete.html 

@roadmap_1260_li
AUTO_SERVER: support changing IP addresses (disable a network while the database is open). 

@roadmap_1261_li
Avoid using java.util.Calendar internally because it's slow, complicated, and buggy. 

@roadmap_1262_li
Support TRUNCATE .. CASCADE like PostgreSQL. 

@roadmap_1263_li
Fulltext search: lazy result generation using SimpleRowSource. 

@roadmap_1264_li
Fulltext search: support alternative syntax: WHERE FTL_CONTAINS(name, 'hello'). 

@roadmap_1265_li
MySQL compatibility: support REPLACE, see http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/6.0/en/replace.html and issue 73. 

@roadmap_1266_li
MySQL compatibility: support INSERT INTO table SET column1 = value1, column2 = value2 

@roadmap_1267_li
Docs: add a one line description for each functions and SQL statements at the top (in the link section). 

@roadmap_1268_li
Javadoc search: weight for titles should be higher ('random' should list Functions as the best match). 

@roadmap_1269_li
Replace information_schema tables with regular tables that are automatically re-built when needed. Use indexes. 

@roadmap_1270_li
Issue 50: Oracle compatibility: support calling 0-parameters functions without parenthesis. Make constants obsolete. 

@roadmap_1271_li
MySQL, HSQLDB compatibility: support where 'a'=1 (not supported by Derby, PostgreSQL) 

@roadmap_1272_li
Support a data type "timestamp with timezone" using java.util.Calendar. 

@roadmap_1273_li
Finer granularity for SLF4J trace - See http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/detail?id=62 

@roadmap_1274_li
Add database creation date and time to the database. 

@roadmap_1275_li
Support ASSERTION. 

@roadmap_1276_li
MySQL compatibility: support comparing 1='a' 

@roadmap_1277_li
Support PostgreSQL lock modes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.3/static/explicit-locking.html 

@roadmap_1278_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: test DbVisualizer and Squirrel SQL using a new PostgreSQL JDBC driver. 

@roadmap_1279_li
RunScript should be able to read from system in (or quite mode for Shell). 

@roadmap_1280_li
Natural join: support select x from dual natural join dual. 

@roadmap_1281_li
Support using system properties in database URLs (may be a security problem). 

@roadmap_1282_li
Natural join: somehow support this: select a.x, b.x, x from dual a natural join dual b 

@roadmap_1283_li
Use the Java service provider mechanism to register file systems and function libraries. 

@roadmap_1284_li
MySQL compatibility: for auto_increment columns, convert 0 to next value (as when inserting NULL). 

@roadmap_1285_li
Optimization for multi-column IN: use an index if possible. Example: (A, B) IN((1, 2), (2, 3)). 

@roadmap_1286_li
Optimization for EXISTS: convert to inner join or IN(..) if possible. 

@roadmap_1287_li
Functions: support hashcode(value); cryptographic and fast 

@roadmap_1288_li
Serialized file lock: support long running queries. 

@roadmap_1289_li
Network: use 127.0.0.1 if other addresses don't work. 

@roadmap_1290_li
Pluggable network protocol (currently Socket/ServerSocket over TCP/IP) - see also TransportServer with master slave replication. 

@roadmap_1291_li
Support reading JCR data: one table per node type; query table; cache option 

@roadmap_1292_li
OSGi: create a sample application, test, document. 

@roadmap_1293_li
help.csv: use complete examples for functions; run as test case. 

@roadmap_1294_li
Functions to calculate the memory and disk space usage of a table, a row, or a value. 

@roadmap_1295_li
Re-implement PooledConnection; use a lightweight connection object. 

@roadmap_1296_li
Doclet: convert tests in javadocs to a java class. 

@roadmap_1297_li
Doclet: format fields like methods, but support sorting by name and value. 

@roadmap_1298_li
Doclet: shrink the html files. 

@roadmap_1299_li
MySQL compatibility: support SET NAMES 'latin1' - See also http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/detail?id=56 

@roadmap_1300_li
Allow to scan index backwards starting with a value (to better support ORDER BY DESC). 

@roadmap_1301_li
Java Service Wrapper: try http://yajsw.sourceforge.net/ 

@roadmap_1302_li
Batch parameter for INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, and commit after each batch. See also MySQL DELETE. 

@roadmap_1303_li
MySQL compatibility: support ALTER TABLE .. MODIFY COLUMN. 

@roadmap_1304_li
Use a lazy and auto-close input stream (open resource when reading, close on eof). 

@roadmap_1305_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: generate_series (as an alias for system_range). 

@roadmap_1306_li
Connection pool: 'reset session' command (delete temp tables, rollback, auto-commit true). 

@roadmap_1307_li
Improve SQL documentation, see http://www.w3schools.com/sql/ 

@roadmap_1308_li
MySQL compatibility: DatabaseMetaData.stores*() methods should return the same values. Test with SquirrelSQL. 

@roadmap_1309_li
MS SQL Server compatibility: support DATEPART syntax. 

@roadmap_1310_li
Sybase/DB2/Oracle compatibility: support out parameters in stored procedures - See http://code.google.com/p/h2database/issues/detail?id=83 

@roadmap_1311_li
Support INTERVAL data type (see Oracle and others). 

@roadmap_1312_li
Combine Server and Console tool (only keep Server). 

@roadmap_1313_li
Store the Lucene index in the database itself. 

@roadmap_1314_li
Support standard MERGE statement: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merge_%28SQL%29 

@roadmap_1315_li
Oracle compatibility: support DECODE(x, ...). 

@roadmap_1316_li
MVCC: compare concurrent update behavior with PostgreSQL and Oracle. 

@roadmap_1317_li
HSQLDB compatibility: CREATE FUNCTION (maybe using a Function interface). 

@roadmap_1318_li
HSQLDB compatibility: support CALL "java.lang.Math.sqrt"(2.0) 

@roadmap_1319_li
Support comma as the decimal separator in the CSV tool. 

@roadmap_1320_li
Compatibility: Java functions with SQLJ Part1 http://www.acm.org/sigmod/record/issues/9912/standards.pdf.gz 

@roadmap_1321_li
Compatibility: Java functions with SQL/PSM (Persistent Stored Modules) - need to find the documentation. 

@roadmap_1322_li
CACHE_SIZE: automatically use a fraction of Runtime.maxMemory - maybe automatically the second level cache. 

@roadmap_1323_li
Support date/time/timestamp as documented in http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 

@roadmap_1324_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: when in PG mode, treat BYTEA data like PG. 

@roadmap_1325_li
Support =ANY(array) as in PostgreSQL. See also http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.0/interactive/arrays.html 

@roadmap_1326_li
IBM DB2 compatibility: support PREVIOUS VALUE FOR sequence. 

@roadmap_1327_li
Compatibility: use different LIKE ESCAPE characters depending on the mode (disable for Derby, HSQLDB, DB2, Oracle, MSSQLServer). 

@roadmap_1328_li
Oracle compatibility: support CREATE SYNONYM table FOR schema.table. 

@roadmap_1329_li
FTP: document the server, including -ftpTask option to execute / kill remote processes 

@roadmap_1330_li
FTP: problems with multithreading? 

@roadmap_1331_li
FTP: implement SFTP / FTPS 

@roadmap_1332_li
FTP: access to a database (.csv for a table, a directory for a schema, a file for a lob, a script.sql file). 

@roadmap_1333_li
More secure default configuration if remote access is enabled. 

@roadmap_1334_li
Improve database file locking (maybe use native file locking). The current approach seems to be problematic if the file system is on a remote share (see Google Group 'Lock file modification time is in the future'). 

@roadmap_1335_li
Document internal features such as BELONGS_TO_TABLE, NULL_TO_DEFAULT, SEQUENCE. 

@roadmap_1336_li
Issue 107: Prefer using the ORDER BY index if LIMIT is used. 

@roadmap_1337_li
An index on (id, name) should be used for a query: select * from t where s=? order by i 

@roadmap_1338_li
Support reading sequences using DatabaseMetaData.getTables(null, null, null, new String[]{"SEQUENCE"}). See PostgreSQL. 

@roadmap_1339_li
Add option to enable TCP_NODELAY using Socket.setTcpNoDelay(true). 

@roadmap_1340_li
Maybe disallow = within database names (jdbc:h2:mem:MODE=DB2 means database name MODE=DB2). 

@roadmap_1341_li
Fast alter table add column. 

@roadmap_1342_li
Improve concurrency for in-memory database operations. 

@roadmap_1343_li
Issue 122: Support for connection aliases for remote tcp connections. 

@roadmap_1344_li
Fast scrambling (strong encryption doesn't help if the password is included in the application). 

@roadmap_1345_li
H2 Console: support -webPassword to require a password to access preferences or shutdown. 

@roadmap_1346_li
Issue 126: The index name should be "IDX_" plus the constraint name unless there is a conflict, in which case append a number. 

@roadmap_1347_li
Issue 127: Support activation/deactivation of triggers 

@roadmap_1348_li
Issue 130: Custom log event listeners 

@roadmap_1349_li
Issue 131: IBM DB2 compatibility: sysibm.sysdummy1 

@roadmap_1350_li
Issue 132: Use Java enum trigger type. 

@roadmap_1351_li
Issue 134: IBM DB2 compatibility: session global variables. 

@roadmap_1352_li
Cluster: support load balance with values for each server / auto detect. 

@roadmap_1353_li
FTL_SET_OPTION(keyString, valueString) with key stopWords at first. 

@roadmap_1354_li
Pluggable access control mechanism. 

@roadmap_1355_li
Fulltext search (Lucene): support streaming CLOB data. 

@roadmap_1356_li
Document/example how to create and read an encrypted script file. 

@roadmap_1357_li
Check state of http://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/OPENJPA-1367 (H2 does support cross joins). 

@roadmap_1358_li
Fulltext search (Lucene): only prefix column names with _ if they already start with _. Instead of DATA / QUERY / modified use _DATA, _QUERY, _MODIFIED if possible. 

@roadmap_1359_li
Support a way to create or read compressed encrypted script files using an API. 

@roadmap_1360_li
Scripting language support (Javascript). 

@roadmap_1361_li
The network client should better detect if the server is not an H2 server and fail early. 

@roadmap_1362_li
H2 Console: support CLOB/BLOB upload. 

@roadmap_1363_li
Database file lock: detect hibernate / standby / very slow threads (compare system time). 

@roadmap_1364_li
Automatic detection of redundant indexes. 

@roadmap_1365_li
Maybe reject join without "on" (except natural join). 

@roadmap_1366_li
Implement GiST (Generalized Search Tree for Secondary Storage). 

@roadmap_1367_li
Function to read a number of bytes/characters from an BLOB or CLOB. 

@roadmap_1368_li
Issue 156: Support SELECT ? UNION SELECT ?. 

@roadmap_1369_li
Automatic mixed mode: support a port range list (to avoid firewall problems). 

@roadmap_1370_li
Support the pseudo column rowid, oid, _rowid_. 

@roadmap_1371_li
H2 Console / large result sets: stream early instead of keeping a whole result in-memory 

@roadmap_1372_li
Support TRUNCATE for linked tables. 

@roadmap_1373_li
UNION: evaluate INTERSECT before UNION (like most other database except Oracle). 

@roadmap_1374_li
Delay creating the information schema, and share metadata columns. 

@roadmap_1375_li
TCP Server: use a nonce (number used once) to protect unencrypted channels against replay attacks. 

@roadmap_1376_li
Simplify running scripts and recovery: CREATE FORCE USER (overwrites an existing user). 

@roadmap_1377_li
Support CREATE DATABASE LINK (a custom JDBC driver is already supported). 

@roadmap_1378_li
Support large GROUP BY operations. Issue 216. 

@roadmap_1379_li
Issue 163: Allow to create foreign keys on metadata types. 

@roadmap_1380_li
Logback: write a native DBAppender. 

@roadmap_1381_li
Cache size: don't use more cache than what is available. 

@roadmap_1382_li
Allow to defragment at runtime (similar to SHUTDOWN DEFRAG) in a background thread. 

@roadmap_1383_li
Tree index: Instead of an AVL tree, use a general balanced trees or a scapegoat tree. 

@roadmap_1384_li
User defined functions: allow to store the bytecode (of just the class, or the jar file of the extension) in the database. 

@roadmap_1385_li
Compatibility: ResultSet.getObject() on a CLOB (TEXT) should return String for PostgreSQL and MySQL. 

@roadmap_1386_li
Optimizer: WHERE X=? AND Y IN(?), it always uses the index on Y. Should be cost based. 

@roadmap_1387_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: support parameters. Issue 314. 

@roadmap_1388_li
Oracle compatibility: support INSERT ALL. 

@roadmap_1389_li
Issue 178: Optimizer: index usage when both ascending and descending indexes are available. 

@roadmap_1390_li
Issue 179: Related subqueries in HAVING clause. 

@roadmap_1391_li
IBM DB2 compatibility: NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT. Similar to MySQL Mode.convertInsertNullToZero. 

@roadmap_1392_li
Creating primary key: always create a constraint. 

@roadmap_1393_li
Maybe use a different page layout: keep the data at the head of the page, and ignore the tail (don't store / read it). This may increase write / read performance depending on the file system. 

@roadmap_1394_li
Indexes of temporary tables are currently kept in-memory. Is this how it should be? 

@roadmap_1395_li
The Shell tool should support the same built-in commands as the H2 Console. 

@roadmap_1396_li
Maybe use PhantomReference instead of finalize. 

@roadmap_1397_li
Database file name suffix: should only have one dot by default. Example: .h2db 

@roadmap_1398_li
Issue 196: Function based indexes 

@roadmap_1399_li
ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN IF NOT EXISTS columnName. 

@roadmap_1400_li
Fix the disk space leak (killing the process at the exact right moment will increase the disk space usage; this space is not re-used). See TestDiskSpaceLeak.java 

@roadmap_1401_li
ROWNUM: Oracle compatibility when used within a subquery. Issue 198. 

@roadmap_1402_li
Allow to access the database over HTTP (possibly using port 80) and a servlet in a REST way. 

@roadmap_1403_li
ODBC: encrypted databases are not supported because the ;CIPHER= can not be set. 

@roadmap_1404_li
Support CLOB and BLOB update, specially conn.createBlob().setBinaryStream(1); 

@roadmap_1405_li
Optimizer: index usage when both ascending and descending indexes are available. Issue 178. 

@roadmap_1406_li
Issue 306: Support schema specific domains. 

@roadmap_1407_li
Triggers: support user defined execution order. Oracle: CREATE OR REPLACE TRIGGER TEST_2 BEFORE INSERT ON TEST FOR EACH ROW FOLLOWS TEST_1. SQL specifies that multiple triggers should be fired in time-of-creation order. PostgreSQL uses name order, which was judged to be more convenient. Derby: triggers are fired in the order in which they were created. 

@roadmap_1408_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: combine "users" and "roles". See: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.1/interactive/user-manag.html 

@roadmap_1409_li
Improve documentation of system properties: only list the property names, default values, and description. 

@roadmap_1410_li
Support running totals / cumulative sum using SUM(..) OVER(..). 

@roadmap_1411_li
Improve object memory size calculation. Use constants for known VMs, or use reflection to call java.lang.instrument.Instrumentation.getObjectSize(Object objectToSize) 

@roadmap_1412_li
Triggers: NOT NULL checks should be done after running triggers (Oracle behavior, maybe others). 

@roadmap_1413_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: support INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... Issue 219. 

@roadmap_1414_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: support non-recursive queries. Issue 217. 

@roadmap_1415_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: avoid endless loop. Issue 218. 

@roadmap_1416_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: support multiple named queries. Issue 220. 

@roadmap_1417_li
Common Table Expression (CTE) / recursive queries: identifier scope may be incorrect. Issue 222. 

@roadmap_1418_li
Log long running transactions (similar to long running statements). 

@roadmap_1419_li
Parameter data type is data type of other operand. Issue 205. 

@roadmap_1420_li
Some combinations of nested join with right outer join are not supported. 

@roadmap_1421_li
DatabaseEventListener.openConnection(id) and closeConnection(id). 

@roadmap_1422_li
Listener or authentication module for new connections, or a way to restrict the number of different connections to a tcp server, or to prevent to login with the same username and password from different IPs. Possibly using the DatabaseEventListener API, or a new API. 

@roadmap_1423_li
Compatibility for data type CHAR (Derby, HSQLDB). Issue 212. 

@roadmap_1424_li
Compatibility with MySQL TIMESTAMPDIFF. Issue 209. 

@roadmap_1425_li
Optimizer: use a histogram of the data, specially for non-normal distributions. 

@roadmap_1426_li
Trigger: allow declaring as source code (like functions). 

@roadmap_1427_li
User defined aggregate: allow declaring as source code (like functions). 

@roadmap_1428_li
The error "table not found" is sometimes caused by using the wrong database. Add "(this database is empty)" to the exception message if applicable. 

@roadmap_1429_li
MySQL + PostgreSQL compatibility: support string literal escape with \n. 

@roadmap_1430_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: support string literal escape with double \\. 

@roadmap_1431_li
Document the TCP server "management_db". Maybe include the IP address of the client. 

@roadmap_1432_li
Use javax.tools.JavaCompilerTool instead of com.sun.tools.javac.Main 

@roadmap_1433_li
If a database object was not found in the current schema, but one with the same name existed in another schema, included that in the error message. 

@roadmap_1434_li
Optimization to use an index for OR when using multiple keys: where (key1 = ? and key2 = ?) OR (key1 = ? and key2 = ?) 

@roadmap_1435_li
Issue 302: Support optimizing queries with both inner and outer joins, as in: select * from test a inner join test b on a.id=b.id inner join o on o.id=a.id where b.x=1 (the optimizer should swap a and b here). See also TestNestedJoins, tag "swapInnerJoinTables". 

@roadmap_1436_li
JaQu should support a DataSource and a way to create a Db object using a Connection (for multi-threaded usage with a connection pool). 

@roadmap_1437_li
Move table to a different schema (rename table to a different schema), possibly using ALTER TABLE ... SET SCHEMA ...; 

@roadmap_1438_li
nioMapped file system: automatically fall back to regular (non mapped) IO if there is a problem (out of memory exception for example). 

@roadmap_1439_li
Column as parameter of function table. Issue 228. 

@roadmap_1440_li
Connection pool: detect ;AUTOCOMMIT=FALSE in the database URL, and if set, disable autocommit for all connections. 

@roadmap_1441_li
Compatibility with MS Access: support "&amp;" to concatenate text. 

@roadmap_1442_li
The BACKUP statement should not synchronize on the database, and therefore should not block other users. 

@roadmap_1443_li
Document the database file format. 

@roadmap_1444_li
Support reading LOBs. 

@roadmap_1445_li
Require appending DANGEROUS=TRUE when using certain dangerous settings such as LOG=0, LOG=1, LOCK_MODE=0, disabling FILE_LOCK,... 

@roadmap_1446_li
Support UDT (user defined types) similar to how Apache Derby supports it: check constraint, allow to use it in Java functions as parameters (return values already seem to work). 

@roadmap_1447_li
Encrypted file system (use cipher text stealing so file length doesn't need to decrypt; 4 KB header per file, optional compatibility with current encrypted database files). 

@roadmap_1448_li
Issue 229: SELECT with simple OR tests uses tableScan when it could use indexes. 

@roadmap_1449_li
GROUP BY queries should use a temporary table if there are too many rows. 

@roadmap_1450_li
BLOB: support random access when reading. 

@roadmap_1451_li
CLOB: support random access when reading (this is harder than for BLOB as data is stored in UTF-8 form). 

@roadmap_1452_li
Compatibility: support SELECT INTO (as an alias for CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ...). 

@roadmap_1453_li
Compatibility with MySQL: support SELECT INTO OUTFILE (cannot be an existing file) as an alias for CSVWRITE(...). 

@roadmap_1454_li
Compatibility with MySQL: support non-strict mode (sql_mode = "") any data that is too large for the column will just be truncated or set to the default value. 

@roadmap_1455_li
The full condition should be sent to the linked table, not just the indexed condition. Example: TestLinkedTableFullCondition 

@roadmap_1456_li
Compatibility with IBM DB2: CREATE PROCEDURE. 

@roadmap_1457_li
Compatibility with IBM DB2: SQL cursors. 

@roadmap_1458_li
Single-column primary key values are always stored explicitly. This is not required. 

@roadmap_1459_li
Compatibility with MySQL: support CREATE TABLE TEST(NAME VARCHAR(255) CHARACTER SET UTF8). 

@roadmap_1460_li
CALL is incompatible with other databases because it returns a result set, so that CallableStatement.execute() returns true. 

@roadmap_1461_li
Optimization for large lists for column IN(1, 2, 3, 4,...) - currently an list is used, could potentially use a hash set (maybe only for a part of the values - the ones that can be evaluated). 

@roadmap_1462_li
Compatibility for ARRAY data type (Oracle: VARRAY(n) of VARCHAR(m); HSQLDB: VARCHAR(n) ARRAY; Postgres: VARCHAR(n)[]). 

@roadmap_1463_li
PostgreSQL compatible array literal syntax: ARRAY[['a', 'b'], ['c', 'd']] 

@roadmap_1464_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: UPDATE with FROM. 

@roadmap_1465_li
Issue 297: Oracle compatibility for "at time zone". 

@roadmap_1466_li
IBM DB2 compatibility: IDENTITY_VAL_LOCAL(). 

@roadmap_1467_li
Support SQL/XML. 

@roadmap_1468_li
Support concurrent opening of databases. 

@roadmap_1469_li
Improved error message and diagnostics in case of network configuration problems. 

@roadmap_1470_li
TRUNCATE should reset the identity columns as in MySQL and MS SQL Server (and possibly other databases). 

@roadmap_1471_li
Adding a primary key should make the columns 'not null' unless if there is a row with null (compatibility with MySQL, PostgreSQL, HSQLDB; not Derby). 

@roadmap_1472_li
ARRAY data type: support Integer[] and so on in Java functions (currently only Object[] is supported). 

@roadmap_1473_li
MySQL compatibility: LOCK TABLES a READ, b READ - see also http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/lock-tables.html 

@roadmap_1474_li
The HTML to PDF converter should use http://code.google.com/p/wkhtmltopdf/ 

@roadmap_1475_li
Issue 303: automatically convert "X NOT IN(SELECT...)" to "NOT EXISTS(...)". 

@roadmap_1476_li
MySQL compatibility: update test1 t1, test2 t2 set t1.name=t2.name where t1.id=t2.id. 

@roadmap_1477_li
Issue 283: Improve performance of H2 on Android. 

@roadmap_1478_li
Support INSERT INTO / UPDATE / MERGE ... RETURNING to retrieve the generated key(s). 

@roadmap_1479_li
Column compression option - see http://groups.google.com/group/h2-database/browse_thread/thread/3e223504e52671fa/243da82244343f5d 

@roadmap_1480_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: ALTER TABLE ADD combined with adding a foreign key constraint, as in ALTER TABLE FOO ADD COLUMN PARENT BIGINT REFERENCES FOO(ID). 

@roadmap_1481_li
MS SQL Server compatibility: support @@ROWCOUNT. 

@roadmap_1482_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: LOG(x) is LOG10(x) and not LN(x). 

@roadmap_1483_li
Issue 311: Serialized lock mode: executeQuery of write operations fails. 

@roadmap_1484_li
PostgreSQL compatibility: support PgAdmin III (specially the function current_setting). 

@roadmap_1485_li
MySQL compatibility: support TIMESTAMPADD. 

@roadmap_1486_li
Support SELECT ... FOR UPDATE with joins (supported by PostgreSQL, MySQL, and HSQLDB; but not Derby). 

@roadmap_1487_li
Support SELECT ... FOR UPDATE OF [field-list] (supported by PostgreSQL, MySQL, and HSQLDB; but not Derby). 

@roadmap_1488_li
Support SELECT ... FOR UPDATE OF [table-list] (supported by PostgreSQL, HSQLDB, Sybase). 

@roadmap_1489_li
TRANSACTION_ID() for in-memory databases. 

@roadmap_1490_li
TRANSACTION_ID() should be long (same as HSQLDB and PostgreSQL). 

@roadmap_1491_li
Support [INNER | OUTER] JOIN USING(column [,...]). 

@roadmap_1492_li
Support NATURAL [ { LEFT | RIGHT } [ OUTER ] | INNER ] JOIN (Derby, Oracle) 

@roadmap_1493_li
GROUP BY columnNumber (similar to ORDER BY columnNumber) (MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite; not by HSQLDB and Derby). 

@roadmap_1494_li
Sybase / MS SQL Server compatibility: CONVERT(..) parameters are swapped. 

@roadmap_1495_li
Index conditions: WHERE AGE>1 should not scan through all rows with AGE=1. 

@roadmap_1496_li
PHP support: H2 should support PDO, or test with PostgreSQL PDO. 

@roadmap_1497_li
Outer joins: if no column of the outer join table is referenced, the outer join table could be removed from the query. 

@roadmap_1498_li
Cluster: allow using auto-increment and identity columns by ensuring executed in lock-step. 

@roadmap_1499_li
MySQL compatibility: index names only need to be unique for the given table. 

@roadmap_1500_li
Issue 352: constraints: distinguish between 'no action' and 'restrict'. Currently, only restrict is supported, and 'no action' is internally mapped to 'restrict'. The database meta data returns 'restrict' in all cases. 

@roadmap_1501_li
Oracle compatibility: support MEDIAN aggregate function. 

@roadmap_1502_li
Issue 348: Oracle compatibility: division should return a decimal result. 

@roadmap_1503_li
Read rows on demand: instead of reading the whole row, only read up to that column that is requested. Keep an pointer to the data area and the column id that is already read. 

@roadmap_1504_li
Long running transactions: log session id when detected. 

@roadmap_1505_li
Optimization: "select id from test" should use the index on id even without "order by". 

@roadmap_1506_li
Issue 362: LIMIT support for UPDATE statements (MySQL compatibility). 

@roadmap_1507_li
Sybase SQL Anywhere compatibility: SELECT TOP ... START AT ... 

@roadmap_1508_li
Use Java 6 SQLException subclasses. 

@roadmap_1509_li
Issue 390: RUNSCRIPT FROM '...' CONTINUE_ON_ERROR 

@roadmap_1510_li
Use Java 6 exceptions: SQLDataException, SQLSyntaxErrorException, SQLTimeoutException,.. 

@roadmap_1511_h2
Not Planned

@roadmap_1512_li
HSQLDB (did) support this: select id i from test where i&lt;0 (other databases don't). Supporting it may break compatibility. 

@roadmap_1513_li
String.intern (so that Strings can be compared with ==) will not be used because some VMs have problems when used extensively. 

@roadmap_1514_li
In prepared statements, identifier names (table names and so on) can not be parameterized. Adding such a feature would complicate the source code without providing reasonable speedup, and would slow down regular prepared statements. 

@sourceError_1000_h1
Error Analyzer

@sourceError_1001_a
Home

@sourceError_1002_a
Input

@sourceError_1003_h2
&nbsp; <a href="javascript:select('details')" id = "detailsTab">Details</a>&nbsp; <a href="javascript:select('source')" id = "sourceTab">Source Code</a> 

@sourceError_1004_p
Paste the error message and stack trace below and click on 'Details' or 'Source Code': 

@sourceError_1005_b
Error Code: 

@sourceError_1006_b
Product Version: 

@sourceError_1007_b
Message: 

@sourceError_1008_b
More Information:

@sourceError_1009_b
Stack Trace: 

@sourceError_1010_b
Source File: 

@sourceError_1011_p
 Inline 

@tutorial_1000_h1
Tutorial

@tutorial_1001_a
 Starting and Using the H2 Console

@tutorial_1002_a
 Special H2 Console Syntax

@tutorial_1003_a
 Settings of the H2 Console

@tutorial_1004_a
 Connecting to a Database using JDBC

@tutorial_1005_a
 Creating New Databases

@tutorial_1006_a
 Using the Server

@tutorial_1007_a
 Using Hibernate

@tutorial_1008_a
 Using TopLink and Glassfish

@tutorial_1009_a
 Using EclipseLink

@tutorial_1010_a
 Using Apache ActiveMQ

@tutorial_1011_a
 Using H2 within NetBeans

@tutorial_1012_a
 Using H2 with jOOQ

@tutorial_1013_a
 Using Databases in Web Applications

@tutorial_1014_a
 Android

@tutorial_1015_a
 CSV (Comma Separated Values) Support

@tutorial_1016_a
 Upgrade, Backup, and Restore

@tutorial_1017_a
 Command Line Tools

@tutorial_1018_a
 The Shell Tool

@tutorial_1019_a
 Using OpenOffice Base

@tutorial_1020_a
 Java Web Start / JNLP

@tutorial_1021_a
 Using a Connection Pool

@tutorial_1022_a
 Fulltext Search

@tutorial_1023_a
 User-Defined Variables

@tutorial_1024_a
 Date and Time

@tutorial_1025_a
 Using Spring

@tutorial_1026_a
 OSGi

@tutorial_1027_a
 Java Management Extension (JMX)

@tutorial_1028_h2
Starting and Using the H2 Console

@tutorial_1029_p
 The H2 Console application lets you access a database using a browser. This can be a H2 database, or another database that supports the JDBC API. 

@tutorial_1030_p
 This is a client/server application, so both a server and a client (a browser) are required to run it. 

@tutorial_1031_p
 Depending on your platform and environment, there are multiple ways to start the H2 Console: 

@tutorial_1032_th
OS

@tutorial_1033_th
Start

@tutorial_1034_td
Windows

@tutorial_1035_td
 Click [Start], [All Programs], [H2], and [H2 Console (Command Line)]

@tutorial_1036_td
 An icon will be added to the system tray: 

@tutorial_1037_td
 If you don't get the window and the system tray icon, then maybe Java is not installed correctly (in this case, try another way to start the application). A browser window should open and point to the login page at <code>http://localhost:8082</code>. 

@tutorial_1038_td
Windows

@tutorial_1039_td
 Open a file browser, navigate to <code>h2/bin</code>, and double click on <code>h2.bat</code>.

@tutorial_1040_td
 A console window appears. If there is a problem, you will see an error message in this window. A browser window will open and point to the login page (URL: <code>http://localhost:8082</code>). 

@tutorial_1041_td
Any

@tutorial_1042_td
 Double click on the <code>h2*.jar</code> file. This only works if the <code>.jar</code> suffix is associated with Java. 

@tutorial_1043_td
Any

@tutorial_1044_td
 Open a console window, navigate to the directory <code>h2/bin</code>, and type: 

@tutorial_1045_h3
Firewall

@tutorial_1046_p
 If you start the server, you may get a security warning from the firewall (if you have installed one). If you don't want other computers in the network to access the application on your machine, you can let the firewall block those connections. The connection from the local machine will still work. Only if you want other computers to access the database on this computer, you need allow remote connections in the firewall. 

@tutorial_1047_p
 It has been reported that when using Kaspersky 7.0 with firewall, the H2 Console is very slow when connecting over the IP address. A workaround is to connect using 'localhost'. 

@tutorial_1048_p
 A small firewall is already built into the server: other computers may not connect to the server by default. To change this, go to 'Preferences' and select 'Allow connections from other computers'. 

@tutorial_1049_h3
Testing Java

@tutorial_1050_p
 To find out which version of Java is installed, open a command prompt and type: 

@tutorial_1051_p
 If you get an error message, you may need to add the Java binary directory to the path environment variable. 

@tutorial_1052_h3
Error Message 'Port may be in use'

@tutorial_1053_p
 You can only start one instance of the H2 Console, otherwise you will get the following error message: "The Web server could not be started. Possible cause: another server is already running...". It is possible to start multiple console applications on the same computer (using different ports), but this is usually not required as the console supports multiple concurrent connections. 

@tutorial_1054_h3
Using another Port

@tutorial_1055_p
 If the default port of the H2 Console is already in use by another application, then a different port needs to be configured. The settings are stored in a properties file. For details, see <a href="#console_settings">Settings of the H2 Console</a>. The relevant entry is <code>webPort</code>. 

@tutorial_1056_p
 If no port is specified for the TCP and PG servers, each service will try to listen on its default port. If the default port is already in use, a random port is used. 

@tutorial_1057_h3
Connecting to the Server using a Browser

@tutorial_1058_p
 If the server started successfully, you can connect to it using a web browser. Javascript needs to be enabled. If you started the server on the same computer as the browser, open the URL <code>http://localhost:8082</code>. If you want to connect to the application from another computer, you need to provide the IP address of the server, for example: <code>http://192.168.0.2:8082</code>. If you enabled TLS on the server side, the URL needs to start with <code>https://</code>. 

@tutorial_1059_h3
Multiple Concurrent Sessions

@tutorial_1060_p
 Multiple concurrent browser sessions are supported. As that the database objects reside on the server, the amount of concurrent work is limited by the memory available to the server application. 

@tutorial_1061_h3
Login

@tutorial_1062_p
 At the login page, you need to provide connection information to connect to a database. Set the JDBC driver class of your database, the JDBC URL, user name, and password. If you are done, click [Connect]. 

@tutorial_1063_p
 You can save and reuse previously saved settings. The settings are stored in a properties file (see <a href="#console_settings">Settings of the H2 Console</a>). 

@tutorial_1064_h3
Error Messages

@tutorial_1065_p
 Error messages in are shown in red. You can show/hide the stack trace of the exception by clicking on the message. 

@tutorial_1066_h3
Adding Database Drivers

@tutorial_1067_p
 To register additional JDBC drivers (MySQL, PostgreSQL, HSQLDB,...), add the jar file names to the environment variables <code>H2DRIVERS</code> or <code>CLASSPATH</code>. Example (Windows): to add the HSQLDB JDBC driver <code>C:\Programs\hsqldb\lib\hsqldb.jar</code>, set the environment variable <code>H2DRIVERS</code> to <code>C:\Programs\hsqldb\lib\hsqldb.jar</code>. 

@tutorial_1068_p
 Multiple drivers can be set; entries need to be separated by <code>;</code> (Windows) or <code>:</code> (other operating systems). Spaces in the path names are supported. The settings must not be quoted. 

@tutorial_1069_h3
Using the H2 Console

@tutorial_1070_p
 The H2 Console application has three main panels: the toolbar on top, the tree on the left, and the query/result panel on the right. The database objects (for example, tables) are listed on the left. Type a SQL command in the query panel and click [Run]. The result appears just below the command. 

@tutorial_1071_h3
Inserting Table Names or Column Names

@tutorial_1072_p
 To insert table and column names into the script, click on the item in the tree. If you click on a table while the query is empty, then <code>SELECT * FROM ...</code> is added. While typing a query, the table that was used is expanded in the tree. For example if you type <code>SELECT * FROM TEST T WHERE T.</code> then the table TEST is expanded. 

@tutorial_1073_h3
Disconnecting and Stopping the Application

@tutorial_1074_p
 To log out of the database, click [Disconnect] in the toolbar panel. However, the server is still running and ready to accept new sessions. 

@tutorial_1075_p
 To stop the server, right click on the system tray icon and select [Exit]. If you don't have the system tray icon, navigate to [Preferences] and click [Shutdown], press [Ctrl]+[C] in the console where the server was started (Windows), or close the console window. 

@tutorial_1076_h2
Special H2 Console Syntax

@tutorial_1077_p
 The H2 Console supports a few built-in commands. Those are interpreted within the H2 Console, so they work with any database. Built-in commands need to be at the beginning of a statement (before any remarks), otherwise they are not parsed correctly. If in doubt, add <code>;</code> before the command. 

@tutorial_1078_th
Command(s)

@tutorial_1079_th
Description

@tutorial_1080_td
 @autocommit_true;

@tutorial_1081_td
 @autocommit_false; 

@tutorial_1082_td
 Enable or disable autocommit. 

@tutorial_1083_td
 @cancel; 

@tutorial_1084_td
 Cancel the currently running statement. 

@tutorial_1085_td
 @columns null null TEST;

@tutorial_1086_td
 @index_info&nbsp;null&nbsp;null&nbsp;TEST;

@tutorial_1087_td
 @tables;

@tutorial_1088_td
 @tables null null TEST;

@tutorial_1089_td
 Call the corresponding <code>DatabaseMetaData.get</code> method. Patterns are case sensitive (usually identifiers are uppercase). For information about the parameters, see the Javadoc documentation. Missing parameters at the end of the line are set to null. The complete list of metadata commands is: <code> @attributes, @best_row_identifier, @catalogs, @columns, @column_privileges, @cross_references, @exported_keys, @imported_keys, @index_info, @primary_keys, @procedures, @procedure_columns, @schemas, @super_tables, @super_types, @tables, @table_privileges, @table_types, @type_info, @udts, @version_columns </code> 

@tutorial_1090_td
 @edit select * from test; 

@tutorial_1091_td
 Use an updatable result set. 

@tutorial_1092_td
 @generated&nbsp;insert&nbsp;into&nbsp;test()&nbsp;values(); 

@tutorial_1093_td
 Show the result of <code>Statement.getGeneratedKeys()</code>. 

@tutorial_1094_td
 @history; 

@tutorial_1095_td
 List the command history. 

@tutorial_1096_td
 @info; 

@tutorial_1097_td
 Display the result of various <code>Connection</code> and <code>DatabaseMetaData</code> methods. 

@tutorial_1098_td
 @list select * from test; 

@tutorial_1099_td
 Show the result set in list format (each column on its own line, with row numbers). 

@tutorial_1100_td
 @loop 1000 select ?, ?/*rnd*/;

@tutorial_1101_td
 @loop 1000 @statement select ?; 

@tutorial_1102_td
 Run the statement this many times. Parameters (<code>?</code>) are set using a loop from 0 up to x - 1. Random values are used for each <code>?/*rnd*/</code>. A Statement object is used instead of a PreparedStatement if <code>@statement</code> is used. Result sets are read until <code>ResultSet.next()</code> returns <code>false</code>. Timing information is printed. 

@tutorial_1103_td
 @maxrows&nbsp;20; 

@tutorial_1104_td
 Set the maximum number of rows to display. 

@tutorial_1105_td
 @memory; 

@tutorial_1106_td
 Show the used and free memory. This will call <code>System.gc()</code>. 

@tutorial_1107_td
 @meta&nbsp;select&nbsp;1; 

@tutorial_1108_td
 List the <code>ResultSetMetaData</code> after running the query. 

@tutorial_1109_td
 @parameter_meta&nbsp;select&nbsp;?; 

@tutorial_1110_td
 Show the result of the <code>PreparedStatement.getParameterMetaData()</code> calls. The statement is not executed. 

@tutorial_1111_td
 @prof_start;

@tutorial_1112_td
 call&nbsp;hash('SHA256',&nbsp;'',&nbsp;1000000);

@tutorial_1113_td
 @prof_stop; 

@tutorial_1114_td
 Start/stop the built-in profiling tool. The top 3 stack traces of the statement(s) between start and stop are listed (if there are 3). 

@tutorial_1115_td
 @prof_start;

@tutorial_1116_td
 @sleep 10;

@tutorial_1117_td
 @prof_stop; 

@tutorial_1118_td
 Sleep for a number of seconds. Used to profile a long running query or operation that is running in another session (but in the same process). 

@tutorial_1119_td
 @transaction_isolation;

@tutorial_1120_td
 @transaction_isolation&nbsp;2; 

@tutorial_1121_td
 Display (without parameters) or change (with parameters 1, 2, 4, 8) the transaction isolation level. 

@tutorial_1122_h2
Settings of the H2 Console

@tutorial_1123_p
 The settings of the H2 Console are stored in a configuration file called <code>.h2.server.properties</code> in you user home directory. For Windows installations, the user home directory is usually <code>C:\Documents and Settings\[username]</code> or <code>C:\Users\[username]</code>. The configuration file contains the settings of the application and is automatically created when the H2 Console is first started. Supported settings are: 

@tutorial_1124_code
webAllowOthers

@tutorial_1125_li
: allow other computers to connect. 

@tutorial_1126_code
webPort

@tutorial_1127_li
: the port of the H2 Console 

@tutorial_1128_code
webSSL

@tutorial_1129_li
: use encrypted TLS (HTTPS) connections. 

@tutorial_1130_p
 In addition to those settings, the properties of the last recently used connection are listed in the form <code>&lt;number&gt;=&lt;name&gt;|&lt;driver&gt;|&lt;url&gt;|&lt;user&gt;</code> using the escape character <code>\</code>. Example: <code>1=Generic H2 (Embedded)|org.h2.Driver|jdbc\:h2\:~/test|sa</code> 

@tutorial_1131_h2
Connecting to a Database using JDBC

@tutorial_1132_p
 To connect to a database, a Java application first needs to load the database driver, and then get a connection. A simple way to do that is using the following code: 

@tutorial_1133_p
 This code first loads the driver (<code>Class.forName(...)</code>) and then opens a connection (using <code>DriverManager.getConnection()</code>). The driver name is <code>"org.h2.Driver"</code>. The database URL always needs to start with <code>jdbc:h2:</code> to be recognized by this database. The second parameter in the <code>getConnection()</code> call is the user name (<code>sa</code> for System Administrator in this example). The third parameter is the password. In this database, user names are not case sensitive, but passwords are. 

@tutorial_1134_h2
Creating New Databases

@tutorial_1135_p
 By default, if the database specified in the URL does not yet exist, a new (empty) database is created automatically. The user that created the database automatically becomes the administrator of this database. 

@tutorial_1136_p
 Auto-creating new database can be disabled, see <a href="features.html#database_only_if_exists">Opening a Database Only if it Already Exists</a>. 

@tutorial_1137_h2
Using the Server

@tutorial_1138_p
 H2 currently supports three server: a web server (for the H2 Console), a TCP server (for client/server connections) and an PG server (for PostgreSQL clients). Please note that only the web server supports browser connections. The servers can be started in different ways, one is using the <code>Server</code> tool. Starting the server doesn't open a database - databases are opened as soon as a client connects. 

@tutorial_1139_h3
Starting the Server Tool from Command Line

@tutorial_1140_p
 To start the <code>Server</code> tool from the command line with the default settings, run: 

@tutorial_1141_p
 This will start the tool with the default options. To get the list of options and default values, run: 

@tutorial_1142_p
 There are options available to use other ports, and start or not start parts. 

@tutorial_1143_h3
Connecting to the TCP Server

@tutorial_1144_p
 To remotely connect to a database using the TCP server, use the following driver and database URL: 

@tutorial_1145_li
JDBC driver class: <code>org.h2.Driver</code> 

@tutorial_1146_li
Database URL: <code>jdbc:h2:tcp://localhost/~/test</code> 

@tutorial_1147_p
 For details about the database URL, see also in Features. Please note that you can't connection with a web browser to this URL. You can only connect using a H2 client (over JDBC). 

@tutorial_1148_h3
Starting the TCP Server within an Application

@tutorial_1149_p
 Servers can also be started and stopped from within an application. Sample code: 

@tutorial_1150_h3
Stopping a TCP Server from Another Process

@tutorial_1151_p
 The TCP server can be stopped from another process. To stop the server from the command line, run: 

@tutorial_1152_p
 To stop the server from a user application, use the following code: 

@tutorial_1153_p
 This function will only stop the TCP server. If other server were started in the same process, they will continue to run. To avoid recovery when the databases are opened the next time, all connections to the databases should be closed before calling this method. To stop a remote server, remote connections must be enabled on the server. Shutting down a TCP server can be protected using the option <code>-tcpPassword</code> (the same password must be used to start and stop the TCP server). 

@tutorial_1154_h2
Using Hibernate

@tutorial_1155_p
 This database supports Hibernate version 3.1 and newer. You can use the HSQLDB Dialect, or the native H2 Dialect. Unfortunately the H2 Dialect included in some old versions of Hibernate was buggy. A <a href="http://opensource.atlassian.com/projects/hibernate/browse/HHH-3401">patch for Hibernate</a> has been submitted and is now applied. You can rename it to <code>H2Dialect.java</code> and include this as a patch in your application, or upgrade to a version of Hibernate where this is fixed. 

@tutorial_1156_p
 When using Hibernate, try to use the <code>H2Dialect</code> if possible. When using the <code>H2Dialect</code>, compatibility modes such as <code>MODE=MySQL</code> are not supported. When using such a compatibility mode, use the Hibernate dialect for the corresponding database instead of the <code>H2Dialect</code>; but please note H2 does not support all features of all databases. 

@tutorial_1157_h2
Using TopLink and Glassfish

@tutorial_1158_p
 To use H2 with Glassfish (or Sun AS), set the Datasource Classname to <code>org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource</code>. You can set this in the GUI at Application Server - Resources - JDBC - Connection Pools, or by editing the file <code>sun-resources.xml</code>: at element <code>jdbc-connection-pool</code>, set the attribute <code>datasource-classname</code> to <code>org.h2.jdbcx.JdbcDataSource</code>. 

@tutorial_1159_p
 The H2 database is compatible with HSQLDB and PostgreSQL. To take advantage of H2 specific features, use the <code>H2Platform</code>. The source code of this platform is included in H2 at <code>src/tools/oracle/toplink/essentials/platform/database/DatabasePlatform.java.txt</code>. You will need to copy this file to your application, and rename it to .java. To enable it, change the following setting in persistence.xml: 

@tutorial_1160_p
 In old versions of Glassfish, the property name is <code>toplink.platform.class.name</code>. 

@tutorial_1161_p
 To use H2 within Glassfish, copy the h2*.jar to the directory <code>glassfish/glassfish/lib</code>. 

@tutorial_1162_h2
Using EclipseLink

@tutorial_1163_p
 To use H2 in EclipseLink, use the platform class <code>org.eclipse.persistence.platform.database.H2Platform</code>. If this platform is not available in your version of EclipseLink, you can use the OraclePlatform instead in many case. See also <a href="http://wiki.eclipse.org/EclipseLink/Development/Incubator/Extensions/H2Platform">H2Platform</a>. 

@tutorial_1164_h2
Using Apache ActiveMQ

@tutorial_1165_p
 When using H2 as the backend database for Apache ActiveMQ, please use the <code>TransactDatabaseLocker</code> instead of the default locking mechanism. Otherwise the database file will grow without bounds. The problem is that the default locking mechanism uses an uncommitted <code>UPDATE</code> transaction, which keeps the transaction log from shrinking (causes the database file to grow). Instead of using an <code>UPDATE</code> statement, the <code>TransactDatabaseLocker</code> uses <code>SELECT ... FOR UPDATE</code> which is not problematic. To use it, change the ApacheMQ configuration element <code>&lt;jdbcPersistenceAdapter&gt;</code> element, property <code>databaseLocker="org.apache.activemq.store.jdbc.adapter.TransactDatabaseLocker"</code>. However, using the MVCC mode will again result in the same problem. Therefore, please do not use the MVCC mode in this case. Another (more dangerous) solution is to set <code>useDatabaseLock</code> to false. 

@tutorial_1166_h2
Using H2 within NetBeans

@tutorial_1167_p
 The project <a href="http://kenai.com/projects/nbh2">H2 Database Engine Support For NetBeans</a> allows you to start and stop the H2 server from within the IDE. 

@tutorial_1168_p
 There is a known issue when using the Netbeans SQL Execution Window: before executing a query, another query in the form <code>SELECT COUNT(*) FROM &lt;query&gt;</code> is run. This is a problem for queries that modify state, such as <code>SELECT SEQ.NEXTVAL</code>. In this case, two sequence values are allocated instead of just one. 

@tutorial_1169_h2
Using H2 with jOOQ

@tutorial_1170_p
 jOOQ adds a thin layer on top of JDBC, allowing for type-safe SQL construction, including advanced SQL, stored procedures and advanced data types. jOOQ takes your database schema as a base for code generation. If this is your example schema: 

@tutorial_1171_p
 then run the jOOQ code generator on the command line using this command: 

@tutorial_1172_p
 ...where <code>codegen.xml</code> is on the classpath and contains this information 

@tutorial_1173_p
 Using the generated source, you can query the database as follows: 

@tutorial_1174_p
 See more details on <a href="http://www.jooq.org">jOOQ Homepage</a> and in the <a href="http://www.jooq.org/tutorial.php">jOOQ Tutorial</a> 

@tutorial_1175_h2
Using Databases in Web Applications

@tutorial_1176_p
 There are multiple ways to access a database from within web applications. Here are some examples if you use Tomcat or JBoss. 

@tutorial_1177_h3
Embedded Mode

@tutorial_1178_p
 The (currently) simplest solution is to use the database in the embedded mode, that means open a connection in your application when it starts (a good solution is using a Servlet Listener, see below), or when a session starts. A database can be accessed from multiple sessions and applications at the same time, as long as they run in the same process. Most Servlet Containers (for example Tomcat) are just using one process, so this is not a problem (unless you run Tomcat in clustered mode). Tomcat uses multiple threads and multiple classloaders. If multiple applications access the same database at the same time, you need to put the database jar in the <code>shared/lib</code> or <code>server/lib</code> directory. It is a good idea to open the database when the web application starts, and close it when the web application stops. If using multiple applications, only one (any) of them needs to do that. In the application, an idea is to use one connection per Session, or even one connection per request (action). Those connections should be closed after use if possible (but it's not that bad if they don't get closed). 

@tutorial_1179_h3
Server Mode

@tutorial_1180_p
 The server mode is similar, but it allows you to run the server in another process. 

@tutorial_1181_h3
Using a Servlet Listener to Start and Stop a Database

@tutorial_1182_p
 Add the h2*.jar file to your web application, and add the following snippet to your web.xml file (between the <code>context-param</code> and the <code>filter</code> section): 

@tutorial_1183_p
 For details on how to access the database, see the file <code>DbStarter.java</code>. By default this tool opens an embedded connection using the database URL <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code>, user name <code>sa</code>, and password <code>sa</code>. If you want to use this connection within your servlet, you can access as follows: 

@tutorial_1184_code
DbStarter

@tutorial_1185_p
 can also start the TCP server, however this is disabled by default. To enable it, use the parameter <code>db.tcpServer</code> in the file <code>web.xml</code>. Here is the complete list of options. These options need to be placed between the <code>description</code> tag and the <code>listener</code> / <code>filter</code> tags: 

@tutorial_1186_p
 When the web application is stopped, the database connection will be closed automatically. If the TCP server is started within the <code>DbStarter</code>, it will also be stopped automatically. 

@tutorial_1187_h3
Using the H2 Console Servlet

@tutorial_1188_p
 The H2 Console is a standalone application and includes its own web server, but it can be used as a servlet as well. To do that, include the the <code>h2*.jar</code> file in your application, and add the following configuration to your <code>web.xml</code>: 

@tutorial_1189_p
 For details, see also <code>src/tools/WEB-INF/web.xml</code>. 

@tutorial_1190_p
 To create a web application with just the H2 Console, run the following command: 

@tutorial_1191_h2
Android

@tutorial_1192_p
 You can use this database on an Android device (using the Dalvik VM) instead of or in addition to SQLite. So far, only very few tests and benchmarks were run, but it seems that performance is similar to SQLite, except for opening and closing a database, which is not yet optimized in H2 (H2 takes about 0.2 seconds, and SQLite about 0.02 seconds). Read operations seem to be a bit faster than SQLite, and write operations seem to be slower. So far, only very few tests have been run, and everything seems to work as expected. Fulltext search was not yet tested, however the native fulltext search should work. 

@tutorial_1193_p
 Reasons to use H2 instead of SQLite are: 

@tutorial_1194_li
Full Unicode support including UPPER() and LOWER(). 

@tutorial_1195_li
Streaming API for BLOB and CLOB data. 

@tutorial_1196_li
Fulltext search. 

@tutorial_1197_li
Multiple connections. 

@tutorial_1198_li
User defined functions and triggers. 

@tutorial_1199_li
Database file encryption. 

@tutorial_1200_li
Reading and writing CSV files (this feature can be used outside the database as well). 

@tutorial_1201_li
Referential integrity and check constraints. 

@tutorial_1202_li
Better data type and SQL support. 

@tutorial_1203_li
In-memory databases, read-only databases, linked tables. 

@tutorial_1204_li
Better compatibility with other databases which simplifies porting applications. 

@tutorial_1205_li
Possibly better performance (so far for read operations). 

@tutorial_1206_li
Server mode (accessing a database on a different machine over TCP/IP). 

@tutorial_1207_p
 Currently only the JDBC API is supported (it is planned to support the Android database API in future releases). Both the regular H2 jar file and the smaller <code>h2small-*.jar</code> can be used. To create the smaller jar file, run the command <code>./build.sh jarSmall</code> (Linux / Mac OS) or <code>build.bat jarSmall</code> (Windows). 

@tutorial_1208_p
 The database files needs to be stored in a place that is accessible for the application. Example: 

@tutorial_1209_p
 Limitations: Using a connection pool is currently not supported, because the required <code>javax.sql.</code> classes are not available on Android. 

@tutorial_1210_h2
CSV (Comma Separated Values) Support

@tutorial_1211_p
 The CSV file support can be used inside the database using the functions <code>CSVREAD</code> and <code>CSVWRITE</code>, or it can be used outside the database as a standalone tool. 

@tutorial_1212_h3
Reading a CSV File from Within a Database

@tutorial_1213_p
 A CSV file can be read using the function <code>CSVREAD</code>. Example: 

@tutorial_1214_p
 Please note for performance reason, <code>CSVREAD</code> should not be used inside a join. Instead, import the data first (possibly into a temporary table), create the required indexes if necessary, and then query this table. 

@tutorial_1215_h3
Importing Data from a CSV File

@tutorial_1216_p
 A fast way to load or import data (sometimes called 'bulk load') from a CSV file is to combine table creation with import. Optionally, the column names and data types can be set when creating the table. Another option is to use <code>INSERT INTO ... SELECT</code>. 

@tutorial_1217_h3
Writing a CSV File from Within a Database

@tutorial_1218_p
 The built-in function <code>CSVWRITE</code> can be used to create a CSV file from a query. Example: 

@tutorial_1219_h3
Writing a CSV File from a Java Application

@tutorial_1220_p
 The <code>Csv</code> tool can be used in a Java application even when not using a database at all. Example: 

@tutorial_1221_h3
Reading a CSV File from a Java Application

@tutorial_1222_p
 It is possible to read a CSV file without opening a database. Example: 

@tutorial_1223_h2
Upgrade, Backup, and Restore

@tutorial_1224_h3
Database Upgrade

@tutorial_1225_p
 The recommended way to upgrade from one version of the database engine to the next version is to create a backup of the database (in the form of a SQL script) using the old engine, and then execute the SQL script using the new engine. 

@tutorial_1226_h3
Backup using the Script Tool

@tutorial_1227_p
 The recommended way to backup a database is to create a compressed SQL script file. This will result in a small, human readable, and database version independent backup. Creating the script will also verify the checksums of the database file. The <code>Script</code> tool is ran as follows: 

@tutorial_1228_p
 It is also possible to use the SQL command <code>SCRIPT</code> to create the backup of the database. For more information about the options, see the SQL command <code>SCRIPT</code>. The backup can be done remotely, however the file will be created on the server side. The built in FTP server could be used to retrieve the file from the server. 

@tutorial_1229_h3
Restore from a Script

@tutorial_1230_p
 To restore a database from a SQL script file, you can use the <code>RunScript</code> tool: 

@tutorial_1231_p
 For more information about the options, see the SQL command <code>RUNSCRIPT</code>. The restore can be done remotely, however the file needs to be on the server side. The built in FTP server could be used to copy the file to the server. It is also possible to use the SQL command <code>RUNSCRIPT</code> to execute a SQL script. SQL script files may contain references to other script files, in the form of <code>RUNSCRIPT</code> commands. However, when using the server mode, the references script files need to be available on the server side. 

@tutorial_1232_h3
Online Backup

@tutorial_1233_p
 The <code>BACKUP</code> SQL statement and the <code>Backup</code> tool both create a zip file with the database file. However, the contents of this file are not human readable. 

@tutorial_1234_p
 The resulting backup is transactionally consistent, meaning the consistency and atomicity rules apply. 

@tutorial_1235_p
 The <code>Backup</code> tool (<code>org.h2.tools.Backup</code>) can not be used to create a online backup; the database must not be in use while running this program. 

@tutorial_1236_p
 Creating a backup by copying the database files while the database is running is not supported, except if the file systems support creating snapshots. With other file systems, it can't be guaranteed that the data is copied in the right order. 

@tutorial_1237_h2
Command Line Tools

@tutorial_1238_p
 This database comes with a number of command line tools. To get more information about a tool, start it with the parameter '-?', for example: 

@tutorial_1239_p
 The command line tools are: 

@tutorial_1240_code
Backup

@tutorial_1241_li
 creates a backup of a database. 

@tutorial_1242_code
ChangeFileEncryption

@tutorial_1243_li
 allows changing the file encryption password or algorithm of a database. 

@tutorial_1244_code
Console

@tutorial_1245_li
 starts the browser based H2 Console. 

@tutorial_1246_code
ConvertTraceFile

@tutorial_1247_li
 converts a .trace.db file to a Java application and SQL script. 

@tutorial_1248_code
CreateCluster

@tutorial_1249_li
 creates a cluster from a standalone database. 

@tutorial_1250_code
DeleteDbFiles

@tutorial_1251_li
 deletes all files belonging to a database. 

@tutorial_1252_code
Recover

@tutorial_1253_li
 helps recovering a corrupted database. 

@tutorial_1254_code
Restore

@tutorial_1255_li
 restores a backup of a database. 

@tutorial_1256_code
RunScript

@tutorial_1257_li
 runs a SQL script against a database. 

@tutorial_1258_code
Script

@tutorial_1259_li
 allows converting a database to a SQL script for backup or migration. 

@tutorial_1260_code
Server

@tutorial_1261_li
 is used in the server mode to start a H2 server. 

@tutorial_1262_code
Shell

@tutorial_1263_li
 is a command line database tool. 

@tutorial_1264_p
 The tools can also be called from an application by calling the main or another public method. For details, see the Javadoc documentation. 

@tutorial_1265_h2
The Shell Tool

@tutorial_1266_p
 The Shell tool is a simple interactive command line tool. To start it, type: 

@tutorial_1267_p
 You will be asked for a database URL, JDBC driver, user name, and password. The connection setting can also be set as command line parameters. After connecting, you will get the list of options. The built-in commands don't need to end with a semicolon, but SQL statements are only executed if the line ends with a semicolon <code>;</code>. This allows to enter multi-line statements: 

@tutorial_1268_p
 By default, results are printed as a table. For results with many column, consider using the list mode: 

@tutorial_1269_h2
Using OpenOffice Base

@tutorial_1270_p
 OpenOffice.org Base supports database access over the JDBC API. To connect to a H2 database using OpenOffice Base, you first need to add the JDBC driver to OpenOffice. The steps to connect to a H2 database are: 

@tutorial_1271_li
Start OpenOffice Writer, go to [Tools], [Options] 

@tutorial_1272_li
Make sure you have selected a Java runtime environment in OpenOffice.org / Java 

@tutorial_1273_li
Click [Class Path...], [Add Archive...] 

@tutorial_1274_li
Select your h2 jar file (location is up to you, could be wherever you choose) 

@tutorial_1275_li
Click [OK] (as much as needed), stop OpenOffice (including the Quickstarter) 

@tutorial_1276_li
Start OpenOffice Base 

@tutorial_1277_li
Connect to an existing database; select [JDBC]; [Next] 

@tutorial_1278_li
Example datasource URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code> 

@tutorial_1279_li
JDBC driver class: <code>org.h2.Driver</code> 

@tutorial_1280_p
 Now you can access the database stored in the current users home directory. 

@tutorial_1281_p
 To use H2 in NeoOffice (OpenOffice without X11): 

@tutorial_1282_li
In NeoOffice, go to [NeoOffice], [Preferences] 

@tutorial_1283_li
Look for the page under [NeoOffice], [Java] 

@tutorial_1284_li
Click [Class Path], [Add Archive...] 

@tutorial_1285_li
Select your h2 jar file (location is up to you, could be wherever you choose) 

@tutorial_1286_li
Click [OK] (as much as needed), restart NeoOffice. 

@tutorial_1287_p
 Now, when creating a new database using the "Database Wizard" : 

@tutorial_1288_li
Click [File], [New], [Database]. 

@tutorial_1289_li
Select [Connect to existing database] and the select [JDBC]. Click next. 

@tutorial_1290_li
Example datasource URL: <code>jdbc:h2:~/test</code> 

@tutorial_1291_li
JDBC driver class: <code>org.h2.Driver</code> 

@tutorial_1292_p
 Another solution to use H2 in NeoOffice is: 

@tutorial_1293_li
Package the h2 jar within an extension package 

@tutorial_1294_li
Install it as a Java extension in NeoOffice 

@tutorial_1295_p
 This can be done by create it using the NetBeans OpenOffice plugin. See also <a href="http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Extensions_development_java">Extensions Development</a>. 

@tutorial_1296_h2
Java Web Start / JNLP

@tutorial_1297_p
 When using Java Web Start / JNLP (Java Network Launch Protocol), permissions tags must be set in the .jnlp file, and the application .jar file must be signed. Otherwise, when trying to write to the file system, the following exception will occur: <code>java.security.AccessControlException</code>: access denied (<code>java.io.FilePermission ... read</code>). Example permission tags: 

@tutorial_1298_h2
Using a Connection Pool

@tutorial_1299_p
 For H2, opening a connection is fast if the database is already open. Still, using a connection pool improves performance if you open and close connections a lot. A simple connection pool is included in H2. It is based on the <a href="http://www.source-code.biz/snippets/java/8.htm">Mini Connection Pool Manager</a> from Christian d'Heureuse. There are other, more complex, open source connection pools available, for example the <a href="http://jakarta.apache.org/commons/dbcp/">Apache Commons DBCP</a>. For H2, it is about twice as faster to get a connection from the built-in connection pool than to get one using <code>DriverManager.getConnection()</code>.The build-in connection pool is used as follows: 

@tutorial_1300_h2
Fulltext Search

@tutorial_1301_p
 H2 includes two fulltext search implementations. One is using Apache Lucene, and the other (the native implementation) stores the index data in special tables in the database. 

@tutorial_1302_h3
Using the Native Fulltext Search

@tutorial_1303_p
 To initialize, call: 

@tutorial_1304_p
 You need to initialize it in each database where you want to use it. Afterwards, you can create a fulltext index for a table using: 

@tutorial_1305_p
 PUBLIC is the schema name, TEST is the table name. The list of column names (comma separated) is optional, in this case all columns are indexed. The index is updated in realtime. To search the index, use the following query: 

@tutorial_1306_p
 This will produce a result set that contains the query needed to retrieve the data: 

@tutorial_1307_p
 To drop an index on a table: 

@tutorial_1308_p
 To get the raw data, use <code>FT_SEARCH_DATA('Hello', 0, 0);</code>. The result contains the columns <code>SCHEMA</code> (the schema name), <code>TABLE</code> (the table name), <code>COLUMNS</code> (an array of column names), and <code>KEYS</code> (an array of objects). To join a table, use a join as in: <code>SELECT T.* FROM FT_SEARCH_DATA('Hello', 0, 0) FT, TEST T WHERE FT.TABLE='TEST' AND T.ID=FT.KEYS[0];</code> 

@tutorial_1309_p
 You can also call the index from within a Java application: 

@tutorial_1310_h3
Using the Lucene Fulltext Search

@tutorial_1311_p
 To use the Lucene full text search, you need the Lucene library in the classpath. Currently Apache Lucene version 2.x is used by default for H2 version 1.2.x, and Lucene version 3.x is used by default for H2 version 1.3.x. How to do that depends on the application; if you use the H2 Console, you can add the Lucene jar file to the environment variables <code>H2DRIVERS</code> or <code>CLASSPATH</code>. To initialize the Lucene fulltext search in a database, call: 

@tutorial_1312_p
 You need to initialize it in each database where you want to use it. Afterwards, you can create a full text index for a table using: 

@tutorial_1313_p
 PUBLIC is the schema name, TEST is the table name. The list of column names (comma separated) is optional, in this case all columns are indexed. The index is updated in realtime. To search the index, use the following query: 

@tutorial_1314_p
 This will produce a result set that contains the query needed to retrieve the data: 

@tutorial_1315_p
 To drop an index on a table (be warned that this will re-index all of the full-text indices for the entire database): 

@tutorial_1316_p
 To get the raw data, use <code>FTL_SEARCH_DATA('Hello', 0, 0);</code>. The result contains the columns <code>SCHEMA</code> (the schema name), <code>TABLE</code> (the table name), <code>COLUMNS</code> (an array of column names), and <code>KEYS</code> (an array of objects). To join a table, use a join as in: <code>SELECT T.* FROM FTL_SEARCH_DATA('Hello', 0, 0) FT, TEST T WHERE FT.TABLE='TEST' AND T.ID=FT.KEYS[0];</code> 

@tutorial_1317_p
 You can also call the index from within a Java application: 

@tutorial_1318_p
 The Lucene fulltext search supports searching in specific column only. Column names must be uppercase (except if the original columns are double quoted). For column names starting with an underscore (_), another underscore needs to be added. Example: 

@tutorial_1319_p
 The Lucene fulltext search implementation is not synchronized internally. If you update the database and query the fulltext search concurrently (directly using the Java API of H2 or Lucene itself), you need to ensure operations are properly synchronized. If this is not the case, you may get exceptions such as <code>org.apache.lucene.store.AlreadyClosedException: this IndexReader is closed</code>. 

@tutorial_1320_h2
User-Defined Variables

@tutorial_1321_p
 This database supports user-defined variables. Variables start with <code>@</code> and can be used wherever expressions or parameters are allowed. Variables are not persisted and session scoped, that means only visible from within the session in which they are defined. A value is usually assigned using the SET command: 

@tutorial_1322_p
 The value can also be changed using the SET() method. This is useful in queries: 

@tutorial_1323_p
 Variables that are not set evaluate to <code>NULL</code>. The data type of a user-defined variable is the data type of the value assigned to it, that means it is not necessary (or possible) to declare variable names before using them. There are no restrictions on the assigned values; large objects (LOBs) are supported as well. Rolling back a transaction does not affect the value of a user-defined variable. 

@tutorial_1324_h2
Date and Time

@tutorial_1325_p
 Date, time and timestamp values support ISO 8601 formatting, including time zone: 

@tutorial_1326_p
 If the time zone is not set, the value is parsed using the current time zone setting of the system. Date and time information is stored in H2 database files without time zone information. If the database is opened using another system time zone, the date and time will be the same. That means if you store the value '2000-01-01 12:00:00' in one time zone, then close the database and open the database again in a different time zone, you will also get '2000-01-01 12:00:00'. Please note that changing the time zone after the H2 driver is loaded is not supported. 

@tutorial_1327_h2
Using Spring

@tutorial_1328_h3
Using the TCP Server

@tutorial_1329_p
 Use the following configuration to start and stop the H2 TCP server using the Spring Framework: 

@tutorial_1330_p
 The <code>destroy-method</code> will help prevent exceptions on hot-redeployment or when restarting the server. 

@tutorial_1331_h3
Error Code Incompatibility

@tutorial_1332_p
 There is an incompatibility with the Spring JdbcTemplate and H2 version 1.3.154 and newer, because of a change in the error code. This will cause the JdbcTemplate to not detect a duplicate key condition, and so a <code>DataIntegrityViolationException</code> is thrown instead of <code>DuplicateKeyException</code>. See also <a href="http://jira.spring.io/browse/SPR-8235">the issue SPR-8235</a>. The workaround is to add the following XML file to the root of the classpath: 

@tutorial_1333_h2
OSGi

@tutorial_1334_p
 The standard H2 jar can be dropped in as a bundle in an OSGi container. H2 implements the JDBC Service defined in OSGi Service Platform Release 4 Version 4.2 Enterprise Specification. The H2 Data Source Factory service is registered with the following properties: <code>OSGI_JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS=org.h2.Driver</code> and <code>OSGI_JDBC_DRIVER_NAME=H2</code>. The <code>OSGI_JDBC_DRIVER_VERSION</code> property reflects the version of the driver as is. 

@tutorial_1335_p
 The following standard configuration properties are supported: <code>JDBC_USER, JDBC_PASSWORD, JDBC_DESCRIPTION, JDBC_DATASOURCE_NAME, JDBC_NETWORK_PROTOCOL, JDBC_URL, JDBC_SERVER_NAME, JDBC_PORT_NUMBER</code>. Any other standard property will be rejected. Non-standard properties will be passed on to H2 in the connection URL. 

@tutorial_1336_h2
Java Management Extension (JMX)

@tutorial_1337_p
 Management over JMX is supported, but not enabled by default. To enable JMX, append <code>;JMX=TRUE</code> to the database URL when opening the database. Various tools support JMX, one such tool is the <code>jconsole</code>. When opening the <code>jconsole</code>, connect to the process where the database is open (when using the server mode, you need to connect to the server process). Then go to the <code>MBeans</code> section. Under <code>org.h2</code> you will find one entry per database. The object name of the entry is the database short name, plus the path (each colon is replaced with an underscore character). 

@tutorial_1338_p
 The following attributes and operations are supported: 

@tutorial_1339_code
CacheSize

@tutorial_1340_li
: the cache size currently in use in KB. 

@tutorial_1341_code
CacheSizeMax

@tutorial_1342_li
 (read/write): the maximum cache size in KB. 

@tutorial_1343_code
Exclusive

@tutorial_1344_li
: whether this database is open in exclusive mode or not. 

@tutorial_1345_code
FileReadCount

@tutorial_1346_li
: the number of file read operations since the database was opened. 

@tutorial_1347_code
FileSize

@tutorial_1348_li
: the file size in KB. 

@tutorial_1349_code
FileWriteCount

@tutorial_1350_li
: the number of file write operations since the database was opened. 

@tutorial_1351_code
FileWriteCountTotal

@tutorial_1352_li
: the number of file write operations since the database was created. 

@tutorial_1353_code
LogMode

@tutorial_1354_li
 (read/write): the current transaction log mode. See <code>SET LOG</code> for details. 

@tutorial_1355_code
Mode

@tutorial_1356_li
: the compatibility mode (<code>REGULAR</code> if no compatibility mode is used). 

@tutorial_1357_code
MultiThreaded

@tutorial_1358_li
: true if multi-threaded is enabled. 

@tutorial_1359_code
Mvcc

@tutorial_1360_li
: true if <code>MVCC</code> is enabled. 

@tutorial_1361_code
ReadOnly

@tutorial_1362_li
: true if the database is read-only. 

@tutorial_1363_code
TraceLevel

@tutorial_1364_li
 (read/write): the file trace level. 

@tutorial_1365_code
Version

@tutorial_1366_li
: the database version in use. 

@tutorial_1367_code
listSettings

@tutorial_1368_li
: list the database settings. 

@tutorial_1369_code
listSessions

@tutorial_1370_li
: list the open sessions, including currently executing statement (if any) and locked tables (if any). 

@tutorial_1371_p
 To enable JMX, you may need to set the system properties <code>com.sun.management.jmxremote</code> and <code>com.sun.management.jmxremote.port</code> as required by the JVM. 

